Page i of xiv

Terra Solar EPC Invitation to

Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements
April 2024

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

 Page ii of xiv

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

This page left intentionally blank for pagination.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

 Page iii of xiv
MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

Terra Solar EPC Invitation to

Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements
April 2024

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page iv of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

This page intentionally left blank

This document is issued for the party which commissioned it and for specific purposes connected with the above-
captioned project only. It should not be relied upon by any other party or used for any other purpose.

We accept no responsibility for the consequences of this document being relied upon by any other party, or being
used for any other purpose, or containing any error or omission which is due to an error or omission in data supplied
to us by other parties.

This document contains confidential information and proprietary intellectual property. It should not be shown to other
parties without consent from us and from the party which commissioned it.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page v of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

Contents

1 Design Basis Report (“DBR”) 1

1.1 Introduction 1
1.1.1 Background 1
1.1.2 General description of the Project 2
1.1.3 Scope of DBR 2
1.2 Design conditions 4
1.2.1 Project location 4
1.2.2 Power evacuation facilities 4
1.2.3 Environmental conditions 6
1.2.4 Site Terrain 10
1.2.5 Soil and geotechnical data 10
1.2.6 Raw water supply 11
1.3 Site arrangements 12
1.3.1 Transportation of goods and materials 12
1.3.2 Offloading and handling 12
1.3.3 Transportation facilities 12
1.3.4 Site establishment 12
1.3.5 Installation of laydown and compound area 13
1.4 Quality assurance and control 13
1.5 General technical requirement 13
1.6 PV and BESS system requirements 14
1.6.1 Equipment technology 14
1.6.2 Project layout 15
1.6.4 PV array design 15
1.6.5 PV modules 16
1.6.6 DC interconnections and cabling for solar PV plant 16
1.6.7 DC cable for solar PV plant 16
1.6.8 PV string combiner box 16
1.6.9 PV inverters 16
1.6.10 Battery cells, modules and racks 16
1.6.11 Battery Management System (“BMS”) 17
1.6.12 Power Conversion System (“PCS”) 19
1.6.13 BESS HVAC system 20
1.6.14 BESS housing 21
1.6.15 BESS Balance-of-System 21
1.6.16 BESS fire suppression system 21
1.6.17 DC interconnections and cabling for BESS plant 21
1.6.18 DC cable for BESS plant 21
1.7 Civil engineering and building works requirements 21
1.7.1 General civil work requirements 21

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page vi of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

1.7.2 Earthworks 21
1.7.3 Structural design principles 24
1.7.4 Access roads and internal roads 24
1.7.5 Drainage systems 24
1.7.6 Trenches, ducts and manholes 25
1.7.7 Fence and gates 25
1.7.8 Civil construction material 27
1.7.9 Buildings design and construction 27
1.8 Mechanical requirements 31
1.8.1 Firefighting and fire protection system 31
1.8.2 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) system 31
1.8.3 Water supply 31
1.8.4 Water treatment 31
1.9 Electrical requirements 31
1.9.1 Electrical studies 31
1.9.2 General electrical requirements 32
1.9.3 Grid code requirements 33
1.9.4 System frequency, voltages, short circuit rating and method of
earthing 33
1.9.5 MV collection system and interfacing with the HV substations 33
1.9.6 Distribution panels 34
1.9.7 Power transformers 34
1.9.8 Switchgear 34
1.9.9 Protective relaying 35
1.9.10 Electrical system control, indications, and alarms 35
1.9.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”) systems 35
1.9.12 LV & MV (AC) Cabling 35
1.9.13 Earthing system design, bonding and lightning protection 36
1.9.14 Auxiliary power supplies 36
1.10 Control, instrumentation, and communication requirements 37
1.10.1 Project monitoring and control system design philosophy 37
1.10.2 SCADA hardware architecture 38
1.10.3 SCADA software and control function 39
1.10.4 Power supply 41
1.10.5 Meteorological stations 41
1.10.6 Hybrid control system 42
1.10.7 Station clock 43
1.10.8 Security system 43
1.10.9 Telecommunications 43
1.10.10 Cyber-security 44
1.10.11 Plant Accounting Settlement System (“PASS”) 44
1.11 Inspection and testing 44
1.12 Performance Guarantees 44

2 Minimum Functional Specification (“MFS”) 46

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page vii of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

2.1 Introduction 46
2.1.1 General requirements 46
2.1.2 List of Appendices 48
2.2 Site conditions 48
2.2.1 Introduction 48
2.2.2 Connection and terminal to external services 48
2.2.3 Project location 48
2.2.4 Environmental conditions 49
2.2.5 Site Terrain 50
2.2.6 Soil and geotechnical data 50
2.2.7 Raw water supply 50
2.3 Site arrangements 50
2.3.1 General 50
2.3.2 Transportation of goods and materials 51
2.3.3 Offloading and handling 51
2.3.4 Transportation facilities 52
2.3.5 Site establishment 53
2.3.6 Installation of laydown and compound area 53
2.4 Quality Assurance and control 54
2.4.1 General 54
2.4.2 Quality plan 55
2.4.3 Control of non-conformities 58
2.4.4 Control of subcontractors 59
2.5 General technical requirements 59
2.5.1 Standards and Codes 59
2.5.2 Software 62
2.5.3 Staffing and degree of automation 62
2.5.4 Domestic participation and local requirement 63
2.5.5 Factor of significance 63
2.5.6 Contractor’s support 63
2.5.7 Nameplates and labels 63
2.5.8 Quality of materials 64
2.5.9 Preservation 64
2.5.10 Padlocks and keys 64
2.5.11 Training 64
2.5.12 Material handling and storage 66
2.5.13 Welding requirements 68
2.5.14 Environmental aggressiveness 68
2.5.15 Spare part requirement 69
2.5.16 Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”) 70
2.6 PV and BESS system requirements 70
2.6.1 General requirement 70
2.6.2 Proven technology 71
2.6.3 Project layout 72
2.6.4 Energy Yield Assessment (“EYA”) 73

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page viii of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

2.6.5 PV array design 74

2.6.6 PV modules 75
2.6.7 DC interconnections and cabling for solar PV plant 77
2.6.8 DC cable for solar PV plant 78
2.6.9 PV string combiner box 78
2.6.10 PV inverters 79
2.6.11 Battery cells, modules and racks 82
2.6.12 Battery Management System (“BMS”) 82
2.6.13 Power Conversion System (“PCS”) 83
2.6.14 BESS HVAC system 84
2.6.15 BESS housing 85
2.6.16 BESS Balance-of-System 85
2.6.17 BESS fire suppression system 85
2.6.18 DC interconnections and cabling for BESS plant 85
2.6.19 DC cable for BESS plant 86
2.7 Civil engineering and building works requirements 86
2.7.1 General civil work requirements 86
2.7.2 Earthworks 87
2.7.3 Structural design principles 88
2.7.4 Foundations 91
2.7.5 Access roads and internal roads 95
2.7.6 Drainage systems 97
2.7.7 Trenches, ducts and manholes 98
2.7.8 Fence and gates 99
2.7.9 Civil construction material 100
2.7.10 Buildings design and construction 103
2.8 Mechanical requirements other than PV and BESS systems) 104
2.8.1 Firefighting and fire protection system 104
2.8.2 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) system 106
2.8.3 Water supply 106
2.8.4 Water treatment 107
2.9 Electrical requirements 107
2.9.1 Electrical studies 107
2.9.2 General electrical requirements 107
2.9.3 Grid code requirements 107
2.9.4 System frequency, voltages, short circuit rating and method of
earthing 108
2.9.5 MV collection system and interfacing with the HV substations 108
2.9.6 Distribution panels 108
2.9.7 Power transformers 109
2.9.8 Switchgear 110
2.9.9 Protective Relaying 111
2.9.10 Electrical system control, indications and alarms 112
2.9.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”) systems 112
2.9.12 LV & MV (AC) cabling 112

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page ix of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

2.9.13 Earthing system design, bonding and lightning protection 115

2.9.14 Auxiliary power supplies 116
2.10 Control, instrumentation, and communication requirements 117
2.10.1 Project monitoring and control system design philosophy 117
2.10.2 Hardware 118
2.10.3 SCADA software 120
2.10.4 Power supply 129
2.10.5 Meteorological Station 129
2.10.6 Hybrid control system 131
2.10.7 Station clock 132
2.10.8 Security system 132
2.10.9 Telecommunications 134
2.10.10 Cyber Security 134

3 Project management requirement 135

3.1 Project administration 135
3.1.1 Introduction 135
3.1.2 The role of the Owner 135
3.1.3 Contractor’s Documents 135
3.1.4 Meeting and coordination 137
3.1.5 Contractor's Project management 139
3.2 Project mobilisation 140
3.2.1 Site preparation 140
3.3 Project control, program and reporting 140
3.3.1 Master Program (“MP”) 140
3.3.2 Construction program 142
3.3.3 Revised program 142
3.3.4 Program control 143
3.3.5 Key performance indicators 144
3.3.6 Progress reporting 144
3.3.7 Project risk register 146
3.4 Project execution plan 146
3.5 Project documentation requirements 147
3.5.1 Document language 147
3.5.2 Document Management System (“DMS”) 147
3.5.3 File formats 148
3.5.4 Document and communication management plan 148
3.5.5 Equipment codification system 148
3.5.6 Master Document List (“MDL”) 148
3.5.7 Document review 149
3.5.8 Engineering stages 149
3.5.9 Construction records 153
3.5.10 Transfer of Package (“TOP”) documentation 153
3.5.11 Commissioning procedures 154

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page x of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

3.5.12 As-built documentation 155

3.5.13 Submission of Final Documentation 155
3.5.14 Operation & Maintenance Manuals 155

4 Health, Safety, and Environmental (“HSE”) requirements 157

4.1 General Requirements 157
4.2 Health, Safety and Environment (“HSE”) File 158
4.3 Records and reporting 160
4.4 Personal Protection Equipment (“PPE”) 161
4.4.1 Head protection 161
4.4.2 Safety vest 161
4.4.3 Eye protection 161
4.4.4 Hand protection 161
4.4.5 Foot protection 161
4.4.6 Hearing protection 161
4.4.7 Working at height 161
4.5 Warning signage 162
4.6 Site access 162
4.7 Traffic Management Plan 163
4.8 Waste Management Plan 163
4.9 Emergency Plan 164
4.10 First aid and injured management 164
4.11 Firefighting 165
4.12 Water management 165
4.13 Storage of hazardous material 166
4.14 Excavation and trenching 166
4.15 Environmental and social 167
4.15.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan (“ESMP”) 168

5 Inspection and Testing 170

5.1.3 Safety measures 173
5.3.1 Instrument calibration 176
5.3.2 PV modules Factory Acceptance Tests (“FATs”) 176
5.3.3 BESS Factory Acceptance Tests 179
5.3.4 Transformers Factory Acceptance Tests 181
5.3.5 MV switchgear 182
5.3.6 MV cable 182
5.4.1 PV modules on-site inspections 183
5.4.2 Inverter on-site inspections 184
5.4.3 Mounting structure on-site inspections 184
5.4.4 Visual inspection of the BESS upon delivery 185
5.4.5 On-site inspections for electrical and civil works 185
5.5.1 Personnel 192
5.5.2 Testing and commissioning compliance 193

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page xi of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

5.5.3 Pre-Commissioning (Cold commissioning) 193

5.5.4 Commissioning (Hot commissioning) 198
5.5.5 Philippine Grid Compliance Tests 203
5.5.6 Performance Tests of the PV plant 203
5.5.7 Performance Tests of the BESS plant 207
5.7.1 Annual PR tests for PV plant 210
5.7.2 Annual availability test for PV plant 210
5.7.3 Annual performance tests for BESS Plant 211
5.7.4 Annual availability test for BESS Plant 211

6 Performance Guarantees 213

6.1 General requirements 213
6.2 General guarantees 213
6.3 PV Performance Guarantees 213
6.3.1 AC capacity guarantee 213
6.3.2 Installed DC capacity guarantee 213
6.3.3 Guaranteed Project PR during tests on completion 213
6.3.4 Guaranteed annual PR and availability during the tests after
completion 214
6.4 BESS Performance Guarantees 214
6.4.1 BESS Performance Guarantees 214
6.4.2 Guaranteed Useable Energy Capacity over Project lifetime 215
6.5 Equipment warranties 216
6.5.1 PV module warranty terms 217
6.5.2 Battery warranty terms 218

7 Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”) requirements 219

7.1 General requirements 219
7.2 Compliance with laws, regulations, codes, and standards 220
7.3 Documentation requirements and reporting 222
7.3.1 Documentation requirements 222
7.3.2 Reporting 223
7.4 Operation 224
7.4.1 Project operation and monitoring 224
7.4.2 Incident handling/troubleshooting 225
7.5 Maintenance 226
7.5.1 Preventive Maintenance 226
7.5.2 Corrective maintenance 234
7.6 Inventory of spare parts 236
7.7 Testing and Guarantee 237
7.7.1 PV Module string or cable harness testing 237
7.7.2 Electrical faults related testing 237
7.7.3 Performance and guarantee related testing 238
7.8 Health, Safety, Security and Environment (“HSSE") 240

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page xii of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

7.8.1 General 240

7.8.2 Qualified personnel 240
7.8.3 Safety procedures 241
7.8.4 PV isolation procedures 242
7.8.5 BESS emergency response 244
7.8.6 Site access 244
7.8.7 Security system 244
7.8.8 Site and surrounding environment protection 245

8 Owner’s studies and surveys 246

9 Interface and responsibility matrix 253

10 Key Project milestone 254

11 Meteorological data 255

Appendices 256

A. Overall plot plan 257

B. Single Line Diagrams (“SLDs”) 258

C. Monitoring system architecture 259

D. Acronyms and definitions 260

E. Technical Standards and Regulations 264

E.1 General 264
E.2 PV modules 265
E.3 BESS 266
E.4 Mounting structure 266
E.5 Electrical 267
E.6 Civil 272
E.7 SCADA and Security system 272

F. Specifications for SCADA minimum monitored signals 274

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page xiii of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

Tables
Table 1.1: Project development phase 1
Table 1.2: Indicative locations and area of each Project Block 4
Table 1.3: Indicative location of electrical interconnection facilities 5
Table 1.4: Location of 3 WMS in the Project area 6
Table 1.5: Global Horizontal Irradiance (GHI) in kWh/m2 by Block without horizon profile 6
Table 1.6: Monthly ambient temperature profile (ºC) for the Project 7
Table 1.7: Monthly average rainfall (mm) for the Project 7
Table 1.8: Average monthly humidity (%) 8
Table 1.9: Project elevation 10
Table 1.10: Project Geology 10
Table 1.11: Base case specific yield for the Project 15
Table 1.12: Battery cell/module/rack baseline technical specifications 16
Table 1.13: BMS baseline technical specifications 17
Table 1.14: PCS baseline technical specifications 19
Table 1.15: Drainage system minimum requirement 24
Table 1.16: Fencing and gate minimum requirement 26
Table 1.17: Estimated length of fence 27
Table 1.18: Indicative control building of each Project Block 30
Table 3.1: Table template for procurement status for suppliers 145
Table 3.2: Table template for procurement status for Subcontractors 145
Table 3.3: Table template for construction status summary 145
Table 3.4: Engineering discipline for each deliverable 150
Table 3.5: Main deliverables of engineering 151
Table 5.1: Pre-shipment test list 178
Table 5.2: Batch sampling test list 179
Table 5.3: Battery control panel pre-sync checks 199
Table 5.4: PCS pre-sync checks 200
Table 5.5: Energy storage system pre-synch checks 200
Table 5.6: BESS site acceptance testing 201
Table 5.7: Data recorded requirements 206
Table 5.8: Standard testing conditions 207
Table 5.9: List of performance tests 208
Table 5.10: Testing methodology of installed energy capacity tests 208
Table 5.11: Testing methodology of useable energy capacity tests 209
Table 6.1: Guaranteed annual PR and availability 214
Table 6.2: Overview of BESS performance guarantees 214
Table 6.3: Annual useable energy capacity over Project lifetime 215
Table 6.4: Key equipment – minimum warranty period 216
Table 8.1: List of permits and surveys 246
Table 8.2: List of technical studies 252

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project Page xiv of xiv
Volume 3 - Technical requirements

Figures
Figure 1.1: Project’s land plots 4
Figure 1.2: Overall HV interconnection of the Project 5
Figure 1.3: Excavation and stockpile areas requirement configuration 22
Figure 1.4: Water storage pond requirement configuration 23
Figure 3.1: Flow diagram for the Document Review 152

Tables – Appendices
Table A.1: List of overall plot plan drawings 257
Table B.2: List of SLDs drawings 258
Table C.3: List of monitoring system architecture drawing 259

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 1 of 277

1 Design Basis Report (“DBR”)

1.1 Introduction

1.1.1 Background
The Design Basis Report (“DBR”) outlines the technical parameters for the design, installation,
and operation requirements that the Engineering, Procurement, and Construction (“EPC”)
contractors shall consider for the development of up to 3.5GWdc ground-mounted solar PV with
up to 4.5GWh Battery Energy Storage System (“BESS”) in Nueva Ecija, the Philippines
(together referred to as the ‘Project’ or individually the ‘solar PV plant’ and the ‘BESS plant’).

The Project will be developed in two (2) phases, as shown in Table 1.1:

Table 1.1: Project development phase

Phase Indicative capacity Approximate Expected Power supply
(PV/BESS) land area COD requirements
1 2,500MWdc / 3,300MWh 2,500 hectares 26 February 600MWac, 84 hours per week
2026
2 1,000MWdc / 1,200MWh 1,000 hectares 26 February 250MWac, 84 hours per week
2027

Terra Solar Philippines Inc. (referred to as the ‘Owner’) desires to:

Engage the services of EPC contractors to undertake, on a lump-sum basis under EPC
Contracts (the ‘EPC Contract’, the Contract’), the following scope of works (altogether defined
as the ‘Works’) necessary to construct the Project:
a. All studies, site investigation, site development, permitting, detailed design and
engineering, procurement, manufacturing, subcontractor coordination, factory testing,
deliveries to sites, execution, erection, construction, commissioning, trial run,
performance testing, reliability tests, completion, handover and together with the
necessary access roads, site facilities and any additional infrastructures, and
b. Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”) until the date of Final Completion, making good
defects and warranty cover during the Defects Liability Period (“DLP”).
The Project consists of two (2) main work packages:
i. The solar PV and BESS plant facility; and
ii. The HV work packages.
For the avoidance of doubt, the contractors responsible for meeting the Project requirements
outlined in this DBR and Minimum Functional Specification (“MFS”) for the solar PV and BESS
plant facility package are individually referred to as the ‘Contractor’ or the ‘EPC Contractor’. The
HV work packages are to be provided by other(s) referred to as the HV EPC Contractors. The
design basis for the HV EPC Contractors is not specified in this document.
The Contractor shall consider that the plant design and construction works will be executed
simultaneously with the design and construction of the HV work packages to establish the
plant’s connection to the Grid. Consequently, the Contractor shall coordinate its activities with
other engaged parties and stakeholders, particularly in managing the technical interfaces to
deliver a smooth and successful plant operation.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 2 of 277

1.1.2 General description of the Project

The Project will be structured as a standalone independent power producer (“IPP”) and
developed on a build-own-operate (“BOO”) basis under a single special purpose Project
Company registered in the Philippines and its subsidiaries.

The electricity will be sold through the bilateral Power Supply Agreement (“PSA”) with the
Manila Electric Company (“MERALCO”), while the surplus energy will be sold to the spot market
or a third party off-taker. According to the PSA, the Project is required to export the power to the
grid at 850MW continuously between 8:00 to 21:00 each day Monday to Saturday and 8:00 to
14:00 on Sundays. 84 hours per week.

The Project site is located in the Central Luzon Region. It spans over several municipalities
within the province of Nueva Ecija, primarily Gapan, General Tinio, and Peñaranda. Small
extensions belong to the province of Bulacan, specifically the areas north of San Miguel and
northwest of Doña Remedios Trinidad (“DRT”) municipalities.

The power evacuation will occur via overhead lines, spanning approximately 13km into a bus-in
connection through the existing 500kV National Grid Corporation of the Philippines (“NGCP”)
transmission line.

The Project area is divided into 10 Blocks of solar PV plants, and a centralised battery area. The
Project will span over a pre-identified land area of 3,600 hectares being procured. Each blocks
of 350 MWp each, with its own MV collection system; will be tapping into a 230/34.5 kV step-up
transformer and exporting power via the HV interconnection system.

The BESS plant will be centralised at a single location, connecting to four 230/34.5 kV step-up
transformers located within the 500/230 kV main substation.

1.1.3 Scope of DBR

This DBR, along with its appendices, outlines the fundamental parameters and requirements for
the design, installation and operation requirements of both the solar PV plant and BESS plant,
extending up to the interfacing with the 230/34.5 kV step-up transformer installed at the 230 kV
substations located in the Project areas.

This document is referenced in parallel with the technical MFS requirements of solar PV and
BESS plants package, which will be included as part of the tendering documentation for
potential EPC Contractors in accordance with the Invitation To Bid (“ITB”).

For clarity, the MFS outlines the Project’s minimum requirements, which are based on relevant
standards and engineering practices, while the DBR provides additional design requirements,
which may include both the Owner’s requirements with site-specific information.

DBR includes following sections:

Section 1.2: Design conditions;

Section 1.3: Site arrangements;
Section 1.4: Quality assurance and control;
Section 1.5: General technical requirement;
Section 1.6: PV and BESS system requirements;
Section 1.7: Civil engineering and building works requirements;
Section 1.8: Mechanical requirements;
Section 1.9: Electrical requirements;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 3 of 277

Section 1.10: Control, instrumentation, and communication requirements;

Section 1.11: Inspection and testing; and
Section 1.12: Performance Guarantees.
Additionally, these following documents and drawings are also provided as appendices:

Appendix A: Overall plot plan;

Appendix B: Single Line Diagrams (“SLDs”);
Appendix C: Monitoring system architecture;
Appendix D: Acronyms and definitions;
Appendix E: Technical Standards and Regulations; and
Appendix F: Specifications for SCADA minimum monitored signals.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 4 of 277

1.2 Design conditions

1.2.1 Project location

The Project areas comprise 10 Blocks for PV Plants and centralised BESS Plant area, as
depicted in Figure 1.1 and Table 1.2.

Figure 1.1: Project’s land plots

Table 1.2: Indicative locations and area of each Project Block

Item No. Description Hectares Geographical coordinates Elevation (m)
1 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK A 253 15°18’24.3144’’N, 121°3’50.3928’’E 73.74
2 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK B 215 15°19’1.9884’’N, 121°3’20.1168’’E 59.59
3 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK C 248 15°19’32.25’’N, 121°2’17.0592’’E 54.30
4 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK D 303 15°18’42.1416’’N, 121°1’46.848’’E 48.70
5 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK E 331 15°17’37.0716’’N, 121°1’33.7656’’E 39.00
6 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK F 331 15°19’8.0364’’N, 121°4’54.0732’’E 73.30
7 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK G 391 15°16’17.7744’’N, 121°3’13.9644’’E 43.01
8 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK H 271 15°16’32.3868’’N, 121°4’35.562’’E 84.00
9 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK K 267 15°16’45.48’’N, 121°6’0.936’’E 113.13
10 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK L 311 15°17’59.118’’N, 121°5’57.0876’’E 102.01
11 BESS PLANT AREA 14 15°17’59.748’’N, 121°1’22.836’’E 46.00

The overall plot plan and plant layout, including the key indicative buildings for each Block/area
(such as control buildings and guard houses), are detailed in Appendix A.

1.2.2 Power evacuation facilities

The power evacuation line will utilise Overhead Transmission Lines (“OHTL”).

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 5 of 277

Solar PV Plant Blocks A, F, and L will export energy through satellite collector substation 1.
Meanwhile, Solar PV Plant Blocks G, H, and K will export energy via satellite collector
substation 2 at a 34.5 kV voltage level. This 34.5kV voltage will then be stepped up to 230 kV.
The remaining 4 Solar PV Plant Blocks (Blocks B, C, D, and E) will be directly evacuated to the
TSP Gapan Main substation.

The two satellite collector substations will be interconnected via an OHTL 230 kV 2-410 mm²
double circuit transmission line, spanning 1 km, to the San Antonio substation 500 kV.

Finally, the San Antonio substation will be connected approximately 12 km away to a bus tie-in
point at the switching station via a bus-in 4-410 mm² double circuit transmission line, linking to
the existing 500 kV NGCP transmission line.

The anticipated electrical interconnection points and overall HV interconnection configuration

are shown in Table 1.3 and Figure 1.2.

Table 1.3: Indicative location of electrical interconnection facilities

No Area description Geographical coordinates Elevation (m)

1 500kV NGCP SAN ANTONIO SUBSTATION 15°18’30.16”N, 121° 1’3.25”E 37.00

2 TSP GAPAN SUBSTATION 15°18’20.088’’N, 121°1’19.488’’E 47.00

3 SATELLITE COLLECTOR SUBSTATION 1 15°18’42.732’’N, 121°4’48.216’’E 80.62

4 SATELLITE COLLECTOR SUBSTATION 2 15°17’18.132’’N, 121°5’2.544’’E 93.42

Figure 1.2: Overall HV interconnection of the Project

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 6 of 277

1.2.3 Environmental conditions

When selecting materials and their finishes, careful consideration should be given to the humid
tropical conditions in which the equipment is expected to operate. While some flexibility in
adhering to the following conditions may be allowed with prior written approval from the Owner
for hermetically sealed equipment, it is advisable to use tropical-grade materials whenever
feasible.

1.2.3.1 Climatic conditions

Global Horizontal Irradiation (“GHI”)

A ground Weather Monitoring Station (“WMS”) has installed by the Owner at three different
locations across the Project as shown in Table 1.4. These stations have recorded data since
September 2023.

Table 1.4: Location of 3 WMS in the Project area

Item No. Location Area Geographical coordinates
WMS 1 Legaspi Ranch Block A 15°18’27”N, 121°3’51.998”E
WMS 2 Pias, General Tinio Block F 15°19’15.42”N, 121°4’59.210”E
WMS 3 Makabaclay, Gapan City Block K 15°16’43.003”N, 121°4’27.378”E

The Philippines Atmospheric, Geophysical and Astronomical Services Administration

(“PAGASA”) offers terrestrial data over an extended period. However, based on
correspondence with PAGASA, the nearest available station with irradiance data, Clark
International Airport, is approximately 50km away from the site.

The Global Horizontal Irradiation (“GHI”) and the ambient temperature considered as the
representative long-term meteorological data for the Project are derived based on the Solargis
Typical Meteorological Year (“TMY”) satellite-derived data based on the period from 2007 to
2024.

GHI exhibits its highest values in the northwestern area of the Project, gradually decreasing as
moving toward the southeastern area. This pattern corresponds with the terrain of the plant,
which is characterised by more mountainous and elevated topography on the southeastern side
of the Project.

The Contractor shall further collaborate with the Owner to obtain site-adapted irradiation data
processed from site measurements (with data period over 6 months) in combination with raw
satellite data to reduce the solar resource uncertainty and improve the accuracy of the yield
results. As part of the detailed design and engineering process, the Plant yield calculation must
be reviewed and approved by the Owner before finalising the design.

The monthly and annual GHI for Solargis TMY is provided in Table 1.5 as the result of feasibility
study. The Contractor shall conduct its own investigation and calculations to determine the most
appropriate and reliable irradiation data for the plant optimisation and design.

Table 1.5: Global Horizontal Irradiance (GHI) in kWh/m2 by Block without horizon profile
Solargis TMY 1 Solargis TMY 2 Solargis TMY 3
Month (C, D, E) GHI (H, K, L) GHI (A, B, F, G) GHI
(kWh/m2/period) (kWh/m2/period) (kWh/m2/period)
January 143.5 137.3 140.3
February 147.5 152.9 151.4
March 185.6 189.1 191.4
April 195.2 195.1 198.8

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 7 of 277

Solargis TMY 1 Solargis TMY 2 Solargis TMY 3

Month (C, D, E) GHI (H, K, L) GHI (A, B, F, G) GHI
(kWh/m2/period) (kWh/m2/period) (kWh/m2/period)
May 189.9 187.5 191.1
June 168.0 162.7 165.4
July 153.4 151.5 153.8
August 139.2 136.4 138.3
September 147.2 140.6 141.0
October 138.0 148.4 139.2
November 126.5 124.5 125.5
December 131.7 127.3 127.0
Annual 1,865.9 1,853.3 1,863.0

Site temperature
The monthly average ambient temperature data from Solargis are presented in Table 1.6.

Table 1.6: Monthly ambient temperature profile (ºC) for the Project
Month/Block A B C D E F G H K L
January 26.0 26.0 25.8 25.8 25.8 26.0 26.0 25.4 25.4 25.4
February 26.0 26.0 26.2 26.2 26.2 26.0 26.0 24.7 24.7 24.7
March 26.6 26.6 26.9 26.9 26.9 26.6 26.6 26.5 26.5 26.5
April 28.5 28.5 29.7 29.7 29.7 28.5 28.5 29.3 29.3 29.3
May 29.0 29.0 29.2 29.2 29.2 29.0 29.0 29.1 29.1 29.1
June 28.3 28.3 28.4 28.4 28.4 28.3 28.3 28.3 28.3 28.3
July 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.3 27.3 27.3
August 27.2 27.2 27.3 27.3 27.3 27.2 27.2 27.1 27.1 27.1
September 27.1 27.1 28.0 28.0 28.0 27.1 27.1 27.0 27.0 27.0
October 27.4 27.4 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.4 27.4 26.6 26.6 26.6
November 27.0 27.0 27.1 27.1 27.1 27.0 27.0 26.9 26.9 26.9
December 25.9 25.9 26.5 26.5 26.5 25.9 25.9 25.8 25.8 25.8
Min 25.9 25.9 25.8 25.8 25.8 25.9 25.9 24.7 24.7 24.7
Max 29.0 29.0 29.7 29.7 29.7 29.0 29.0 29.3 29.3 29.3
Annual 27.2 27.2 27.5 27.5 27.5 27.2 27.2 27.0 27.0 27.0
average

Rainfall
The long-term annual average rainfall data (data period from 1997 to 2020) retrieved from
PAGASA, is approximately 2,450mm with most of the rainfall occurring during the months of
July to September. The monthly and annual average rainfall is presented in Table 1.7.

The Contractor shall consider adjusting cleaning cycles based on rainfall patterns to help
maintain optimal system performance.

Table 1.7: Monthly average rainfall (mm) for the Project

Month Monthly rainfall (mm)
January 13.6
February 16.3
March 52.5

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 8 of 277

Month Monthly rainfall (mm)

April 60.6
May 196.1
June 254.1
July 514.6
August 695.1
September 305.5
October 201.6
November 97.0
December 47.5
Year 2,454.5

Humidity
The relative humidity in the Project is ranging between 65 and 86 percent throughout the year
with maximum humidity recorded in the month of August based on PAGASA. The average
monthly humidity is presented in Table 1.8.

Table 1.8: Average monthly humidity (%)

Month Monthly humidity (%)
January 70
February 68
March 66
April 65
May 74
June 80
July 84
August 86
September 84
October 78
November 75
December 73
Annual 75

1.2.3.2 Hydrology
The Project is situated in the center of the Pampanga River Basin and covers the northeastern
region known as the Peñarada Watershed. Blocks A, B, C, D, F and L are located in the main
watershed that are influent significantly by two rivers – the Sumacbao River and the Maon
River. The flow direction originates from the east and moves towards the west along the
Sumacbao river to the Maon river.

For Blocks G, H, K and certain parts of L, the direction of the flow is towards the Bulo river
located in the south. Block E, D, and part of C drain into the NIA-UPRIIS irrigation canal located
in the western area.

1.2.3.3 Natural Hazards

The Contractor shall conduct additional investigation to assess risks associated to natural
hazards. The Contractor shall design and construct all Project premises and facilities, taking into

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 9 of 277

account those risks, and ensuring compliance with relevant practices, regulations and
standards.

Flooding
The Contractor shall carry out flood assessments cover the entire Project area. All Project
premises and facilities shall be designed with appropriate engineering mitigation solutions
approved by the Owner.

The flood assessment shall consider flood susceptibility for 100-year return period.

Volcanic activity
Mount Pinatubo, located approximately 80 km away from the Project, is the nearest active
volcano.

The Contractor shall assess hazards associated with volcanic eruptions, including lava flows,
pyroclastic density currents, lahar, lateral blasts, mudflows, and ashfall. Small particles such as
fine ash that could impact Plant performance shall be considered when planning Plant
construction and operation schemes.

Typhoon
An average of 20 large tropical storms enters the Philippine Area of Responsibility (“PAR”) each
year where about 9 of which typically traverse the Philippines, and 5 cause significant
destruction based on PAGASA. According to the typhoon risk map developed by PAGASA, the
Project location is considered as high risk to typhoon.

The severe wind hazard is classified the area under Wind Zone II.

Earthquake
Based on United States Geological Survey (“USGS”) seismic data recorded since 1900, almost
200 earthquakes with a magnitude of 4.5 or higher occurred within a radius of 100 kilometres from
the Project.

The National Structural Code of the Philippines (“NSCP”) reveals that the Project site falls in
Seismic Zone 4 with PGA value of 0.4g.

Landslide
The Contractor is required to conduct a geological hazard study, considering the potential risks
of landslides within the Project area. All Project premises and facilities shall not be situated in
areas prone to landslides. In the case that there are specific design items that located close to
such locations, appropriate engineering mitigation solutions must be proposed and approved by
the Owner.

Lightning
The Global Lightning Density Map developed by Vaisala reveals that the annual average of
lightning events in Nueva Ecija province from 2016 to 2022 is recorded at 48.7 events/km²/year
which is higher ratio than the average ratio of 40.6 events/km²/year in the Philippines during the
same period.

Based on the Project location and the historical lightning strike record, the Project is located in
the high lightning risk area. A lightning risk assessment per IEC 62305 is recommended to
determine if Lightning Protection System (“LPS”) installation is required.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 10 of 277

1.2.4 Site Terrain

The site elevation of each of the 10 Blocks are summarised for reference in Table 1.9.

Table 1.9: Project elevation

Block Elevation (m ASL) Gross Surface

Name MAX AVERAGE MIN Hectares (Ha)
A 88 65 48 253
B 76 55 40 215
C 73 48 37 248
D 72 51 37 303
E 67 44 28 331
F 95 68 45 331
G 73 53 34 391
H 124 71 44 271
K 150 107 80 267
L 150 107 80 311
Total 150 66 28 2,921

In addition to the above area, another piece of, has been identified as suitable to allocate the
entire. The elevation of the BESS area, situated land between Block D and Block E, ranges
from 40 to 50 meters above sea level (m ASL).

1.2.5 Soil and geotechnical data

Geological field mapping of surface lithology and outcrop exposures indicates that the Project site
is surrounded by overburdens of variable thickness of recent superficial deposits, with Sibul clay
being the most common. The other superficial deposits that can be found in the Project sites are
Prensa silt loam, and Bantog clay loam.
Based on the information from Mines and Geosciences Bureau and Bureau of Soils and Water
Management, n.d, the soil and rock in the Project areas is shown in Table 1.10.

Table 1.10: Project Geology

Block Geology Soil types
name
A Pliocene-Pleistocene (Sedimentary & Igneous Sibul Clay
Rocks)
B Quaternary (Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks) Prensa Silt Loam, Sibul Clay
Pliocene-Pleistocene (Sedimentary & Igneous
Rocks)
C Quaternary (Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks) Prensa Silt Loam
Pliocene-Pleistocene
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)
D Pliocene-Pleistocene Prensa Silt Loam, Sibul Clay
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)
E Pliocene-Pleistocene Prensa Silt Loam, Bantog Clay Loam, Sibul
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks) Clay

F Quaternary (Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks) Sibul Clay

Pliocene-Pleistocene
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)
Upper Miocene-Pliocene

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 11 of 277

Block Geology Soil types

name
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)
G Pliocene-Pleistocene Sibul Clay
(Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)
H Upper Miocene-Pliocene Sibul Clay
K (Sedimentary & Igneous Rocks)

Additional geotechnical investigation is required to assess subsurface conditions, including

liquefaction potential and the findings from investigation shall be used to determine the suitable
foundation types, depth, and construction method for various elements of the development.

1.2.6 Raw water supply

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding sections.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 12 of 277

1.3 Site arrangements

1.3.1 Transportation of goods and materials

To minimise construction traffic impacts and ensure the safety of local people, the Contractor
shall schedule as best as practical the construction traffic through the villages and communities.
All construction vehicles shall be maintained as to minimise their speed limit, noise and exhaust
pollution levels. The roads in the vicinity of the site and local villages which are used for
construction traffic shall be regularly water sprinkled by water truck to minimise the level of dust
in the air around local villages. Construction traffic shall be during the day (except for large
transportation items).

The Contractor shall communicate to the Owner the details of each vehicle and driver intended
to enter the Project area and entrance to Project area for each vehicle shall be subject to
Owner’s written approval. The Owner reserves the right to inspect the Contractor’s vehicles and
drivers’ driving licenses at any time and to revoke the permits to enter.

Delivery plan shall be designed for transporting to the Project site all the equipment and items
necessary for the Project construction and is supposed to utilise pre-defined access routes by
long, wide and/or heavy load vehicles transporting power plant components. These routes shall
be agreed with the relevant authorities in advance.

Equipment and components shall be delivered to meet the agreed procurement programme and
in accordance with the requirements of local municipality, police, and road authority.

1.3.2 Offloading and handling

In addition to general requirement specified in MFS, the Contractor shall follow the handling
instructions as specified by the suppliers.

1.3.3 Transportation facilities

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.3.4 Site establishment

The accommodation and potable water system shall be designed to satisfy the needs of the
Contractor as well as those of its sub-contractors, if any. The design shall comply with the local
regulation and the “International Standards for Potable Water” suggested by the World Health
Organisation. Installation of non-potable water supply systems in the camp area will not be
permitted. The storage tank shall be designed for a minimum reserve capacity of at least two (2)
days of the planned average utilisation.

The Contractor shall design, construct, install, operate, and maintain the power supply and
distribution system required to meet its own needs and those of its sub-contractors working at
the Project site. Electrical works shall conform to the applicable standards, laws and regulations
in force in Philippines.

The drainage system shall be designed considering the high rainfall rate in the area and the
rainwater shall be drained in such a way that erosion, which may alter the stability of the soil, is
always prevented.

The Contractor shall design, construct, install, operate and maintain the trunk lines and the plant
necessary for the collection and treatment of the sewage for the Project site, for its own camps
and offices, construction plants and buildings as well as for those of its sub-contractors, if any.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 13 of 277

The Contractor shall supply and install, operate, and maintain an adequate communication
system at the Project site and at main camp consisting of telephone lines, internet connection.
The primary function of this equipment consists in providing a reliable communication system
between the Contractor’s site facilities, offices, and the Owner’s offices.

The Contractor shall collect garbage from the Project site, from its camps, offices, and
workshops as well as from its sub-contractors, if any, on a daily basis, and keep the Project site
and camps generally free of refuse at all times and move such refuse to the approved disposal
area.

An adequate number of fire extinguishers shall at all times be available at each construction site
and in each building in camps and in offices and they shall be kept in satisfactory working order.

1.3.5 Installation of laydown and compound area

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.4 Quality assurance and control

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.5 General technical requirement

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 14 of 277

1.6 PV and BESS system requirements

1.6.1 Equipment technology

1.6.1.1 PV module
The EPC Contractor shall provide the PV module with n-type, bifacial, and half-cell technology,
with a preference for n-type TOPCon.

1.6.1.2 Inverter
No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.6.1.3 Mounting structure

Fixed systems can be proposed as mounting solution for the Project with the following
considerations:

 Cost consideration (i.e., tracking systems have higher CAPEX and OPEX per Wpdc than
fixed tilt system);
 Land constraints (i.e., tracker require more space than fixed-tilt installations to minimise
shading from mutual row);
 Subject to higher wind loading (e.g., strong wind and high gust);
 Civil works (i.e., tracking systems may require more site preparation, including extra
trenching for wiring and additional grading); and
 Fixed tilt facing South, or East/West dome configuration where the modules are oriented in
East and West direction.
The Contractor shall select the technology assumed to be the best adapted to the site
conditions and that would enable the Project to achieve best overall solution and requirements
as described in the ITB.
The Contractor may contemplate PV array design by considering other practical aspects such
as land usage, constructability, O&M activities, and wind loading.
Alternatively, The Contractor may propose or Horizontal Single Axis Tracking (“HSAT”) Systems
as part of the Alternative Bid as set out in the ITB.

1.6.1.4 Containerised batteries

Integrated BESS (BESS Equipment) procurement strategy shall be considered.

The BESS Equipment will include the Power Conversion System (“PCS”), Energy Management
System (“EMS”), and containerised batteries with the essential auxiliary subsystems, i.e., the
housing, fire suppression system, Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) and/or
other thermal management system, and battery management system (“BMS”).

The BESS supplier is expected to provide an integrated turn-key BESS system, which would be
connected to a step-up transformer without additional major equipment. The EPC Contractor will
provide and complete turnkey design and construction of the BESS plant, and installation of the
BESS Equipment for the Project.

Containerised batteries shall be made of a combination of individual units, e.g., battery cells,
grouped into modules, racks, then integrated with essential auxiliary subsystems to form a
containerised system with a large storage capacity.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 15 of 277

Lithium ion (“Li-ion”) batteries with proven effective in grid applications and for large systems with
capacities of up to several gigawatt-hours will be procured. Li-ion batteries with high energy
density and cycling lifetime capabilities will be expected for the Project.

1.6.1.5 Power Conversion System (“PCS”)

PCS shall control the charging and discharging power flow of the BESS by following control
command from EMS. Protection features shall also be provided by the PCS as it can react to
the abnormal battery operation through the communication interface with BMS from the
containerised batteries.

1.6.2 Project layout

 For fixed installations, the PV modules shall not be placed at slopes exceeding 15° of the
Project topography;
 The distance between row-to-row of PV module and PV array to fence must be designed to
prevent shading and accommodate sufficient room for the execution of operation and
maintenance activities, including consideration of safety clearance;
 BESS plant shall be centralised at a single location;
 Contractor shall develop a compressive system configuration, taking into account the
abovementioned parameters and in accordance with the actual specifications furnished by
the supplier(s).
1.6.3 Base case system yield

The Base Case specific yield, as shown in Table 1.11, has been provided to serve as baseline
for the Contractor to further develop and achieve optimal annual estimated yield of the Project.

Table 1.11: Base case specific yield for the Project

Parameter A B C D E F G H K L

GII 1,893.8 1,893.1 1,897.0 1,896.1 1,896.3 1,893.5 1,893.3 1,883.5 1,883.1 1,882.6
(kWh/m2/yr)

Initial Plant 86.1% 86.1% 86.9% 86.8% 87.1% 85.9% 85.4% 85.5% 86.2% 85.6%
PR (before
annual
degradation)

Annualised 1,630.6 1,630.5 1,649.0 1,646.4 1,651.4 1,625.6 1,617.1 1,610.5 1,623.8 1,612.4
Specific Yield
based on
initial
performance
(kWh/kWp/yr)

1.6.4 PV array design

The Contractor shall optimise the design configuration of the Project to obtain optimal tilt angle
with a system configuration that maximises annual energy yield according to the latitude of the
site and the annual distribution of solar resource as well as orientating the modules to face a
direction that provides maximum power generation (e.g., south facing or east-west direction)

An arrangement of PV array shall be designed considering the compatibility with PV module

technology, cost-benefit as well as PV module dimension and shall be verified against the
expected wind loads, constructability and O&M activities.
Array stringing design shall be compatible with the operational range of the inverter DC input
limits such as maximum and minimum input voltage for Maximum Power Point Tracking

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 16 of 277

(“MPPT”) and maximum Open Circuit Voltage (“Voc”), considering only correction for the
minimum expected module operating temperature. Below parameters must be considered;
 String Voc must not exceed the maximum input voltage of the inverter;
 String Vmp should not exceed the maximum voltage of the inverter’s MPPT window; and
 String Vmp must not below the inverter’s low MPPT voltage.
The Contractor shall design the maximum number of strings permitted in each inverter (i.e., a
function of the maximum allowance PV array current and maximum inverter current.

The Contractor shall design an optimal DC/AC ratio of the system, takes into account the
system efficiency and avoid the potential effect of inverter clipping. DC/AC ratio at both inverter
and injection level shall be considered.
An optimal solar PV system developed by the Contractor shall meet power supply requirement
of 600MWac during the first operational year and 850MWac from second operational year
onward.
The Contractor shall undertake the sensitivity analysis of the design configuration to obtain the
optimised configuration.

1.6.5 PV modules
No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.6.6 DC interconnections and cabling for solar PV plant

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.6.7 DC cable for solar PV plant

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.6.8 PV string combiner box

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.6.9 PV inverters
No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.6.10 Battery cells, modules and racks

The battery cells, modules and racks shall comply with the following technical specifications
listed in Table 1.12.

Table 1.12: Battery cell/module/rack baseline technical specifications

Details Unit Technical Specifications/ Requirements
Battery cell
Minimum energy capacity (BOL) Ah 280
Battery module
Protection - Fuses on both output polarities
Battery rack

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 17 of 277

Details Unit Technical Specifications/ Requirements

Rated DC voltage V 1000-1500
Protection - Fuses, circuit breaker and relay shall be provided on
both output polarities
Others - Pre-charge circuit shall be considered if multiple
racks are directly paralleled at the same bus.
Containerised batteries
Minimum AC round-trip-efficiency (“RTE”) @ % ≥85
Beginning of Life (“BOL”) at 34.5 kV including
auxiliary losses
Minimum AC RTE @ End of Life (“EOL”) at % ≥80
34.5 kV including auxiliary losses
Minimum C-rate/P-rate - 0.25
Minimum Depth of Discharge (“DoD”) % 100
Minimum cycle life with rated power at 70% cycles 7,000
state of health (“SoH”)
Minimum calendar life Years 20
Min operating temperature range o
C -20-50
General
Standards compliance - The proposed battery cell/module/rack shall comply
with, but not limited to, all relevant standards
specified in the MFS.

1.6.11 Battery Management System (“BMS”)

The Battery Management System (“BMS”) shall monitor and manage the battery system’s
operational parameters, such as voltage, current, temperature, and state of charge (“SoC”), to
optimise performance and lifespan. It also ensures safety by preventing conditions that could
lead to over(under)heating, overcharging, or deep discharging.

A hierarchical BMS shall be considered for the battery system covering module level, rack level
to system level from bottom to top. This multi-layered approach enhances safety, efficiency, and
the longevity of the system by providing detailed insights and control mechanisms at each
critical tier of the battery architecture. The supplier should design the BMS to meet, but not
limited to, the specifications as listed in Table 1.13.

Table 1.13: BMS baseline technical specifications

Details Technical specifications/ requirements
Module Battery Management Unit (“MBMU”)
Monitoring Measure voltage of each cell; Measure module current;
Measure module temperature
Control Cell balancing;
Calculation of module SoC and SoH;
Protection Over/under voltage protection;
Over/under current protection;
Over/under SoC protection;
Over/under temperature protection;
Cell imbalance protection;
The protection shall be implemented with multilevel threshold,
each of which will be related to it corresponding measure,
ranging from warning, derating to shutdown.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 18 of 277

Details Technical specifications/ requirements

Communication At least support one of the following protocols:
CAN/Modbus/RS-485 and must be compatible with all
equipment it has a communication interface with.
Rack Battery Management Unit (“RBMU”)
Monitoring Measure rack voltage and current;
Measure rack insulation resistance;
Gather voltage, current, temperature measurement from
MBMU;
Control Set maximum current/power limit for rack operation, including
the fully charge control over the Constant Current (“CC”) to
Constant Voltage (“CV”) mode change;
Calculation of rack SoC and SoH;
Relay control;
Protection Over/under voltage protection;
Over/under current protection;
Over/under SoC protection;
Insulation fault protection;
Loss of communication protection;
Communication At least support one of the protocols: CAN/Modbus/RS-485
and must be compatible with all equipment it has a
communication interface with.
System battery management unit (“SBMU”)
Monitoring Gather data from RBMU;
Monitor the auxiliary subsystems, including but not limited to
thermal management system, fire suppression system, and
other sensor measurement if applicable, e.g., door sensor,
flood sensor, temperature, humidity sensor, etc.;
Monitor the UPS status.
Control Set maximum current/power limit for battery system operation;
Calculation of system SoC and SoH;
Control auxiliary subsystems when necessary;
Balance battery racks in the same system
Protection Over/under voltage protection;
Over/under current protection;
Over/under SoC protection;
Over/under temperature protection;
Rack imbalance protection;
Loss of communication protection;
Communication Support communication protocols and interfaces to exchange
information with RBMU, auxiliary subsystems, and PCS, based
on the communication and control structured illustrated in
Appendix C. Optionally, the SBMU may offer communication
interface with EMS and SCADA if a direct communication
structure is considered by the BESS supplier.
General
Standard compliance The proposed BMS shall comply with, but not limited to, all
relevant standards specified in the MFS.
Power supply The BMS shall have backup UPS, which can support the BMS
operation for at least 10 minutes in case of power supply
failure.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 19 of 277

1.6.12 Power Conversion System (“PCS”)

The PCS shall serve as the essential, managing the bidirectional flow of energy between the
battery and the grid.

The PCS shall be self-housed within containers or outdoor enclosures. The PCS power rating
and connection configurations should allow for a power-to-energy ratio of 1:4. The BESS supplier
may design and determine how the PCS will be connected to the containerised batteries, i.e.,
either one PCS connected to one battery container, or one PCS connected to a group of paralleled
battery containers.

The key technical parameters of the PCS, covering the electrical specifications and functional
requirements for this Project are summarised in Table 1.14.

Table 1.14: PCS baseline technical specifications

Details Unit Technical specifications/ requirements
AC side
Rated AC output power kW 1,125 up to 5,000
Rated AC output voltage Vac 800
Nominal AC output voltage Vac 690
Operation grid frequency Hz 60 ±1%
Type of output - AC three-phase system
THD % ≤3
DC side
Max DC voltage Vdc 1,500
DC voltage range - Should be able to cover the voltage range of the
proposed containerised batteries
Max. DC continues current per input A 1,600
Number of separate DC input - Up to 4
Battery technology - All type of batteries (BMS required)
Efficiency
Efficiency of the PCS % ≥ 95
Protocol
Communication protocol - Modbus TCP/ IEC61850 (Goose) and must be
compatible with all equipment with which it has a
communication interface.
Power plant controller - Third party SCADA systems/ EMS supported
Physical system
Type of ventilation - Forced air cooling and/or liquid cooling
Degree of protection - ≥IP55
Display - LCD display
Operation temperature o
C -25 ~ 50
Functions/features
Power flow operation - Support four-quadrant control
Real power control - Positive and negative
Reactive power control - Capacitive and inductive
Operation modes
Commanded power - Yes
Command VAR - Yes

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 20 of 277

Details Unit Technical specifications/ requirements

Frequency regulation - Yes
Frequency response - Yes
Voltage regulation - Yes
Response time of PCS to the commands ms < 20
received
Islanding - option
Renewable smoothing - option
Schedule power - option
Black start - option
Monitoring and control
Interface, status, and control panel - Yes
Battery voltage (AC/DC) - Yes
Battery current (AC/DC) - Yes
Active power (AC/DC) - Yes
Reactive power - Yes
Energy (AC/DC) - Yes
Capacity (Ah) - Yes
Power factor - Yes
Fault - Yes
Battery information - Yes
Battery temperature (average/extreme) - Yes
State of Charge (“SoC”) - Yes
Warning message - Yes
UPS backup for control system for - Yes
minimum 10 min
Time synchronisation/ Time stamping - Yes
Protection system
Under/Over voltage (DC and AC) - Yes
Under/Over frequency - Yes
Over current protection - Yes
Ground fault protection - Yes
Overheat protection - Yes
Smoke detection (Trip/Alarm) - Yes
Surge protection (DC and AC) - Yes
Automatic AC & DC open circuit when - Yes
fault detection
Insulation monitoring - Yes
Battery protection - Yes
Internal fault (over temp., logic failure, - Yes
etc.)

1.6.13 BESS HVAC system

The HVAC system shall follow, but not limited to, the specifications and requirements listed in
the MFS.

The BESS supplier may propose a liquid-cooled BESS system, considering the anticipated high
energy density for better efficiency. For such design, the BESS supplier may also refer to

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 21 of 277

relevant requirements specified in the MFS and will be required to provide pertinent design and
calculation documentation to demonstrate its adequacy and suitability.

1.6.14 BESS housing

At least meter clearance between the BESS containers shall be considered in accordance with
pertinent fire safety standards recommendations, such as NFPA 855.

The Contractor shall refer to the site conditions specified in DBR for the BESS housing design,
especially regarding the requirements related to natural hazard and corrosion. In addition, the
housing metal panel should be thermal insulated.

1.6.15 BESS Balance-of-System

A step-up transformer shall be considered for each PCS, to boost the AC voltage from PCS
output to 34.5 kV. The power rating of this step-up transformer shall align with the capacity of its
connected PCS.

A 34.5 kV RMU shall be designed for each step-up transformer, and the rating shall match the
transformer rating.

1.6.16 BESS fire suppression system

Fire detection and suppression systems shall be installed within the BESS enclosure and on the
BESS plant in accordance with relevant international standards and guidance, i.e., UL9540(A)
and/or NFPA 855, and any applicable local fire regulations. The Contractor may refer to the
requirements specified in the MFS for the design of BESS fire suppression system.

1.6.17 DC interconnections and cabling for BESS plant

The Contractor shall refer to the requirements outlined in the MFS.

1.6.18 DC cable for BESS plant

The Contractor shall refer to the requirements outlined in the MFS.

1.7 Civil engineering and building works requirements

1.7.1 General civil work requirements

The Contractor shall refer to the requirements outlined in the MFS.

1.7.2 Earthworks

1.7.2.1 Construction phase earthwork

Contractors shall be specified fill and or topsoil stockpile sites, as well as onsite borrow areas.
All borrow areas shall be retained in safe condition and shall be provided with adequate
drainage to avoid ponding. Unsuitable soil and/or excessive cut shall be disposed in spoil or
general landscaping fill areas.

Whenever possible no material shall be supplied or placed prior to Owner’s approval.

Stockpiled topsoil and fill material shall be formed to prevent erosion caused by rainwater.
Stockpiles should be placed no higher than 2.0 meters. At least 1.5 meter minimum of stockpile
base away from a slope of excavation (see Figure 1.3).

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 22 of 277

Stockpile areas shall be graded to drain surface water away from topsoil and/or fill stockpiles.

Figure 1.3: Excavation and stockpile areas requirement configuration

1.7.2.2 Permanent earthworks

Cut and fill

In anticipation of the difference in the existing ground levels across the sites, the Contractor
shall carry out the earthworks within and in the immediate vicinity of the Project.

The earthworks shall be designed to optimise in particular, NSCP 2015 and DPWH Design
guidelines, criteria & standards. The slope of the access roads shall also be given
consideration.

Classified material designated for use in the permanent work shall be properly segregated and
stockpiled. Excavated materials shall be disposed of to align with the local and/or national
environmental requirements.

If design of platforms is required due to earthworks, as well as the slopes, this shall be
according to the required bearing capacity in the top layer, either for a foundation or roads, and
shall depend on the geo-mechanical parameters of the soil obtained from the geotechnical
report.

The minimum layer of topsoil as specified in the geotechnical report shall be removed and
placed over to other free areas and perimeter for later environmental restoration activities.

Cut slopes shall have a maximum horizontal to vertical gradient of 1.5H:1V unless otherwise
indicated on the drawing or as controlled by stability considerations for specific soil conditions
for each excavation location.

Excavations shall preferably be performed in dry conditions. Appropriate drainage for excavated
areas shall be maintained. Unstable soil in the slopes or excavation bottom shall be removed
and replaced with acceptable material and compacted to 95% of optimum dry density.

Over excavation shall be backfilled with suitable material and compacted to at least 95% of the
maximum dry density determined according to ASTM.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 23 of 277

Backfilling low-lying areas and ensuring positive grading across the Project site should be
conditioned to mitigate flooding. It additionally should be designed a drainage network to gather
surface runoff and direct it toward the river. The backfilling and re-grading should be suitable for
the flood levels in the 100-year.

All finished fill surfaces shall be maintained against erosion or other deterioration until the work
has been completed and accepted by the Owner. Final surface of compacted fills shall be
graded as indicated on the drawing.

Subsurface structures and foundations

Subsurface structures and foundations shall be constructed to the slopes, sections and inverts
shown on the drawings.

Tests of the subgrade conditions shall be clearly reported in accordance with the approved
Inspection and testing.

Unstable soil in the slopes or excavation bottom shall be removed and replaced with acceptable
material and compacted to 95% of optimum dry density. Cut slope maximum ratio of 1.5H:1V
shall be comply to the design unless otherwise indicated on the drawing or as controlled by
stability considerations for specific soil conditions for each excavation location.

Excavation depths shall include provision for basement slabs if required to preserve the integrity
of the foundation soil until the permanent work is placed. The filling for foundations purpose
shall be done in layers of not more than fifteen (15) cm and compacted at 98% of maximum
density at optimum moisture content.

Water storage ponds

If a water storage pond is required, the storage volume shall be submitted to the Owner.

Water storage ponds should be at least 15 meters from any steep slope (greater than 15%).
The design of the earth embankment for a water storage pond should comply with the maximum
slope ratio of 2H:1V, unless otherwise indicated on the drawing, or as controlled by stability
considerations for specific soil conditions for each excavation location.

The geometric requirement of a water storage pond shall refer to Figure 1.4.

Figure 1.4: Water storage pond requirement configuration

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 24 of 277

1.7.3 Structural design principles

The specifications as stipulated under this section will be subject to the MFS in the
corresponding section.

1.7.4 Access roads and internal roads

The specifications as stipulated under this section will be subject to the MFS in the
corresponding section.

1.7.5 Drainage systems

Drainage systems specifications as stipulated under MFS Section 2.7.6 will be subjected to the
following requirements, including those stipulated in Table 1.15.

Table 1.15: Drainage system minimum requirement

Construction phase The execution of any work shall not change, disrupt, fill, block, divert or disturb the existing
drainage requirement overland flow or the existing system of drains unless an alternative drainage system has
been approved by the Owner.
The runoff within, upstream of and adjacent to the worksite shall be effectively drained
away without causing drainage problems within the worksite or in areas outside the
worksite.
All earth slopes shall be set outside the drainage system.
Any temporary structure if approved within a drain shall be removed immediately on
completion of the construction works or as directed.
Drainage inlets such as drop-inlet chambers and scupper drains shall not be blocked by
any material or debris.
Drains shall not be covered without the approval of the Owner.
Bunds of stockpiled materials such as earth from trench work shall be provided between
the bunds to allow the free flow of surface runoff.
Material from any stockpile shall not be allowed to fall or be washed into the drain.
Permanent drainage requirement
Internal drainage The capacity of internal drains shall be sufficient to intercept and discharge all runoff from
system the site.
The internal drains shall be designed for safety and ease of maintenance.
Prior to discharging any storm water within the development site to public drain, vertical
grating shall be installed at the outlet discharge point(s) of the internal drain located within
the site
External Drainage All runoff within a development site shall be discharged into a roadside drain or an outlet
System drain and not into the adjacent premises.
Where the runoff from the site is discharged through an existing or proposed drainage
outlet to the adjacent premises, the downstream drain at the adjacent premises must be
able to cope with the runoff from the site.
No drain shall be interfered with or altered without the approval of the Owner.
Improvements to The size (width and depth) and the alignment of the proposed drain shall be determined
existing drain and approved by the Owner.
Structure over No structure could be allowed to be constructed over an outlet or roadside drain without
Roadside Drain/Outlet the Owner approval. The drain under the structure shall be improved to the design
Drain specification as determined by the Owner.

Drainage structures and facilities

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 25 of 277

Drain and culvert  Drains and culverts shall be designed to be hydraulically adequate, structurally sound and
geotechnically stable in accordance with the current codes, specifications and
requirements.
Roadside drain  All roadside drains shall be constructed in accordance with the relevant standard or
specifications.
Sump for drain  A sump of sufficient size shall be provided where drains converge.
intersections  Drains shall enter the sump at angles less than a right angle and at different levels
wherever possible.
 The invert level of the downstream drain shall be lower than the invert level of the sump
so that no stagnant water will collect in the sump.
Flood protections  Improve and utilise existing drainage structures and facilities to be adequate for 100-year
flood mitigation prior to providing additional flood measures.
 All flood protection measures shall be designed based on a 100-year flood assessment
and included in the design to provide at least the same level of flood protection that the
minimum platform and/or crest levels would provide for the construction and operation.
Loads on drains (e.g.,  In the design of drains, stability of the slope and upheaval shall be considered. A live load
live load and surcharge) surcharge shall be taken into consideration in the design of drains according to relevant
standards.
 For drains that are adjacent to roads and are affected by vehicular loading, a live load
surcharge shall be taken into consideration in accordance with the relevant standards.
 Culverts carrying vehicular loading shall be designed to withstand bridge loading in
accordance with the relevant standards.

1.7.6 Trenches, ducts and manholes

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS Section
2.7.7 for the necessary specifications in the corresponding section.

1.7.7 Fence and gates

The Contractor shall provide a design and layout based on the minimum requirement
asTable 1.16. Fence perimeters for individual Blocks, including those stipulated, shall
refer to

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 26 of 277

Table 1.17.

Where the existing fencing is located, the proposed location of new boundary wall or fencing
shall be erected at the same position of the existing boundary wall or fencing.

Any deviation to this arrangement shall be approved by the Owner.

Table 1.16: Fencing and gate minimum requirement

Fence height 2.0m
Gate width 6.0m
End/Corner post distance 2.5m
Intermediate/support posts distance As site conditions
Metal surfaces treatment Zinc chromatic primer, aluminium paint, or equivalent

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 27 of 277

Table 1.17: Estimated length of fence

Block name Total length (m)
Block A 5,650
Block B 19,000
Block C 24,200
Block D 26,500
Block E 36,200
Block F 21,400
Block G 35,600
Block H 38,300
Block K 32,000
Block L 24,000

1.7.8 Civil construction material

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
necessary specifications in Section 2.7.9.

1.7.9 Buildings design and construction

1.7.9.1 General building design and construction

Final design of the building shall be approved by relevant discipline engineers.

All design and construction work are subject to review and inspection by the Owner and subject
to approval.

The Contractor is responsible for the design, procurement, and construction of the control, O&M
and administration buildings and for the provision of all furniture and equipment required.

Main Admin, Control as well as Warehouses & Workshops buildings shall be proposed.

The buildings shall ensure sufficient working useful space together for the different solar PV
blocks and the BESS area they serve.

Enclosed rooms and indoor spaces shall be suitably sized for the intended equipment and use.

The control buildings shall employ a rainwater harvesting system that is able to, as far as
reasonably practicable, supply the ablution requirement of the staff. Where this is not
reasonably practicable, the rainwater harvesting system shall be used to supplement another
form of water supply.

All building layouts shall be provided for the approval of the Owner and the Contractor shall
describe the proposed design philosophy of the control room and all plant equipment.

The Contractor shall provide the Owner with proposed furniture specifications and layout plans
prior to installation for Owner’s approval. This shall apply to all buildings specified in this section.

1.7.9.2 The Main Admin building

 One reception area;
 One management office;
 Complete basic office furniture for all offices;
 One engineer/technician room (suitable for three staff members);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 28 of 277

 One general purpose office/meeting/conference room with office furniture an Audio Visual
(“AV”) system (suitable for 10 attendees);
 Office document storage room with shelves and document steel cabinets;
 Pantry with furniture and amenities;
 One kitchenette suitable for the preparation of drinks and light snacks;
 Separate toilets for male and female staff, washroom facilities, changing rooms, including
showers, with sceptic tank if necessary;
 Locker room or lockers;
 The staffed areas and the meeting/conference room shall be provided with air conditioning
and heating suitable for manned presence;
 Internal power distribution/supply;
 Security control room
- The Security control station shall be located within the Central control room/building and
guard houses. The station shall overlook the sites entrance gate. It shall include, but not
be limited to:
- Wall mounted video display of all Closed-Circuit Television (“CCTV”) feeds.
- Workstation for monitoring and controlling the intruder detection system.
- Workstation for the trunking radio base station of the security department.
 Unless otherwise approved by the Owner, the sites entrance shall be located within 20m of
the security control room and control (O&M) building.
 All activities associated with the operation, control and monitoring of the Project shall be
carried out from the control room;
 A server room capable of housing the facility SCADA, security, and Uninterruptible Power
Supply (“UPS”) devices shall be provided. This room shall have no windows. Adequate
HVAC shall be provided to this room to ensure a temperature range of 10 – 20 °C within the
room at all times. Equipment such as workstations for non-operations related work, meeting
rooms, engineering workstations, electrical cubicles, etc. shall be located in adjacent or
separate rooms on the same floor with easy access from control room;
 Server room/data communication room;
 Electrical/Technical room;
 Air conditioning and heating suitable for the equipment installed according to manufacturer’s
guideline;
 First aid cabinet / LOTO equipment cabinet;
 Firefighting equipment cabinet;

1.7.9.3 The O&M (Warehouse / Workshop)

 Tools and test equipment room (separate from room for spare parts, for tools which are
Frequently used, e.g., thermal scanners);
 Warehouse for cables and non-electronic spares (no air-conditioning needed);
 DENR-compliant three- chamber septic tank for all buildings.
 Material Recovery Facility (“MRF”);
 Hazardous waste storage facility must be separated from the MRF building; and
 Outdoor fuel/chemical supply room.
 Storage area inside the control building

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 29 of 277

- The storage area shall retain spares to carry out recommended routine and scheduled
servicing of the Project. As a minimum, the control (O&M) building shall be sized to
accommodate the full set of spare parts as required under the Contract. The stores
shall also retain spares to carry out recommended routine and scheduled servicing of
the Project. These items shall include, but not be limited to:
- General mechanical spares;
- PV modules, inverter, inverter station spare parts;
- Electrical equipment (lamps, fuses, connectors, cables, switches, etc.);
- Instrument spares; and
- Operational equipment.
- Small items shall be binned in suitably shelved racks. Larger items shall be stored in an
adequate area with lifting equipment, i.e., one handler, to load and unload as
necessary.
- A suitably sized workshop shall be provided within the control building to carry out all
routine off-plant servicing, as well as breakdown maintenance.
- Adequate utility supplies such as power sockets, etc. shall be provided.
- Temperature controlled environment (i.e., air conditioning/ventilation) shall be provided
to comply with manufacturers guidelines for long term storage. Fire detection system
connected to the control room / building shall be provided.
- The storage of inflammable and hazardous materials such as lubricating oil, chemical,
paints, and dosing inhibitors shall not be stored within the main stores building and shall
be stored in suitable covered and ventilated areas local to the main stores.
- The storeroom shall have a suitable lockable service counter over which spares can be
issued and shall make adequate provision for workshop area where the Operators
personnel will be able to attend to miscellaneous repairs and maintenance activities
typical for the Project of this magnitude and complexity.
- External access to this room shall be provided, suitably sized in order to allow forklift
access. Main door shall have a minimum high of 4 meters and secondary pedestrian
door shall be installed.
- The O&M building flooring shall be at the ground level, to enable the easy manoeuvre of
lifting and carrying machines.
 Racks for proper and space effective storage of the spares shall be provided.

In addition, the following may be built as separate structures within the control building area:
 A designated area for car park spaces (minimum of 4 car slots), including disabled parking
shall be provided adjacent to the building. Parking area for vehicles and motorcycles with
roofing;
 Backup genset (as applicable) shall be provided near the control building with full access
and with appropriate machine guarding in place;
 DENR-compliant rainwater harvester;
The buildings flooring shall be preferably at a single level. The doors to the buildings shall be
sufficiently sized to facilitate easy installation and maintenance of all panels and control room
equipment.

The doors and ceiling height shall be suitable for future removal of panels and equipment
without the need for adjustment or removal.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 30 of 277

The foundation of the building must include cable entries ducts to allow for cable installation and
future maintenance of the cabling from outside of the building or the Security section of the
building without future perforation into the walls.

Indicative control buildings for the Project are as shown in Table 1.18 and Appendix A for
reference purpose.

Table 1.18: Indicative control building of each Project Block

No Description Geographical coordinates
1 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK A CONTROL BUILDING 15°17’58.632’’N, 121°3’32.184’’E
2 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK B CONTROL BUILDING 15°18’48.996’’N, 121°4’12.00’’E
3 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK C CONTROL BUILDING 15°19’1.956’’N, 121°2’38.076’’E
4 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK D CONTROL BUILDING 15°18’137.224’’N, 121°2’12.948’’E
5 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK E CONTROL BUILDING 15°17’38.4’’N, 121°1’0.192’’E
6 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK F CONTROL BUILDING 15°18’56.8908’’N, 121°5’51.2052’’E
7 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK G CONTROL BUILDING 15°16’29.928’’N, 121°3’17.316’’E
8 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK H CONTROL BUILDING 15°14’19.536’’N, 121°4’19.344’’E
9 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK K CONTROL BUILDING 15°16’21.756’’N, 121°4’22.224’’E
10 SOLAR PV PLANT BLOCK L CONTROL BUILDING 15°17’29.112’’N, 121°5’52.476’’E
11 BESS PLANT CONTROL BUILDING 15°18’5.904’’N, 121°1’23.16’’E
12 TSP CENTRAL CONTROL BUILDING 15°18’12.276’’N, 121°1’26.328’’E

1.7.9.4 Office equipment

All furniture, (office LANs, office computer, kitchen equipment, etc.) and including Specialist
furniture (e.g., for control rooms, workshop, etc.) shall be provided by the Contractor. Specialist
furniture shall be approved/selected by the Owner prior to the procurement by the Contractor.

1.7.9.5 Learning centre and observation tower

The Contractor shall propose the most suitable location for the learning centre and observation
tower within the Project area.

The building specifications include being constructed with reinforced concrete, 2 stories, and
featuring at least 1 meeting room, 1 office, an exhibition area, and an observation platform on
the roof.

The minimum dimensions on the plan shall be 20x40m, with provisions for parking spaces for
accommodating at least 5 cars and 2 buses.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 31 of 277

1.8 Mechanical requirements

1.8.1 Firefighting and fire protection system

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.8.2 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) system

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

HVAC system for BESS shall refer to Section 1.6.13.

1.8.3 Water supply

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and
MFS for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.8.4 Water treatment

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9 Electrical requirements

1.9.1 Electrical studies

All studies and calculations shall be performed with well-known commercial software specifically
for electrical system design or through a calculation spreadsheet along with all details of formula
applied to the proposed calculations.

The Contractor shall provide the following power system studies, but not limited to:

 Equipment rating selection calculations;

 Load flow studies to assess thermal limit, voltage variation, and electrical losses;
 Fault level studies – short circuit current levels and flows to assess equipment capabilities;
 Electrical protection studies shall provide draft and final copies of a protection relay and
grading report. Information derived from the power system studies described elsewhere
shall be used in the production of the report. The report shall include a comprehensive
description of all relay types and ranges, current transformer and voltage transformer
parameters, together with supporting evidence including magnetisation curves and
calculation sheets to confirm their adequacy for the plant offered. The report shall cover all
protection relays supplied under this contract and include settings. Relay settings shall be
provided as an appendix to the report and be clearly tabled circuit by circuit;
 Insulation co-ordination in accordance with IEC 60071;
 Earthing study;
 Interlocking system study in accordance with Good Industrial Practices;
 Lightning assessment as per IEC 62305-2;
 Studies on reactive power capability and harmonic distortion by providing system modelling
of MV collection system which is provided and installed by the Contractor for further studies
on the reactive power capability and harmonic distortion at the connection point. The
system modelling of MV collection system shall be in PSS/E data format or any data format

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 32 of 277

which is approved by the Owner which can be suitably used to integrate with the system
modelling of HV system created by the other party;
 Grid code compliance study by providing any technical data required for the studies, any
potential mitigation measures, and any other supports where required in accordance with
the requirements of the national standards, all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and the
Contractor shall ensure Grid code compliance of the Project; and
 Any other studies to prove the validity of the design.

1.9.2 General electrical requirements

Materials and equipment for use shall work efficiently and with high level of reliability with
special consideration to:

 High ambient temperatures; and

 Fire risk and flooding as a result of fire protection.

Unless otherwise specified, the minimum equipment enclosure classifications for non-rotating
electrical equipment shall be as follows:

 Indoors only in totally enclosed rooms with provision for limiting ingress of dust: IP31
 Indoors, except as noted otherwise: IP54
 Indoors in areas subject to water spray, or heavy condensation: IP55 or better
 Outdoors except as noted otherwise: IP65 or better

Electrical equipment and installations, including their erection and testing shall conform to good
engineering practices, applicable codes and standards, and relevant regulations.

All switchgear, power transformers and other electrical equipment shall be capable of operating
at its rated current continuously, without overheating, at full site rating and shall take account of
the temperature rise of the equipment from other sources and preferably without assistance
from forced cooled ventilation or air conditioning plant. Where reliance on forced cooled
ventilation or air conditioning plant is necessary, the cooling plant shall be at least N+1
redundant.

Electrical equipment shall be constructed to withstand the specified maximum short circuit
currents and duration without the temperature exceeding the value permitted for the related
class of insulation. The equipment shall be considered as being operated at maximum permitted
current prior to the inception of short circuit current.

The final temperature attained as a result of the passage of short circuit current shall not cause
permanent damage or deterioration sufficient to reduce the normal operating characteristics
below those specified.

Insulation materials shall be suitably finished to prevent deterioration of their qualities under the
specified working conditions.

All switchboards, panels, cubicles and the like shall incorporate thermostatically controlled
electric heaters capable of providing movement of sufficient heated air to avoid condensation.
The apparatus protected shall be designed so that the maximum permitted rise in temperature
is not exceeded if the heaters are energised while the apparatus is in operation. Related
thermostats shall switch off the heater circuits if the temperature exceeds an adjustable set
point. Control panels, cubicles and kiosks shall be provided with door operated internal
illumination lamps. Power supplies for commissioning and maintenance test equipment to be
located as required.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 33 of 277

1.9.3 Grid code requirements

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.4 System frequency, voltages, short circuit rating and method of earthing
No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.5 MV collection system and interfacing with the HV substations

The MV collection systems are located at each substation. One 500kV main substation (TSP
Gapan Substation) and two 230kV satellite substations (satellite collector substation 1 and 2)
will be designed, supplied, and installed by HV EPC Contractor.

The centralised BESS and the solar PV plant Blocks B, C, D, and E will connect to the MV
collection system in the main substation.

Solar PV Plant Blocks A, F and L will connect to MV collection system in the satellite collector
substation 1, while solar PV plant Blocks G, H and K will connect to the MV collection system in
the satellite collector substation 2.

A 230kV transmission system shall link the main substation to each satellite substation.

The Contractor shall ensure proper Plants equipment connection to both the main and satellite
substations for seamless integration.

The battery limit between the Contractor and HV EPC Contractor shall be established at the low
side (i.e., 34.5kV) of the HV power transformers within the switchyard of the substations.

The Contractor shall design and properly install the MV collection system, adhering to
engineering standards and best practices for hybrid PV and BESS power plant project of a
similar scale.

Additional considerations shall involve:

 Determining the number of MV feeders per set of MV switchgears and each HV

transformer;
 Determining the appropriate number of power transformers per MV feeder;
 Integrating the BESS into the MV collection system for the Project;
 Managing MV cabling works, including cable routes, design and installation of cables and
raceways;
 Evaluating electrical losses in the PV system and BESS based on the required operational
schemes;
 Optimising cost for construction and O&M; and
 Ensuring safety and convenience during construction, installation, and O&M activities.

All cable entries to the HV substation and satellite substations must receive approval from the
Owner. The Contractor shall liaise with both the Owner and the HV EPC Contractor to
determine the most suitable work plan for cable routes at each substation.

The Contractor shall provide and install the MV switchgears and the MV cables including cable
termination and connection to the low-voltage side of the HV power transformers (i.e., 34.5kV)
within the switchyard of each substation.

Other relevant works such as equipotential bonding between the PV system, BESS, and
substations, as well as interfacing control and communication cables where required shall be

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 34 of 277

coordinated with the Owner and the HV EPC, as outlined in the responsibility matrix provided in
the ITB.

To ensure the completion of all required works inside the substations, the Contractor shall
closely coordinate with both the Owner and HV EPC Contractor for all activities conducted
within the substation areas.

Typical MV system for the Project are provided in Appendix B for reference purpose.

1.9.6 Distribution panels

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.7 Power transformers

The vector group of the power transformer shall be properly determined in accordance with the
engineering standards, local regulations, recommendations from inverter manufacturer, and
proposed earthing and protection system for the Project.

The tap changer of the power transformer shall be provided as per the engineering practices
and local regulations, where applicable.

In case the power transformer to be supplied and installed in a container, it must comply with
the local regulations and requirements for electrical installation and environmental safety, where
applicable.

1.9.8 Switchgear
Each individual component mounted in an MV switchboard/HV control cubicle shall be
separately labelled according to the name specified in the corresponding drawings. Internal
wiring must be ferruled and numbered in accordance with the approved circuit diagrams. All
front-mounted equipment shall be marked with plan identification and functional designation.

Each set of MV switchgears in each substation shall be connected together as a ring loop
through tie circuit breakers to allow power transferring to the other HV transformers in case one
HV transformer is out of service. The equipment rating of MV switchgear shall be properly
determined to allow the maximum power transfer from PV system and BESS to the remaining
HV transformers in the substations. Relevant interlocking with control system shall be suitably
provided to maximize the utilization of the affected HV transformers and to avoid overloading of
the affected HV transformers when the tie circuit breakers are closed.

The interconnection circuit breaker CT ratio and protection settings shall be agreed with NGCP
to ensure adequate discrimination/coordination between the feeder circuit breaker and the
NGCP metering circuit breaker.

All main switchboards, relay panels, and control equipment shall be provided with duplicate
125V DC power supplies for control and alarm purposes.

The switchgear main incomers, interconnectors, and bus-section circuits shall be interlocked
electrically or via the SCADA to prevent the paralleling of two incoming supplies to a
switchboard. MV switchgear shall have the interlocks to avoid incorrect maneuvers according to
IEC 62271-200.

For emergency operation of MV feeders and LV incomers, mechanical off switches shall be
provided.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 35 of 277

Control of the switchgear shall be of the conventional hard-wired type and connected to
redundant gateways or remote I/O cubicles of SCADA system.

MV switchgears shall be accompanied by battery/ charger tripping unit shall consisting of a

solid-state automatic float charger complete with metering, protection circuits and testing facility
housed in an upright floor standing cubicle panel. The cubicle panel shall consist of two
compartments, one to house the charger unit and the other to house the charging battery.

The charger shall have a boost and trickle float charge selector switch. The charger shall be of
minimum capacity to give a continuous charge of 2.5 amp for a 10 AH battery and of 5 amp for
a 20 AH battery. The charger shall be protected against reverse polarity connection and short
condition. A discharge resistor shall be incorporated for battery testing through a push button.

A voltmeter and a charging ammeter together with all necessary indicating light shall be
required. Battery shall be of vented Nickel Cadmium type of sufficient capacity to keep the
tripping operational for at least 24 hours on charger failure.

For each transformer station, the Contractor shall, as appropriate, install Ring Main Unit
(“RMU”), or equivalent switchgear device, at the HV side of each MV power transformer. Single
circuit breakers with sufficient space for a dual tail feed connection will be acceptable for
medium voltage circuits, as long as cable tails can be easily disconnected for maintenance or
replacement.

1.9.9 Protective relaying

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.10 Electrical system control, indications, and alarms

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to MFS for the
general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”) systems

No site-specific requirements exist under Sections 1.9.9 to 1.9.11. The Contractor shall refer to
MFS for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

1.9.12 LV & MV (AC) Cabling

The AC cables shall be designed to minimise voltage-drop at rated power, complies with
following requirements:

 LV cables between the inverter/PCS and the power transformer shall have a maximum of
voltage drop of 0.5%, on average;
 MV feeders between each transformer station and MV switchgear at the substation shall
have a maximum voltage drop of 2%, on average;
 Power cables for auxiliary systems between main switchboards (supplied by a transformer)
and sub switchboards shall have a maximum voltage drop of 2%, on average;
 Power cables for auxiliary system between main switchboards (i.e., supplied by a
transformer) and static load terminals shall have a maximum voltage drop of 5%, on
average; and
 Power cables for auxiliary system between sub switchboards and lighting loads shall have a
maximum of voltage drop of 3%, on average.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 36 of 277

All buried cables shall enter the substation control buildings and plant control buildings below
ground level and remaining inaccessible from outside. Special measures shall prevent ground
water ingress into trenches within the building.

AC cable losses include:

 I2R losses in conductors at maximum operating temperature, accounting for skin effect and
proximity effect;
 Dielectric losses due to cable capacitance (voltage dependent); and
 Losses due to circulating currents and eddy currents in the cable screen, influenced by
cable geometry (i.e., trefoil or flat spaced), cable spacing (if three single core cables are laid
flat), and bonding type (i.e., single point bonded, double bonded and/or cross bonded).
Calculation of losses shall be done using the methodology in IEC 287. The calculation shall be
carried out for the power output at rated condition.

Cables and raceways shall be properly designed and installed as per the engineering standards
and practices, local regulations, Owner requirements, voltage drop, electrical losses, and short-
circuit temperature rise. The current rating of the cable shall follow IEC 60287 and IEC 60502-2,
considering ambient temperature, ground temperature, burial depth, soil thermal resistivity, and
cable grouping factors.

MV feeder for PV system and BESS shall be designed with a loop system providing redundancy
in case of a failure at some location on an MV feeder. The equipment rating of MV feeder
facilities shall be properly determined to allow the power transfer at the rated condition from all
PV transformer stations/BESS stations in the loop under the worst-case scenario when
connecting in radial configuration.

1.9.13 Earthing system design, bonding and lightning protection

The earthing system for the PV system, BESS, AC collection system, and grid connection
system shall be properly designed and installed as per the engineering standards, local
regulations, and PGC requirements. It shall work seamlessly with the protection system to
ensure correct and safe operation of the electrical system.

Soil resistivity for the earthing system design shall be based on measurements at the Project
locations with the approval from the Owner. The earthing system conductors and electrode shall
be capable of carrying the system design fault current for one-second duration. No extra costs
shall be allowed or approved in the event the actual earthing exceeds the earthing system
included in the contract price. Any risk associated with potential increased costs in this regard
shall be borne by the Contractor.

The LPS shall be provided according to the result of the lightning risk assessment according to
IEC 62305-2. LPS where required shall be according to the IEC TS 62337 with minimising
shading loss from air terminals installed in the PV areas.

1.9.14 Auxiliary power supplies

The auxiliary power supplies for the Project shall be suitably and sufficiently provided, adhering
to the local regulations and requirements, where applicable. These supplies shall serve all
Plant’s facilities at substation buildings, control buildings and other service buildings within the
Project.

For the BESS and main control building, auxiliary power supplies shall be sourced from 2
different 34.5/230 kV transformers, each with its own auxiliary transformer.

The scope of the auxiliary power requirements shall include, but not be limited to:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 37 of 277

 The main LV switchboard for the buildings (not necessarily housed in a separate room);
 Power and lighting (including a minimum of two 240V standard power sockets for the
equipment);
 Supplies to control systems and battery chargers;
 Emergency lighting;
 Security system;
 Fire and gas detection system, Fire suppression system;
 Electrical thermostatically and timer switch-controlled radiator heaters;
 HVAC, water and drainage system; and
 Provision of emergency diesel generator system suitable for the auxiliary supplies including
black start function requirements. This system will include all interconnecting power and
control cables to the changeover unit. The Contractor shall design the diesel generator
capacity adequately to meet all essential supply needs. Sizing calculations shall be
submitted to the Owner for review and approval.

1.10 Control, instrumentation, and communication requirements

1.10.1 Project monitoring and control system design philosophy

A centralised SCADA system shall be capable of monitoring and controlling the operation of
both Phase 1 and Phase 2 Project assets, including Solar PV and BESS plants, as well as
interfaces with substations.

Both Phase 1 and Phase 2 central workstations, engineering station, and control cabinets shall
be installed in central control building of the Project.

The design of the Master SCADA shall be provided, aiming for a seamless transition among
construction, installation, and operation activities for Phase 1, as well as future expansion for
Phase 2.

Redundant network switches shall be installed within the communication panel for each PV
Block and BESS plant. These switches facilitate data exchanges between the SCADA system
and the generation equipment within each Block, including but not limited to:

 PV module trackers and/or tracker control system (if applicable);

 Inverters, PCS, and data loggers;
 Power transformers;
 Weather stations;
 Power Plant Controller (“PPC”);
 BESS SCADA system;
 BESS BMS;
 Energy Management System (“EMS”) including Forecasting System;
 MV switchgears;
 Emergency Diesel Generator;
 Plant and substation control and protection systems;
 Electrical meters and revenue meters;
 HV substations and Grid Operator;
 Interfacing with Owner’s remote office/control centre, Market Operator and other third-party
systems; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 38 of 277

 Other power generation and control equipment in the plant.

The PV SCADA system shall be capable of coordinating with the BESS SCADA system, PPC,
and EMS to optimise load dispatch and operations across all PV Blocks and BESS plant. This
coordination aims to ensure grid code compliance and maximise the efficiency and performance
of the entire plant as well as to meet the power supply requirement specified in Section 1.1.

A dedicated BESS SCADA system, along with its workstations and engineering station, shall be
provided for direct control and monitoring of the BESS plant. The BESS SCADA system shall
interface with the PV SCADA system, allowing the SCADA system to have full supervisory
control over the overall power plant, including both PV and BESS plants. The operation of the
BESS system from the BESS SCADA will be transparent to the PV SCADA system.

A plant-wide CCTV system, in conjunction with a perimeter intrusion detection system and
access control system, shall be implemented. The CCTV and security systems will be
interoperable. The CCTV and security system server shall be installed in the Central Control
Building (“CCB”), with monitor stations provided in both the Central Control Room (“CCR”) and
guard houses within the Project.

Additionally, an industrial plant-wide network (LAN) will be installed to ensure reliable

connections for the following:

 SCADA system, CMMS or computerized maintenance management system;

 All plant equipment and external system interfaces;
 Plant asset management system;
 (Integrated) Plant accounting settlement system;
 CCTV and security systems;
 Firefighting system and suppression systems;
 Fire and gas detection; and
 Secure link to Internet, as well as the Owner’s remote office, Market Operator and third-
party systems.
The plant monitoring and control system architecture is detailed in Appendix C, based on the
requirements specified in both the MFS and the DBR for reference purpose. The Contractor
shall propose the SCADA system, ensuring compliance with both the MFS and DBR, following
Good Industrial Practices.

1.10.2 SCADA hardware architecture

The PV plant SCADA control cabinet will be installed in CCB and will consist of the following
components:

 SCADA system servers;

 PCC and other controllers;
 Auxiliary I/Os;
 Network switches;
 Firewall/routers;
 Fibre optic patch panels; and
 Network Attached Storage (“NAS”).
The critical components of the SCADA system, such as servers, PPC, network switches, and
power supplies, shall be in redundant configuration. The redundancy design concept for SCADA

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 39 of 277

system shall ensure that any single failure in the SCADA system will not result in the loss of
control and monitoring for the Project, thereby preventing any generation loss.

The hardware provided for the SCADA system shall be industry standard equipment. The
SCADA servers shall be in dual redundant configuration, set up as main and standby mode
whereby both servers maintain identical copies of database and history, are updated with real-
time data, and shall have same data parity at all times.

In the CCB of the Project, the Contractor shall provide the solar PV engineering station, SCADA
operator workstations (for both PV and BESS plants), central CCTV station, plant asset
management system, and plant accounting settlement system. Additionally, large monitoring
screens shall be installed in the same room. The Contractor shall design the suitable number of
workstations and screens, considering the O&M philosophy approved by the Owner.

There will be a communication cabinet located in the local control building of each PV Block,
which will be used for interconnection between PV SCADA system in CCB and inverter stations
within each PV Block. BESS SCADA system architecture shall be applied the same as PV
SCADA system.

There will be local monitoring cabinet for each inverter station of PV Blocks installed at the field
area, which will consist of the following components as minimum:

 Network switch and patch panel;

 Controllers and data logger;
 RTU/TCP gateway;
 I/O modules; and
 Power supply units.
The total number and location of local monitoring cabinets in each PV Block will depend on the
arrangement of inverter stations designed by the Contractor.

All local monitoring cabinets within each PV Block will be linked via fibre optic cable in a
topology of redundant ring loop configuration to ensure the failure of any single inverter station
and fibre cable shall not affect the communication to other inverter stations within the same PV
Block.

The MV switchgear control and protection shall be provided for satellite substations, which
should also interface with PV and BESS SCADA system.

The PV SCADA system shall interface with Substation Automation System (“SAS”) and
substation equipment from all substations. The interface shall be provided via terminal panel in
the corresponding substation. The possible protocol will be DNP3, IEC61580 and IEC 101/104.
The final protocol adopted will be agreed with the HV EPC Contractor and to be approved by
the Owner and Grid Company.

1.10.3 SCADA software and control function

The SCADA system software shall be designed to control and monitor PV system and BESS
securing the efficiency of energy production at an optimum level while achieving a quick return
on investment and maximising profitability. Accurate data acquisition, validation, automated
processing and management delivered in real-time gives the Owner and plant operators the
ability to stay in control of the Project plant facilities, be informed of the plant’s performance in
real time, identify trends, pinpoint the areas of concern and increase the uptime of their
systems.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 40 of 277

All primary data of the Project facilities and field equipment shall be presented in real time in
logs or in simplified SLD diagrams to enable the user to quickly locate and understand the
issues. The representation of plant and field equipment shall be provided with fully fledged
typical mimic in SCADA system. The SCADA shall also have the capability of visual
representation of current and past values of all derived parameters (KPIs) of the power plant.
Plant overview with its external interfaces, alarm and event handling lists, real time values, and
visual signals shall be included in the display graphics of Human Machine Interface (“HMI”).

The following engineering capabilities shall be provided for the SCADA:

 Run system utilities and diagnostics;

 System utilities that allow tag, device, I/O, node search;
 System and database configuration program;
 Trending management;
 Alarm management;
 Historian management;
 Report package;
 Operator action journal;
 Report generation package; and
 The last activated alarms shall always be displayed on the SCADA graphic screens.
The SCADA servers shall have the capability to simultaneously run the data historian and the
programs associated with the operation workstation or engineering workstation.

Multiple levels of secured access shall be provided by a system of passwords and/or key locks.
Restrict access (workstation) shall be provided for the following capabilities:

 Acknowledge alarms;
 Adjust alarm setpoints;
 Change control mode;
 Set control outputs;
 Set alarm priorities;
 Adjust timing;
 Set engineering ranges;
 Program system configuration; and
 Perform an area change.
The Engineer shall be able to manipulate the setpoint, output, control modes and loop tuning
parameters for any analogue loop shown on a graphic display. Discrete output state changes
shall also be executable from a graphic display.

The SCADA control and monitoring functions/features are listed below as minimum:

 Inverter string / PCS monitoring;

 Energy and power measurement and power quality analysis using power meters;
 Control of various functions and parameters of the plant devices;
 Reports, statistics and graphs for all parameters monitored by the system;
 Customised KPIs based on formulas inserted by the Operator; and
 Online performance measurements according to IEC 61724 standard, including

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 41 of 277

- Performance Ratio (“PR”);

- Plant efficiency;
- Block efficiency;
- Inverter/PCS efficiency;
- Transformer efficiency;
- Solar energy;
- Solar fraction;
- Total Energy Output;
- Equivalent Availability;
- Etc.
The PPC shall fully be integrated with PV SCADA system ensuring full interoperability. The PPC
controls the output of the PV plant at the Point of Common Coupling, using the signals and
measurements from inverters, meters, breakers, peripheral controllers and other electrical
equipment of the plant. The overall system shall be based on distributed processing among the
controllers of inverter stations and the central PPC and provide near real-time capabilities for
plant disconnection or generation stop, active and reactive power control, as well as power
ramp rate control for grid requirements compliance.

The main feature of PPC shall include:

 Active / reactive power control with ramp rate control;

 Powe factor control;
 Voltage stabilisation;
 Frequency support;
 Coordinate with EMS of BESS;
 Feedback from power and meteorological instruments, circuit breaker states;
 Circuit breaker control, plant/block disconnection and ramp rates in power up;
 Data, digital and analogue interfaces, fully extensible and customisable;
 Supporting inverters, meters and protection devices;
 Integration of new devices, grid code or plant operator requirements upon request; and
 Interoperable with SCADA system.

1.10.4 Power supply

Redundant power supply shall be provided for PV and BESS SCADA system mounted inside
the SCADA cabinet. The power supply shall be from separate busbar of plant utility power. DC
battery modules shall be provided as backup to maintain power supplies to the control systems
for a minimum 12 hours following the loss of its feeder supplies. The UPS modules shall be
interfaced with the SCADA system for monitoring and alarm purpose.

The power supply to all field monitoring panel and devices shall be through the secure power
supply of electrical system.

1.10.5 Meteorological stations

The following parameters shall be measured and recorded as minimum by each meteorological
station or Weather Monitoring Station:

 Horizontal irradiance;
 Inclined plane irradiance;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 42 of 277

 Ambient temperature;
 Ambient pressure;
 PV module temperature;
 Wind speed;
 Wind direction;
 Relative Humidity;
 Precipitation; and
 PV module soiling;
The type and number of sensors for measured parameters of each meteorological station, and
the total number of meteorological stations in each PV Block shall be designed in compliance
with Class A as per IEC 61724-1:2021 standard.

Data logger shall be provided and installed inside the meteorological station cabinet. The
meteorological station shall communicate with the SCADA system via the field monitoring panel
in the nearest inverter station. Each of meteorological weather station shall be powered by UPS
with at least 12 hours of uninterrupted power supply capacity.

1.10.6 Hybrid control system

1.10.6.1 Overview
The PV SCADA system shall be designed as the master plant SCADA system where the full
supervisory control and monitoring of all power generation blocks with hybrid type generation
technologies, i.e., PV and BESS, will be conducted. The PV SCADA shall interface with the
BESS SCADA system to ensure the operation of BESS system at all times.

The coordination control of the PV plant and BESS plant shall be through the integration of PV
SCADA, PPC, BESS SCADA, and EMS to stratify the load dispatch demand from grid operator
with optimised efficiency and performance, and as well as grid code compliance.

1.10.6.2 BESS SCADA system

The BESS SCADA system shall be provided by BESS manufacturer as per its standard,
however, general requirements specified in MFS shall also be complied. The principle of
redundancy policy is the single failure of the SCADA system shall not lead to the loss of control
and monitoring of the BESS plant and so loss of the generation.

The BESS SCADA cabinet, with the SCADA engineering station, shall be installed in the BESS
control building. BESS workstation shall be provided in CCR of the Project which allow remote
daily operation of the BESS plant.

The provision of BESS SCADA system shall give due evaluation and calculation of the capacity
of the key equipment required to cover both Phase 1 and Phase 2. The arrangement of control
cabinets shall be in manner that the extension work conducted for Phase 2 not to affect the
operation of Phase 1.

1.10.6.3 Energy Management System (“EMS”)

The EMS shall be provided for the control of the charge/discharge of the BESS plant, and
coordination with the generation of PV plants. The EMS and PPC, in conjunction with both PV
and BESS SCADA, will be responsible for the control and operation of the PV plants, BESS
plant and so overall power generation.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 43 of 277

The EMS shall have the required communication interfaces to exchange information with PCS,
BMS, BESS SCADA, and PV SCADA. The EMS shall have the capability to forecast accurate
solar irradiation, PV, and BESS outputs (i.e., power and energy), internal load consumptions,
and spot market data for intelligent power dispatch.

Day-ahead forecasts shall be made using meteorological data from approved forecasting
models and the plant performance model in order to optimise the accuracy of forecasts.

The EMS shall have the intelligent decision-making system to comply with the system operation
requirements and optimise the system performance in terms of cost reduction, efficiency and
lifetime improvement.

1.10.7 Station clock

A satellite synchronised GPS clock and Network Time Protocol (“NTP”) server shall be
provided. The IRIB-B connection shall be provided in the case of control and monitoring device
does not support NTP protocol. Time synchronisation to various control, monitoring and
protection devices of the Project shall be performed through the plant network.

1.10.8 Security system

The CCTV system shall be installed for complete perimeter surveillance. The CCTV shall
consist of thermal bullet cameras installed along the perimeter fence and be configured to
perform virtual line crossing and perimeter-crossing detection.

Pan-Tilt-Zoom (“PTZ”) type cameras shall be installed at the buildings and entry gates of the
Project to offer plant-wide surveillance.

All CCTV cameras shall be connected via fibre optic cable to Network Video Recorders (“NVR”)
located in central control building.

The number and location of the CCTV cameras shall be determined during the detail
engineering stage to ensure no blind area of coverage. The CCTV and security monitoring
station shall be provided in each manned gatehouse and central control building.

The magnetic contact switch shall be installed on all access doors of buildings and gates to the
site. The proximity reader shall be installed at the gates and access doors to the buildings.

Anti-mask based sensors with motion detector of dual technology (passive infrared and
microwave) shall be supplied and installed inside the buildings and detect any intrusion attempt.

An alarm central unit shall be installed to handle the alarms received from CCTV and security
systems. In the event of an alarm is triggered, this system shall be able automatically send the
alarm to pre-defined security company or entity who will handle the alarm and act accordingly.

1.10.9 Telecommunications
The infrastructure and equipment shall be designed and provided sufficiently to implement
Owner’s office LAN and telecommunication network on Project site which shall be separate from
the SCADA control and monitoring network and suitable for all normal operational
communication and data transmission within the Project Company’s organisation including e-
mail, file transfer, internet access, and telephone.

The LAN network and telecommunication network shall cover all the buildings within the Project.

Communication cabinets located in the buildings shall have sufficient spare space to enable
future equipment. The LAN and telephone sockets shall cover all working areas.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 44 of 277

The equipment shall include, but not limited to, LAN server, network switch, protocol gateway,
internet modems, firewall and routers.

1.10.10 Cyber-security
Any external systems shall not be directly connected to plant control and monitoring system
network and shall provide intermediate layer such as firewall or DMZ) acting between the plant
SCADA newtork, office LAN for O&M and Internet for remote parties.

The SCADA system shall communicate with package control system via a protocol based
firewall, if applicable, to share data.

External access to plant network shall:

 Be protected by two factor authentications;

 Unique username and password
The SCADA system shall incorporate measures to detect and protect against malware
introduced by from any external access, e.g., LAN network, and directly connection with infected
hardwire or memory devices, to prevent malfunction of the systems, corruption of data held
within the systems and consequential damage to plant.

Particular attention shall be paid to preventing the introduction of malware via third-party
systems. A secure method to deliver and distribute anti-virus and operating systems updates
over the network to all automation system including SCADA system.

1.10.11 Plant Accounting Settlement System (“PASS”)

The plant accounting settlement system shall be separate from the SCADA control and
monitoring network, ensuring normal operational communication and data transmission within
the Owner’s organisation.

PASS shall include but not limited to:

Calculation of monthly power bill,

 Monthly capacity payments,

 Energy payments,
 Pricing adjustments by designated users.

During the detailed engineering stage, the Contractor shall request the necessary calculation
formulas from the Owner to be compliant with the PSA.

The separate rack shall be located in the Main Control building computer.

The off-taker shall be supplied with a mirror station for conciliation purposes. In their offices, the
Off-taker should hence be supplied in form of a high-end server computer with peripherals, not
intended for on-line operations but to receive inputs from the plant via a data transfer module.

1.11 Inspection and testing

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding section.

1.12 Performance Guarantees

No site-specific requirements exist under this section. The Contractor shall refer to ITB and MFS
for the general specifications in the corresponding sections.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 45 of 277

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 46 of 277

2 Minimum Functional Specification

(“MFS”)

2.1 Introduction
This section outlines the Minimum Functional Specifications (“MFS”) for the Engineering,
Procurement, and Construction (“EPC”) activities related to the Project. This MFS and
appendices are part of Invitation to Bid (“ITB”).

The Project will be structured as a standalone independent power producer (“IPP”) and
developed on a build-own-operate (“BOO”) basis under a single special purpose Project
Company registered in Philippines and its subsidiaries.

The Project comprises several solar PV plants, developed in blocks of up to 350 MWp each and
their respective MV collection system tapping into a 260 MVA (230/34.5 kV) Step-up
Transformer, exporting via the HV Interconnection System.

The energy will be off taken and collectively further step up to 500kV in the Facility Substation
finally interconnecting with the NGCP Nagsaag-Marilao Line (“500 kV Nagsaag-Marilao bus-in
Transmission line)

The Project consists of two (2) main work packages, the solar PV plus BESS package, and the
HV package.

For the avoidance of doubts, the contractors responsible for meeting the minimum requirements
outlined in this MFS for the solar PV and BESS package are individually referred as ‘
Contractor’ or the ‘EPC Contractor’.

The HV work package is not part of this MFS and ITB. However, the Contractor should consider
that the works will be executed simultaneously with the design and construction of the HV work
packages to establish the plant’s connection to the grid. Consequently, the Contractor should
coordinate its activities with other engaged parties and stakeholders, particularly in managing
the technical interfaces, to ensure a smooth and successful plant operation.
All equipment shall be new and manufactured by reputable manufacturers. No used,
reconditioned, or salvaged equipment or material shall be allowed. All equipment and
construction practices used in connection with the plant shall be of proven design for the
intended use of the equipment under the climate and environmental conditions of the Site.

Any changes to the Contractor’s design or performance from their obligations in this section or
their proposal shall be subject to the Owner’s acceptance before implementation. It does not
relieve the Contractor from fulfilling the obligations as defined in this MFS.

Likewise, any approval, response or comment given by the Owner under or in connection with
the MFS shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility under the EPC Contract, except to
the extent expressly provided otherwise.

2.1.1 General requirements

The Project shall be designed for efficient, long-term operation, and optimized to offer the least
cost of electricity generation considering the design and operation requirements.

The Project shall be designed, manufactured, constructed, and commissioned in such a way to
ensure high availability and reliability throughout its Design Lifetime.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 47 of 277

The Contractor shall be deemed to have fully ascertained the local site conditions, including
underground conditions, and to have taken full cognisance of these to fulfil its obligation under
this MFS.

The Contractor shall be responsible to achieve the Performance Guarantees during the DLP
and is expected to deploy the resources and services required in order to meet such
Performance Guarantees under the EPC Contract. Statement of compliance

It is the responsibility and scope of the Contractor to include the whole of the Works. Other
items not specified in this MFS, shall be inferred as necessary for the safe, efficient, and reliable
operation of the Project during its lifetime requiring minimum maintenance with minimum staffing
consistent with Good Industrial Practice, and shall be deemed to be part of the Works and
responsibility of the Contractor.

No additional cost payable to the Contractor shall be allowed for any item which the Contractor
has not considered but that is needed for the proper completion of the Works in every respect.

The Contractor shall carry out the Works in accordance with and taking into considerations any
requirement imposed by all the necessary permits, licenses, authorizations, local laws, by-laws,
and regulations and environmental and social assessments needed to obtain the necessary
construction permits from local, regional, and national authorities as applicable. For clarity, the
Contractor shall be required to comply with but not limited to:

 Environmental standards and safeguards of the Laws of Philippines and other

Environmental and Social (“E&S”) requirements as prescribed by the Owner or
Environmental Impact Assessment (“EIA”) (or any other equivalent documents, if any);
 Design compliance with the Philippine Grid Code (“PGC”) and National Grid Corporation of
Philippines (“NGCP”) requirements;
 Department Circular No. DC2021-06-0013, adopting a generation framework governing the
test and commissioning of generation facilities for ensuring readiness to deliver energy to
grid or distribution network according to Department of Energy (“DOE”), Republic of the
Philippines;
 Applicable Energy Regulatory Commission (“ERC”) guidelines for issuance of the Certificate
of Compliance (“COC”) or any equivalent documents;
 Design Basis Report (“DBR”) of the Project as per Section 2 of this document;
 O&M MFS of the Project as per Section 7 of this document;
 System impact study of the Project; and
 Facility study of the Project.
Any deviations must be submitted to the Owner for approval following ITB instructions and Form
sheets.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary studies and government approvals and
permits required for performing the Works, even for those for which the authorization process is
still ongoing and final design requirement changes may take place.

The Contractor shall comply with all the requirements included in the Applicable Laws, Permits
and Codes, which shall prevail in case of conflict with the MFS or DBR. For any unalignment in
this document with the local regulations, permits, or laws, the stricter requirement shall be
considered. In case that any standard mentioned in this document is superseded, the newest
version of standards shall be notified to the Owner and used.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the full design of the Project and shall submit the design
to the Owner for Owner’s review as per a Master Document List (“MDL”) and Engineering

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 48 of 277

Document List (“EDL”) to be agreed between the Owner and Contractor. Review and comments
by the Owner to Contractor´s design documents shall in no way diminish the Contractor's
contractual obligation and the Contractor´s ultimate design responsibility for the correctness and
adequacy of the design.

2.1.2 List of Appendices

 Appendix D Acronyms and definitions;
 Appendix E Technical Standards and Regulations; and
 Appendix F Specifications for SCADA minimum monitored signals.

2.2 Site conditions

2.2.1 Introduction
The design conditions are provided solely for the purpose of assisting the Contractor in making
its own assessment of the Works. It does not purport to be all-inclusive, to be perfect or contain
all of the information that may be required. The Contractor shall make its own investigations,
projections, and conclusions and consult its own advisers to verify independently the information
provided. Neither the Owner, nor any of its representatives or advisers have any liability as to
the completeness or correctness of the information contained in, or omitted from, the MFS.

2.2.2 Connection and terminal to external services

All terminal limit point connections shall be performed by the Contractor following the
interconnection requirements and connection scheme as determined by the Grid Owner or other
relevant parties. The design of the connection shall be approved by the relevant parties, which
are responsible for the supply of services up to the relevant terminal point. Unless stated
otherwise the connection to these terminal points, including connecting elements, shall be part
of the scope of supply of the Contractor.

The Contractor is responsible for liaising with the relevant parties to determine the location and
details for all the terminal points and obtaining all relevant permits.

The anticipated terminal points for the connections between the Project and the external
services shall include but not limited to:

 Access road(s): connection with the existing main road(s). Point(s) of connection, and
transportation route shall be agreed with the relevant authority or third party, and the
Owner, by the Contractor which shall also obtain all relevant permits or approval;
 Water and storm drainage: at the site boundary;
 Sewage: on-site septic facilities; and
 Electrical infrastructure: at the grid connection point(s) defined in the DBR.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain throughout the duration of the EPC Contract a list of
terminal points.

2.2.3 Project location

The Project and any temporary facility used during the construction of the Project (such as site
offices, workshops, warehouse, and equipment lay down area), should be confined within the
land plots acquired by the Owner to the maximum extent possible. The Contractor shall provide
and maintain at its own cost additional land(s) which may be reasonably required for its own use
at the location(s) approved by the Owner.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 49 of 277

Given the land acquisition is under progress, the Contractor shall liaise with the Owner on the
final Project boundary. The Contractor may follow the indicative plant layouts provided in the
ITB, incorporating any updates related to the latest land plot.

The Contractor shall ascertain the nature and location and all conditions, which may affect both
design and layout of the Project. The Contractor shall be responsible for its own investigations
to establish sufficient and accurate information to support its proposal in relation to site
conditions. The Contractor shall perform additional surveys to re-evaluate the sites’ conditions
that may affect both design and layout of the Project at its own costs. No claims will be accepted
by the Owner based on the accuracy or sufficiency of the assessment already carried out and to
be provided.

The Contractor shall ensure a minimum clearance distance between the perimetral fence and
the respective public roads axles as per land registry limits of the Project area, unless existence
of a more restrictive indication by national or local regulations at later stage.

2.2.4 Environmental conditions

The Contractor shall analyse the meteorological and environmental conditions on the site
including but not limited to the wind conditions (maximum wind speed and direction), extreme
temperatures, humidity, rainfall, and salinity, and guarantee that the Project are designed for
safe operation and maximum performance for the entire range of meteorological and
environmental conditions.

The Contractor can propose to the Owner different design conditions providing the necessary
evidence and supporting documentation for the Owner´s consideration and approval.

2.2.4.1 Climatic conditions

The Contractor shall undertake the necessary investigations and studies to identify the most
severe climatic conditions expected on the sites and define the design criteria accordingly. The
design conditions shall comply with study’s outcomes and the sites conditions.

The mechanical and electrical designs of all equipment and system shall consider operation
under the most severe climatic conditions adding a 2ºC safety margin for temperature (-2ºC for
the minimum temperature and +2ºC for the maximum temperature) and +5 km/h safety for wind
speed.

2.2.4.2 Hydrology
Preliminary hydrological survey has developed by the Owner and provided to the Contractor for
information purpose. The Contractor shall conduct further studies as necessary for additional
refinement to achieve optimal design and submit the associated results to the Owner.

Final hydraulic studies shall be developed considering two different scenarios (previously to PV
plant construction and after PV plant execution including the proposed drainage system).

The Contractor shall ensure a minimum clearance distance between the perimetral fence and
the respective streams margins of 5.0m or as required by national or local regulations whichever
is greater.

2.2.4.3 Lightning
The Contractor is required to undertake required investigation and studies to optimize the
design of a suitable lightning protection system as well as a detailed design of electrical system
including the lightning protection during construction according to the relevant standards and
submit to the Owner an assessment of the lightning protection risk.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 50 of 277

2.2.5 Site Terrain

The Project is located in a multiple land plot across Nueva Ecija, the Philippines.

Earthworks and site preparation across the site may be necessary to level and prepare the
terrain for construction and operation of the Project taking into consideration of environmental
load which incorporate climate change anticipated during Design Lifetime of the Project.

The Contractor shall undertake a detailed topographic survey (if using drone(s), it should allow a
minimum level of accuracy as expected for its intended use) and submit the associated report
and results to the Ownerr. The topographical survey must also assess far or near shading for
use in the energy yield calculations.

2.2.6 Soil and geotechnical data

A geotechnical survey, developed by the Owner and/or a geotechnical survey of the adjacent
sites will be provided to the Contractor for information purpose.

The Contractor is responsible for conducting further investigations into the Project’s
geotechnical conditions to achieve the Plant optimal design. The design shall follow the
applicable local and/or internationals standards, codes, and regulations.

2.2.7 Raw water supply

The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all the investigations and calculations
necessary to design the infrastructure required for water supply to the Project as specified in
Section 2.8.3. The Project shall be designed for minimum water consumption.

2.3 Site arrangements

2.3.1 General
Prior to the start of construction and installation, the Contractor shall undertake all necessary
preparatory works, including:

 Provision of temporary laydown areas, storage areas, workshops, batch plant, vehicles,
equipment, etc., all as necessary for the construction phase;
 Provision of temporary for sufficient use for construction, testing and O&M prior to the Final
Completion:
- Power and water supply;
- Firefighting and alarm system;
- Site drainage, stormwater and sanitary drainage;
- Disposal of sewage, as necessary;
 Removal of existing buildings and structures as required;
 Provision of required site preparation;
 Provision of temporary roads and fencing including gates as necessary; and
 Provision of first aid, site safety and security system for the construction phase.
 Provision of temporary shelter/facilities for practical training of workers related to handling
and erection of solar panels.
The site preparation shall include any required filling, compacting and levelling to form the
finished ground level for the PV and BESS plant to avoid flooding by run-off water during
construction and operation.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 51 of 277

Upon completion of the construction the Contractor shall remove all buildings, structures,
unused materials, rubbish, temporary power poles and all other temporary facilities. The
Contractor shall fill and dress all holes and cavities made for its uses and/or conveniences and
leave all temporary areas in good order and conditions to the satisfaction of the Owner.

Following the Award of Contract Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner for review a
general report including layouts, drawings, and description concerning the construction facilities.

Construction and erection of temporary facilities shall not commence without prior review and
approval of the Owner and shall be substantially completed within the times shown in the
detailed Project Implementation Schedule.

2.3.2 Transportation of goods and materials

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safe transport of all goods and materials to and from
the sites, port clearance, paying necessary taxes and for obtaining any necessary approvals
and permits from the relevant authorities for such transport as defined under the EPC Contract.

The Contractor shall assess the transport routes in terms of the lengths and weights of loads
required to be transported and obtain approvals from the responsible authorities. The
assessment and suitability of public facilities (e.g. roads, ports, docks, quays, etc.) for the
transport of all equipment between the port of arrival or manufacture facility and the sites
remains the full responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall develop a Traffic Management Plan and provide it to the Owner for
information purposes.

The Contractor is to bear all expenses in connection with the import and transport to the sites of
all Project, equipment, materials, and other items needed for the Works including warehouse
rent, handling and other charges, and customs charges and duties where applicable. Any
required temporary modification or reinforcement to existing public facilities i.e. bridges,
welcome arc etc for safe passage of equipment and materials shall be the responsibility of the
contractor which include the restoration work for the said facilities.

Each item shall be properly packed and protected for shipment, transport and storage,
according to the respective Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) manuals and guidelines.

The Contractor shall take safety precautions during the transport and storage of hazardous
substances or dangerous materials, which shall comply with the requirements of the safety
legislation and minimise their potential impact on the environment.

2.3.3 Offloading and handling

The Contractor shall establish and maintain a system for the preservation, segregation and
handling of all materials from receipt, through the manufacturing process and subsequent
storage and installation at the sites until the date of Final Completion, to prevent abuse, misuse,
damage, deterioration through exposure to air, moisture or any other elements and theft.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the offloading and handling of all goods and materials
on site and for the provision of all cranes and equipment necessary for the manufacture,
erection, installation, testing, and commissioning of the Works.

The provision of any covered construction stores or preparation of hard standing storage areas
shall be the Contractor's responsibility.

Each item shall be properly offloaded and handled, according to the respective OEM manuals
and guidelines.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 52 of 277

The Contractor shall prepare the Method of Statements (MoS) for offloading and handling can
involving steps and precautions.

Arrival at Location: Site supervisors or a nominated person must meet delivery drivers to direct
them to the delivery or pick up point. Ensure the delivery or pick up point is safe.

Loading/Unloading Mobile Plant: Only a competent person may load/unload plant and
equipment from a delivery vehicle. Set up an exclusion zone so that a person may not work or
walk into an area where the operator will not see them.

Loading/Unloading Goods or Materials: Know the load length, weight, and balance point before
lifting1. Use mechanical lifting devices where possible.

Hazard Assessment: Hazard assessments are performed to identify pipe loading and unloading-
related hazards, and to recommend the appropriate remedy or mitigation. A sampling of
hazards/risk factors to be considered are: Weight of the load lifted, Range of the lift, Location of
the pipe, Size and shape of the pipe, Number and frequency of lifts performed, Proper selection
of equipment for the loading and unloading tasks.

Responsibilities: Management/Supervisor Responsibilities include enforcing guidelines

governing the safe loading, unloading, inspection, and handling of pipe/cylindrical stock.

2.3.4 Transportation facilities

The Contractor shall take into consideration the loading capacities and clearances of existing
bridges and connecting roads when carrying out transportation from the ports or from other
places to the site and vice-versa.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the adequacy of the public and private
roads/quays to the sites and for obtaining any necessary approvals relating to the transportation
of equipment and materials to and from the sites.

The Contractor shall be responsible for investigating any height, width, weight or other
restrictions in respect of the means of transportation. The Contractor shall be responsible for
upgrades or modifications to existing roads, railways, or quays, which may be necessary. In this
regard, the Contractor shall undertake a transportation study and provide it to the Owner for
information purposes.

For the access roads to sites, and all private roads used for transport of personnel and
equipment to sites, the Contractor shall ensure that the conditions of these roads are reinstated
to the condition they were in prior to the commencement date. In order to do so, the Contractor
shall complete surveys for the public roads and record the pre-construction condition of these
roads including photos and arial footage and provide it to the Owner for information purposes.

Roads (also existing roads which need to be up-graded) for common and frequent use by the
Projects shall be designed of sufficient width including shoulders and load as well with regard to
the frequency of traffic as to the heavy load transportations.

Plant internal roads shall be designed and constructed according to the Good Industrial
Practices for solar energy and/or the general operational and maintenance requirements.

The Contractor shall comply with all regulations and/or permits regarding traffic, transit or
access of labour, Project and materials to and from the sites, and with all regulatory or other
obligations applicable to the use of existing public and private roads.

Existing public and private roads and all site roads, including the access roads to the sites,
constructed by the Contractor shall be kept free from spillage and debris at all times and all
costs associated with this activity shall be borne by the Contractor. Furthermore, during the

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 53 of 277

entirety of the EPC Contract, the Contractor shall implement dust mitigation measures on the
roads.

The Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles used on site are in a roadworthy condition,
appropriately taxed and are insured for third-party risks. All mobile vehicles or machinery shall
only be operated and/or driven by trained and licensed/certified operators.

2.3.5 Site establishment

The Contractor’s representative on the sites shall be appointed prior to commencement of any
site activities and shall be given full responsibility to enter into negotiations regarding points
arising out of erection and setting to work so that the Works may be expedited.

The Contractor shall confine its labour, material, Project and equipment within the designated
areas to which it has been given possession. No lands or other places which are the property of
the Owner, or third parties shall be entered except with prior approval or with the instructions of
the Owner.

If permission is given to enter the Owner’s or third-party area, the Contractor shall comply with
all instructions and procedures in place. The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and
omissions of the Contractor’s personnel in such areas. Any damage or injury, howsoever
caused, to the property or person, caused by the Contractor’s personnel whilst in such areas
shall be the liability of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify the Owner against all
actions, suits, claims, demands, costs, charges, and expenses arising in connection therewith.

The Contractor shall inform its personnel that any persons found within such areas shall be
removed from the sites.

If the Owner's access is restricted, the Contractor shall move any vehicle, temporary works, or
other obstruction within its control promptly, on the instruction given by the Owner and at the
Contractor’s cost.

The Contractor shall maintain access for the inspection, operation, and maintenance of any of
the Owner’s premises, plant or works that are within the sites. Before entering the sites for the
first time, the Owner’s Personnel may be required to obtain the permission of the Contractor
who shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such permission. Once permission is obtained, the
Owner’s Personnel shall be able to enter the sites following the standard access procedures
established for the Sites.

The Contractor shall maintain the whole of its operations in a clean, tidy, and safe condition and
shall arrange its materials in an orderly manner. All rubbish, waste materials, debris, and the like
shall be regularly and systematically cleaned off the working areas as it accumulates and
deposited in collecting points from which the Contractor shall regularly dispose the waste
materials in accordance with local and/or national standard at the Contractor’s expense.

The Contractor shall ensure that the sites and adjoining lands belonging to third parties is kept
free from construction materials of any kind arising from the Works and that no damage occurs
to third-party property. Special attention shall be given to the parking areas for workers during
construction, in order to avoid third-parties land areas / plots.

2.3.6 Installation of laydown and compound area

Temporary site installations and laydown areas are envisaged to be located within the
boundaries of the Projects. The Contractor may envisage using other plots on their own
responsibility including applications for all permits, licenses, land lease, etc.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 54 of 277

If needed, the labour camps shall comply with local and international applicable regulations
regarding technical requirements and location. The Contractor is particularly required to review
and comply with the local requirements, which might include restrictions for allocation of areas
for labour camps near the Projects area.

In addition to these, the Contractor must adhere to COVID-19 precautions in all compound
facilities. This includes but is not limited to:

Regular sanitization of common areas and high-touch surfaces.

Provision of hand sanitizers and masks for all workers.
Implementation of social distancing measures in all areas, including dining and sleeping
quarters.
Regular health checks and immediate isolation of any worker showing symptoms of COVID-19.
Ensuring all workers are aware of and trained in COVID-19 safety protocols.
These measures are crucial to ensure the safety and well-being of all workers and to prevent
the spread of COVID-19. Failure to comply with these precautions may result in penalties as per
local and international regulations.

On completion of the construction and erection phase, all temporary site installations shall be
removed and demobilised from site, leaving the occupied location clean and clear of debris or
pollution.

2.4 Quality Assurance and control

2.4.1 General
The Contractor shall develop, establish, and implement a Quality Assurance (“QA”) System
covering all the Works as a minimum to meet the requirements set out in the relevant parts of
ISO 9001 (latest edition). The QA System shall be a means of ensuring that the Works
conforms to specified requirements as per the EPC Contract, the MFS, and the Applicable
Laws, Consents, and Codes.

The QA System shall address design, manufacture, equipment, materials, construction,

installation, testing and commissioning, and O&M aspects. The QA System shall detail the
specific activities and checks to be performed, operations, control procedures, inspections,
testing, approvals and certificates applicable and shall contain specific technical compliance
metrics and shall be subject to approval by the Owner. The QA System shall also clearly
demonstrate how deviations are recorded, followed up and closed out.

The QA System shall define and document the Contractor´s policy for quality and its
commitment to quality. The Contractor shall ensure that its policy is understood, implemented
and maintained at all levels in its organization, including all subcontractors.

A fundamental principle of the QA System is that the Contractor shall monitor and approve its
own work. The Owner or its Owner’s Engineer shall monitor the Contractor's ability to follow
approved plans and procedures throughout the entire project, from design phase to the DLP.

The Contractor shall employ the necessary resources and tools to develop, document,
implement, and maintain the QA System.

The QA System shall, as a minimum, cover the following aspects:

 Temporary works;
 Qualifying materials;
 Construction activities;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 55 of 277

 Manufacturing;
 Transfer from construction to commissioning;
 Cold commissioning;
 Hot commissioning;
 Tests on Completion;
 Operation & Maintenance (“O&M”);
 Environmental and Social; and
 Health and Safety.
The QA System shall be based on its internal quality control processes, manufacturers
recommendations, subcontractor’s quality processes and well-established principles and proven
performance, adapted for the Projects as required. The QA System shall identify reasonable
hold, witness, and review points linked to particular activities during the manufacturing or
execution of the Works on site, which needs to be implemented and documented by all
suppliers and subcontractors.

The QA System should follow a tiered approach where construction activities are signed off
following the applicable Inspection and Test Plan (“ITP”) and only upon the signing off all
construction activities that form part of a system, the system is reviewed for compliance and
sign off.

The Owner may require that the QA System be audited either by the Owner or external parties
to ensure that activities are being performed in accordance with the requirements. The audits
shall be carried out against the requirements of ISO 9001 (latest edition) quality assurance
system requirements.

The Contractor shall keep the Owner informed in advance of the time of starting and of the
progress of the Works in its various stages so that arrangements can be made for inspection
and for test which require the Owner’s approval/ witnessing.

The Owner may visit the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s works or audit the Contractor's records
at any time after prior announcement with reasonable lead time to verify that the QA System is
being followed and sufficient reviews, checks, and tests are being performed during the
execution of the Works.

Inspections may have the purpose to verify:

 Conformance and implementation of the QA System;

 The Contractors and subcontractors’ compliance with the QA plan;
 Handling of specific incidents and non-conformities; and
 Quality requirements according to the Contract are fulfilled.
Any inspection and tests done by the Owner of any components, equipment, or installations,
shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility in relation to defects or other failures which
may be found before the end of the DLP.

2.4.2 Quality plan

Based on the QA System, the Contractor shall develop and implement a Quality Management
Plan describing all the tests, inspections, and controls that must be carried-out during the
execution of the Works including engineering, manufacturing, construction, installation,
commissioning, and O&M activities.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 56 of 277

The Contractor shall appoint a designated Quality Assurance and Quality Control (“QA/QC”)
team for the whole execution of the Works including a full-time dedicated QA/QC Manager for
the Projects with the relevant experience in QA/QC for projects of similar complexity and
technology than the Projects. Contractor shall present the Curriculum Vitae (“CV”) of the QA/QC
Manager to the Owner for approval. The QA/QC Manager shall be responsible for all tasks
related to the QA/QC of the Projects and the overall implementation of the QA System.

2.4.2.1 Engineering
The Contractor shall establish and implement systems and procedures to control engineering
activities in order to ensure achievement of a satisfactory level of quality and compliance with
the EPC Contract, MFSs and all Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes.

The Contractor's engineering control activities shall include as a minimum, the following:

 Implementing an agreed system for internal discipline checking, including the use of check
lists where appropriate, to substantiate compliance with statutory requirements, industrial
standards, the Owner and the Contractor applicable specifications and standards and
contractual requirements. Discipline checks shall be documented and traceable;
 Implementing an agreed system for inter-discipline checking for all types of contractor
design documents and supplier design documents. Inter-discipline checking shall be
documented and traceable;
 Systematically recording, for each revision of all documents, originator, checker, and
approval signatures, and to incorporate comments made during the checking and approval
processes into the various documents, as required;
 Regularly and systematically review the technical content, and suitability of the design at
dedicated, multi-disciplinary meetings, and report potential problems. Such internal design
review meetings are to be fully documented;
 Ensure that all documentation and data is accurate, correct, complete, consistent, clear,
and unambiguous;
 Ensure that all documents and data meet the MFS for storage, presentation, format and
quality;
 Ensure that all aspects of the design (including supplier information) are systematically
verified; and
 Ensure that there is no conflict between documents.
The Contractor shall make allowance for the Owner to observe all inspections and tests and to
receive copies of both data and reports.

2.4.2.2 Manufacturing
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner within 1 week of signing the Purchase Order or
Supply Contract for all equipment, the manufacturing ITP for such equipment including
associated ITP test procedures and inspection checklists with criteria to be used during the
implementation of the ITP. The manufacturing ITPs shall cover:

 Pre-production factory audits;

 Material inspection;
 Production process inspections;
 Factory Acceptance Tests (“FATs”);
 Pre-shipment inspections in the factory; and
 Pre-shipment inspections in an external accredited laboratory, where applicable.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 57 of 277

After receipt of the manufacturing ITP, the Owner shall inform the Contractor the ITP items that
it wishes to witness, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner with at least 21 days’ notice the
date for each of those ITP items.

Witnessing of ITP items by the Owner do not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility
whatever regarding defects or other failures which may be found during the lifetime of the
Projects.

The Owner or its representative have the right to audit/ inspect all manufacturing facilities and
workshops for equipment related to the Project. The Contractor shall arrange all access and
visits with respective supplier/subcontractor. Inspection during manufacturing and assembly
may include a full-time presence by the Owner’s representative.

The manufacturer’s/supplier’s costs associated with inspection and testing shall be borne by the
Contractor and shall be included in the EPC Contract Price.

FAT schedules shall be provided by the Contractor for their own and for third party witnessing
and verification. Certificates of conformity to the Contractor's inspection criteria shall be
provided to the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to witness any FAT.

FAT certificates shall be provided by the Contractor.

The FATs of electrical components include the followings:

 Type and routine tests of MV, HV switchgears including switching and protective devices,
power transformers, voltage and current transformers; and
 Power transformer tests including neutral earthling resistor, auxiliary power transformers,
DC supplied equipment, UPS and inverter equipment, control, and instruments.

2.4.2.3 Inspection and Test Plan (“ITP”)

Inspection and testing of the Works shall be carried out in accordance with the ITP as agreed
with and approved by the Owner.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain ITP for planned inspection and test activities. Such
plans shall systematically list quality assurance activities relating to the Works and shall include,
as applicable:

 Time and sequence of the activities in relation to the Project Construction Program;
 Parties involved in the activities including the Owner, the Contractor, subcontractors, and
third-party entities, if relevant;
 Their respective involvement, i.e., responsible, witnessing (hold point), spot check
participation (non-hold point), and notification;
 Location of the activity;
 Applicable test and inspection procedures with reference to standards;
 Acceptance criteria for the activities; and
 Reporting requirements and record forms for the activities.
ITP shall form part of the Quality Management Plan or be annexes to this plan. The Contractor
shall submit the draft ITP for the key works within the Bidder Proposal.

During construction of the Project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner at least 4 weeks
prior to the commencement of each construction activity, the ITP for such activity including
associated ITP test procedures and inspection checklists to be used during the implementation
of the ITP. After receipt of the ITP, the Owner shall inform the Contractor the ITP items that it

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 58 of 277

wishes to witness, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner with at least 5 days’ notice the date
for each of those ITP items.

The ITP shall make provision for each of the ITP items for the sign off by the Contractor and
subcontractors (when applicable) and for the witnessing confirmation by the Owner (when
applicable).

The Contractor shall witness and sign off 100% of the ITP items Quality Plans and inspection
checklists for all construction activities with its subcontractors.

The Contractor shall develop at a minimum ITP for the following activities:

 Levelling and grading;

 Trenches;
 Cable laying;
 Mounting structure foundation;
 Inverter station foundation;
 Inverter transformer foundation;
 BESS container foundation;
 RMU and LV panel foundation;
 Building construction;
 Sites fence and gate construction; and
 Road construction.
Additional ITP may be requested by the Owner depending on the specificity of the Project and
method statements.

Witnessing of ITP items by the Owner do not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility
whatever regarding defects or other failures which may be found during the lifetime of the
Project.

2.4.2.4 QA/QC audits

Except otherwise agreed with the Owner, the Contractor shall be requested to perform a
complete internal audit when the Works have achieved a progress of 30% and 70% in order to
verify the correct implementation of the Quality Management Plan by Contractor´s personnel
and its Subcontractors.

A detailed scope of each audit along with a schedule shall be communicated to the Owner at
least 2 weeks prior to the audit scheduled date.

An audit report after completion of each audit shall be submitted to the Owner within the
following 2 weeks after completion of the relevant audit.

Subcontractors may be subject to QA/QC audit by the Contractor in which the Owner may
participate. The Owner reserves the right to not accept a proposed Subcontractor or supplier if
the results achieved on the quality audits performed are not acceptable.

2.4.3 Control of non-conformities

Non-conformities with respect to the QA plan and/or specified requirements shall be reported
the Owner of non-conformity report without delay, and resubmittal again after subsequent
corrective actions are identified and implemented. The extent to which these non-conformity
reports are required with respect to subcontractors, vendors, and suppliers shall be determined
on examination of the Contractor’s QA System and plan.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 59 of 277

As the quality of the mounting structure and PV module installation have a material effect on the
performance and generation of the Project, where different elevations between two adjacent PV
arrays (vertical gap) can significantly induce shading loss; non-uniform PV array mounting
structure height design across the plant shall be minimised.

2.4.4 Control of subcontractors

To ensure conformance and consistency within the QA System; the Contractor shall ensure that
all quality management requirements are fully implemented by each subcontractor.

The Contractor shall prior to award of any subcontractor assess the subcontractor’s quality
plans to determine compliance with the QA System. The Contractor shall include
subcontractor´s quality plans in the QA System. The Contractor shall determine and agree with
the Owner the control to be exercised over subcontractors and the degree of surveillance that
shall take place, however, the Contractor shall remain responsible for the quality of all
subcontractor’s work.

Subcontractor approval procedure shall be implemented by the Owner.

2.5 General technical requirements

2.5.1 Standards and Codes

The design, materials, engineering, fabrication, transportation, construction, installation,
inspection, testing, certification, stamping, painting, cleaning, and finishing works, including all
PV system, BESS, and auxiliary facilities of the Project, to be supplied by the Contractor and it
subcontractors under the Contract shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the
standards and codes specified herein. In addition, the Contractor shall conform to all applicable
requirements of the national and local regulations.

All standards and codes referenced here shall be the latest edition with applicable addenda and
code cases in effect on the date of the Contract, unless specially stated otherwise. Application
of subsequent addenda and code cases published after that date is subject to agreement
between the Owner and the Contractor.

National standards shall be preceded from equivalent international standards such as EN, IEC
or ISO. Without prejudice to the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the Works comply with
the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, the standards referred herein shall be read in the
following order of precedence:

 National standards and regulations;

 International Electro technical Commission (“IEC”);
 International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”);
 European Standards (“EN”); and
 Other references to organizations such as American Society for Testing and Materials
(“ASTM"), Energy Network Association (“ENA”), and Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers (“IEEE”).
All units of measurement and symbols shall conform to the "International System of Units" (“SI
units”) for basic and derived units or names of units. SI units shall be used in all
correspondence, documentation, calculations, drawings, and measurements. If reference has to
be made to non-standard items, the SI units shall be quoted followed by the non-standard units
in brackets. All timestamp measurements shall be formatted using the correct UTM zone
applicable to the Project site’s location.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 60 of 277

The below list includes Philippine national codes, International Standards, instructions, and
recommendations that the Contractor shall consider where applicable, but not be limited to:

National Codes and Regulations:

 Department Circular No. DC2021-06-0013 (adopting a generation framework governing the

test and commissioning of generation facilities for ensuring readiness to deliver energy to
grid or distribution network, DOE, and Republic of the Philippines);
 ERC, Philippines (ERC Resolution No.23 Series of 2016), and other applicable ERC
guidelines for issuance of the COC or any equivalent document;
 Philippine Grid Code (“PGC”), including its amendments;
 Philippine Distribution Code (“PDC”);
 Philippine Electrical Code (“PEC”);
 Open Access Transmission Service (“OATS”) rules;
 Requirements of NGCP and the applicable PGC regarding all interfaces with the NGCP’s
Grid System;
 Electric Power Industry Reform Act (“EPIRA”), Philippines;
 National Structural Code of the Philippines (“NSCP”);
 National Building Code of the Philippines (“NBC”);
 National Plumbing Code of the Philippines (“NPC”);
 National Fire Code of the Philippines (“NFC”);
 National Association of Corrosion Engineers (“NACE”);
 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (“NEMA”);
 National Association of Architectural Metals Manufacturers (“NAAMM”);
 National Association for Corrosion Engineers (“NACE”);
 Philippine Environmental Regulations as specified in the Environmental Compliance
Certificate; and
 National Labor Code of the Philippines.
International Standards, Guidelines, Codes and Regulations:

 EUROCODE European set of structural design codes for civil engineering work;
 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers;
 EN European Standards;
 ACI American Concrete Institute;
 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction;
 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute;
 ANSI American National Standards Institute;
 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineers;
 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers;
 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials;
 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;
 ASNT American Society for Non-destructive Testing;
 AWS American Welding Society;
 AWWA American Water Works Association;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 61 of 277

 BS British Standards Institution;

 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute;
 DIN German Standardization Institute;
 ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association;
 IEC International Electrotechnical Commission;
 IEE Institute of Electrical Engineers;
 IES Illuminating Engineer Society;
 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers;
 ISO International Standards Organization;
 FM Factory Manual;
 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association;
 NFPA National Fire Protection Association;
 PCA Portland Cement Association;
 PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute;
 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council;
 VGB Society of large utility owners;
 UBC Uniform Building Codes;
 EHS EHS Guidelines;
 UL UL Standard; and
 OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act.
Other Standards and instructions:

 All manufacturers’ instructions and warranties;

 Quality Assurance documentation;
 Health and Safety national regulation;
 Labor and unions national regulation;
 IFC standards if required by financial entities;
 Permits and Authorizations;
 Environmental and Social assessments;
 Requirements of applicable policies of insurance required by the Contract; and
 All other standards, obligations, and requirements of the Contract.
In general, in addition to Philippine standards and regulations, all applicable international
standards and instructions should be considered. In areas where such national standards and
codes are inferior to internationally recognized codes and standards, the superior standards
shall be followed. The Contractor shall inform the Owner of the justification to use other than
international standards, for consideration and approval.

Recommendations:

 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials;

 AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association;
 CIRIA Construction Industry Research and Information Association;
 HIS Hydraulic Institute Standards;
 ICE Institution of Civil Engineers;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 62 of 277

 IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association;

 ISA Instrument Society of America;
 NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers;
 VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (German Society of Electrical Engineers);
 ITU-T International Telecommunication Recommendations; and
 Other national standards and codes which are acceptable internationally.
Other recognized codes and standards may be proposed by the Contractor by means of a
report detailing differences between the proposed alternatives and the specified code and shall
be subject to the Owner's approval.

In the event that any applicable regulation or industry standard does not govern specific
features of any item of work, the Contractor or equipment manufacturer standards shall be
applied, with the Owner’s review and approval.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that its subcontractors comply with the same
standards.

The Project shall comply with all applicable standards, codes, and consents, as specified in the
MFSs and the list of standards provided in the Appendix E.

Latest edition of the standards and regulations shall be applied. In case of discrepancies
between the standards or standard revisions, the prevailing requirements shall be at the sole
discretion of the Owner.

2.5.2 Software
Only well recognized software shall be used and original licenses for the software systems shall
be purchased and made available with step-in rights for the future purchasers and operators of
the Project. The software version shall be the latest one during the commissioning. The
software licenses shall not be on a perpetual basis and be valid for at least the Design Lifetime
of the Project. In case further upgrades are needed by the Owner, the Owner shall purchase it
at its own cost.

The Contractor shall provide all project specific software, firmware, and operating system
developed for and applicable to the control and monitoring systems being provided.

The software shall be completely documented by the Contractor and be provided on a non-
proprietary basis. The Contractor shall provide a remote monitoring system and software with a
supervisory role and access to historical operating data.

Custom software required to adapt or customize the control and monitoring systems shall be
provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply licenses and duplicate software for
operation of the Project from remote locations as required by the Owner through using desktop
PCs or laptops.

2.5.3 Staffing and degree of automation

The Project shall be designed for operation and maintenance with number of staffs consistent
with safe, efficient, and reliable operation and maintenance of the Project and Good Industrial
Practice. The Project shall have a sufficient level of automation to ensure that all operations,
including Project start-up and shutdown functions as well as operating data recording are
performed from the control room/building without the need for local or field operations.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 63 of 277

2.5.4 Domestic participation and local requirement

Throughout the execution of the Project, the employment of domestic employees and
procurement of domestic goods shall be considered for the execution of the Works based on a
minimum obligation of local goods and services as per the government of Philippine
requirements, and other applicable laws as applicable.

The Contractor shall provide the related information and assist the Owner in preparing any
assessment, document or form to ensure the compliance with the MFSs of the Project
throughout the contractual term.

2.5.5 Factor of significance

The Contractor shall take notice of the following factors (listed in no particular order), which are
considered to be of particular importance:

 Project technology selection and its configuration based on proven performance;

 Operational characteristics: simplicity, minimum manning, safety;
 Maintenance: ease of access, simplicity, minimum manning, safety, long service intervals,
standard and tools;
 High reliability and high availability;
 Optimization for efficient and flexible operation;
 Construction: practicality, maximum factory fabrication and testing, minimum site work;
 Design compliance with the environmental requirements; and
 High level of automation.

2.5.6 Contractor’s support

The Contractor shall support the Owner in all dealings with third parties relating to the Works
including the provision of information and attendance of suitably qualified personnel at meetings
in the Philippines or overseas at no extra cost.

2.5.7 Nameplates and labels

Nameplates shall be attached securely on the equipment itself, or in the case of small
equipment, on an adjacent pipe or structure.

All instruction plates, nameplates, labels, and warning signs shall be in English and Filipino, and
these shall be suitable and sufficient for the Design Lifetime. A consistent Project coding system
shall be used throughout the duration of the Project from design through the end of the
operating period.

The Contractor shall apply an identification system showing the name and number of each item
of the Project and its respective arrangement drawing number and add any additional items
necessary to fully identify the plant. The identification and numbering of equipment, systems,
items, etc. of supply, as well as of all documents (e.g., manuals and drawings) shall be in
accordance with the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes or guideline RDS-PP (Reference
Designation System for Power Projects - KKS system) unless specifically defined.

All nameplates of plant electrical equipment specified in the NGCP practice and Philippine Grid
Code shall include equipment numbering and identification codes in accordance with
requirements in the NGCP practice and Philippine Grid Code.

There shall be only one approved description for any plant equipment, and this must be used
consistently for the Project, electrical and instrumentation designations throughout.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 64 of 277

Elements such as control and instrument panels, control centres and junction boxes shall be
fitted with identification labels in accordance with the agreed nomenclature list. Each MV circuit
shall be provided with unique identifier ‘human error’ symbols on both front and rear of the
switchboard.

Instrument and control panels shall be fitted with approved identification labels.

2.5.8 Quality of materials

All materials shall be new, unused, and in the best condition. They shall be proven to be
suitable and sufficient for the purpose of a power plant. They shall withstand the variations of
temperature arising under operation without distortion or deterioration or the setting up of undue
strains in any part, such as to affect the efficiency and reliability of the Project, and also without
affecting the strength and suitability of the various parts for the Works performed.

All equipment shall be of the class most suitable for working in the local environmental
conditions throughout the Project Design Lifetime.

The quality of all materials shall not in any way be inferior to the requirements of the most recent
international standards applicable to the same at the time of contract signature.

2.5.9 Preservation
All equipment and systems of the Project shall be kept preserved during all stages of the Works
in accordance with the MFSs. This shall include but not be limited to packing, transport, storage,
and construction at both Contractor fabrication sites and suppliers as well as during installation,
commissioning, and start-up of equipment and systems through to take over.

The Contractor shall maintain preservation records for inspection by the Owner at all times.

2.5.10 Padlocks and keys

For safety purposes and where appropriate, all the Project electrical insolation points,
equipment including BESS containers, switchgear cubicles, and hand switches shall be suitable
for being padlocked, in order to comply with the maintenance procedures and permits to work.
Specifically, each device which has the capability of isolation, such as power supplies, circuit
breakers, isolators, earthing switches, control selector switches, etc., shall be provided with
means of locking out with a padlocking system. Therefore, no work on live equipment shall be
undertaken without fully complying with the Permits to Work procedures.

All padlocks to be used on equipment (with 2 sets of keys) after commissioning, shall be
supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of all locking
devices during the EPC Contract period.

Padlocks and keys shall be properly labelled.

2.5.11 Training

2.5.11.1 General
The Contractor shall provide training to the Owner O&M personal or prospective O&M
Contractor in English and/or Filipino. Training shall cover all operation and maintenance
requirements as required to run the Project in a safe and efficient manner.

Training shall take place early enough to allow operators to participate in the commissioning
process undertaken by and under the direction of the Contractor.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 65 of 277

Within sixty (60) days of the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to
the Owner, for review, a complete training program based on the guidelines and requirements
specified in this section. The Contractor shall subsequently liaise with the Owner to discuss and
finalize the training program and ensure that it can be integrated with the Owner’s own training
and development agenda. The training program shall be agreed with the Owner within
appropriate timeframe before the start of commissioning. Practical training should be provided
by the Contractor to the local workers with regards to proper and safe handling of solar panels,
proper installation, and proper mounting.

The Contractor shall arrange a training program, by itself or representatives from the equipment
suppliers, to provide specific instruction and training which shall be sufficient to enable the
operators to undertake preventive and corrective maintenance activities on behalf of the
supplier, without voiding the equipment warranties.

The overall objectives of the Contractor’s training program shall be to:

 Deliver thorough required training to achieve a high standard of awareness, knowledge and
understanding of the Projects and its equipment and systems;
 Provide an effective contribution to the overall training and development of the Projects’
operators;
 The Contractor shall ensure adequate training in all aspects of its codes of practice and
safety rules; and
 Enable the operators to undertake preventive maintenance as well as initial corrective
maintenance activities and handle the situation prior to the arrival of the supplier, without
voiding the equipment warranties.
The Contractor shall liaise with the Owner regarding all training issues. The Owner reserves the
right to review and discuss in a meeting with the Contractor prior to start of the training on all
training materials/aids, course outlines, training schedules, steps, procedures, guidelines, and
other training matters.

The Contractor shall ensure that each person completing training will understand and be able to
operate and maintain the Project’s systems and their operational, instrument, electrical, and
mechanical devices and equipment productively, independently, competently and effectively.

Trainers shall be experienced engineers capable of teaching the respective subject matter.

The Contractor shall keep comprehensive records of all personnel who have been trained in a
format agreed with the Owner, and these records shall become the property of the Owner.

2.5.11.2 Project Operators

The key operation and maintenance personnel appointed by the Contractor shall have
knowledge and experience in operating and maintaining both PV and BESS plants. All other
personnel shall have reached such a degree of competence to allow understanding and
practical application in their specialized field.

2.5.11.3 Training programme

Personnel to be trained shall include at least managers, engineers, operations technicians, and
maintenance technicians from the Project.

Each element of the training program shall include, for all listed components, instruction in
system fundamentals review, start-up, normal operation, shutdown, and emergency procedures.
In addition, the training program shall include instruction in all necessary areas and disciplines:

 Operation;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 66 of 277

 Maintenance;
 Electrical and I&C;
 Stock and spare control;
 Health and safety;
 Environment; and
 Emergencies.
Each element of the training program shall concentrate on specific systems and/or Project areas
and shall include but not be limited to the following components:

 Task steps;
 Standard performance for each step;
 Tools and equipment;
 Safety requirements; and
 Resources (i.e., manufacturer’s manuals, O&M manuals, drawings, and project documents).
Initial training by the Contractor for the majority of the operator personnel shall be delivered prior
to the start of commissioning of the Project. The objectives of this training shall be to equip the
operators to assist in the commissioning activities safely and effectively, under the direction of
the Contractor’s commissioning team and to familiarise the operators with the Project so that
they can independently and appropriately operate the Project during operation.

The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the commissioning, operation, and
maintenance of the Project up to the date of Final Completion. The Contractor shall not rely
upon the availability of the operator personnel in order to carry out the Contractor’s duties during
this period.

Training manuals shall be submitted one (1) month prior to commencement of the on-site
training.

The training provided shall be applicable to all the equipment provided under the EPC Contract
and shall be tailored to address each topic as needed for operators, mechanical and electrical
maintenance personnel, stock and spares control and I&C technicians.

The requirements as specified above are the minimum requirements. Additional subjects shall
be proposed by the Contractor, if necessary for the proper and complete understanding of the
operation and maintenance of the Project.

Each participant shall be qualified to contribute to the Project commissioning activities and to be
competent to operate the Project by the end of the commissioning period.

2.5.12 Material handling and storage

2.5.12.1 General
Materials should be handled as little as possible, and care should always be taken to ensure
that the materials are being handled in a way that reduces any physical impacts or exposure to
harmful environments and notwithstanding that it conforms with manufacturers’
recommendations. Storage of materials should also be in conformance with manufacturers’
recommendations. Care should be taken not to damage any materials, and any damaged
materials should be separated from the stock and brought into a quarantine area.

Materials, components, and equipment shall not incorporate material not permitted under the
local regulations and the followings:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 67 of 277

 Asbestos or asbestos-containing materials;

 Lead based paints;
 Isocyanides;
 Naturally occurring aggregates for use in reinforced concrete and/or naturally occurring
aggregates for use in concrete which do not comply with the standards;
 Polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCBs”);
 Chlorofluorocarbons (“CFCs”) or other ozone depleting substances except (with proper
notification in writing) in applications where their use cannot reasonably be avoided, and is
generally accepted for the specific application;
 Carcinogenic materials (including hydrazine);
 Toxic inhalation hazardous chemicals except (with notification in writing) in applications
where their use cannot reasonably be avoided and is generally accepted for the specific
application;
 Cadmium plated nuts and bolts; and
 Any other materials generally known in the construction industry at the time of use to be
deleterious to health if used or incorporated in such project.

2.5.12.2 PV module handling and storage

PV module pallet storage should follow the instructions stipulated in the manufacturer
guidelines, warranties, and the foundation on which the pallets are stored should be levelled
and compressed to prevent any subsidence taking place while in storage. PV modules shall
always be handled by no less than two (2) installers, carried from the box to the PV table while
holding the module in four (4) places in total at all times. PV modules in the field should never
be placed face down on the ground and should also never be stacked horizontally on top of
each other, but rather resting against each other in a vertical fashion.

The PV modules shall be packed in pallets according to the nameplate and similar bin per the
current or power sorting.

2.5.12.3 Battery handling and storage

Battery handling and storage should follow the instructions stipulated in the manufacturer
guidelines and warranties. Batteries should be stored in original packaging in a dry location at
room temperature, and not exceeding the maximum storage duration while not energized, as
stipulated by the Supplier. Lithium-ion batteries should never be exposed to heat or direct
sunlight. Care must be taken when handling batteries not to damage the packaging or inside
batteries. Conductive materials (metals and others) should be avoided when handling batteries
not to short-circuit the positive (+) and negative (-) terminal of batteries.

2.5.12.4 Substructure handling and storage

Substructure components must be identified upon arrival and grouped according to part
numbers. The components should be handled by a telehandler or forklift or alternatively by
multiple installers ensuring that the weight expected to be lifted by each installer is limited to a
maximum of 20kgs.

2.5.12.5 Cable handling and storage

All cables shall be stored out of the sun, either covered by plastic or inside a warehouse/
storeroom. Care must be taken when handling cables not to damage the insulation on the
cables. Cables should be stored on cable drums and installed with use of forklifts or other

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 68 of 277

machinery able to hold the cable drum up while the cable is unwound so as to avoid any twisting
of the cables.

2.5.12.6 Electrical components handling and storage

All electrical components, and specifically string combiner boxes, shall be stored in an upright
position and covered by plastic for dryness, or stored in a warehouse/ storeroom. Care must be
taken when moving materials into the field with regards to bumps in the road, and sensitive
components should not be moved around the site on a vehicle without shock absorbers and
dampers such as forklift.

2.5.12.7 Handling of hazardous materials

Manual handling of dangerous materials and chemicals shall be minimised, and the use of
automatic or remotely controlled equipment is preferred. Where this is not feasible, systems for
safe manual handling shall be provided in accordance with the applicable local regulation.

For residual exposure risks, necessary organisational safety measures such as the use of
personal protective equipment shall be mandatory. This shall be specified in the method
statements and O&M manuals.

2.5.13 Welding requirements

Welding on site shall be minimised, and all materials that need to be welded should be welded
in a controlled factory environment. If any welding is required on site, it shall be done in
accordance with the appropriate international and local standards such as:
 American Welding Society (“AWS”);
 Eurocode 3; and
 BS EN 1708.
All welders and operators shall be properly trained, qualified, and certified in accordance with
the applicable design code, and weld quality and corresponding weld inspection shall comply
with the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

2.5.14 Environmental aggressiveness

The Contractor shall take into account the conditions found at the sites and in the subsurface
layers in order to avoid any corrosion problems above and underground, especially with
equipment installed outdoors. Given the location of the sites, the Contractor shall confirm the
atmosphere and soil corrosivity category for further observation and proper design according to
latest edition of EN ISO 12944 categorisation. Additionally, corrosion protection shall be
designed, as a minimum, for the Design Lifetime of the Project and the specific location
conditions, such as soil and groundwater chemical testing results (soils chemical assessment),
humidity, wind loading, ambient temperature, proximity to ocean/sea for salt mist concentration,
air corrosivity, etc.

The Contractor shall ensure that precautions are taken in packing and crating, to avoid damage
to the protective treatment during transportation to the sites. Any damage to paintwork which
occurs during transport shall be made good at the sites. All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned
prior to any painting, in accordance with the requirements of the specific paint used.

Paint shall be stored in dry covered conditions and shall not be used if it has been in storage for
more than three (3) months or not used for more than six (6) months after the manufacture date.

Unless otherwise specified, galvanizing shall be hot dip galvanizing in accordance with the
latest edition of EN ISO 1461 and EN ISO 14713-2. Bolts, nuts, and washers together with all

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 69 of 277

other threaded components used as fasteners shall be finished with a centrifugal galvanized
coating in accordance with this standard.

The thickness of zinc in every galvanized element shall be higher than the calculated minimum
thickness required in all its sides and parts. Local mean thicknesses below the minimum
calculated thickness shall be avoided.

All drilling, punching, stamping, cutting, and welding of parts together and removal of burrs shall
be completed before articles are galvanized in accordance with the latest edition of EN ISO
1461 and EN ISO 14713-2. Any sites modifications of galvanized steelwork shall be made good
with an approved cold galvanizing system as reviewed by the Owner.

Materials and coatings for all structure shall be based on the findings of the soil chemical testing
and with a durability range of the Projects’ Design Lifetime.

Details shall be provided of any special finishes including those on components manufactured
from sheet aluminium or steel.

All ferrous metals shall be protected from corrosion in accordance with the latest edition of EN
ISO 14713, EN ISO 12944 or equivalent local or internationally recognized standards. The
exposure conditions to be used shall be entirely suitable for the type and intended purpose of
each structure, taking full account of the location of components and the Project.

Where the Contractor shall use a paint system for corrosion protection, the Contractor shall
ensure that it shall be applied in full accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations and that
each coat applied to any member shall be from the same manufacturer.

The Contractor shall submit full details of its proposals for corrosion protection for the Owner’s
consideration. Proper analysis for the avoidance of galvanic corrosion due to contact between
different metals shall be done and justified, if required.

All external coating systems shall be designed to be UV resistant from the UV radiation
spectrum expected for the sites.

Considerations must be given to fauna protection of all equipment and materials which may
come into contact with rodents or other vermin. This includes cable sheaths, outdoor
switchboards, DC combiner boxes, outdoor inverters, transformer centres and/or switchgear
buildings, O&M buildings, substations, etc. Means of protection shall be valid under planning
approval conditions and environmental management plan.

The Works shall be adequately protected against any kind of possible intrusion if applicable to
the location.

2.5.15 Spare part requirement

Spare parts can be classified into categories:

 Operational Spares: These are items for which the Contractor anticipates that demands
shall arise in normal operation of the Project. The Operation Spares shall include any
special tools based on manufacturers’ recommendations to meet the operating,
maintenance, inspection and testing requirements of the whole Project.
 Strategic Spares: These are items for which the Contractor anticipates that demands may
arise through breakdowns which could jeopardize the performance, availability, or safety of
the Project.
The Contractor shall provide a list of recommended Operational Spares to be hold on site for
each component at all times and a list of Strategic Spares for the first two years of operations
for the whole Project. It shall consider the different system and equipment of the Project, such

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 70 of 277

as, DC combiner boxes, AC junction boxes, LV cabinets, communication system, CCTV system,
etc.

The Contractor shall provide all spares and tools necessary for conducting its responsibilities in
carrying out the Works, including commissioning, testing during the construction period up to
Final Completion, Commercial Operation Date and/or Performance Testing, whichever occurs
last. The Contractor shall ensure it has prompt access to the spares to avoid delay to
completion of construction, commissioning, or loss of generation.

The spare parts, tools and consumables shall be stored according to manufactures
requirements. The storage area and facilities concept shall reflect these requirements.

2.5.16 Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”)

The Contractor shall prepare the O&M related documents as required by the ITB for the Project,
while not limited to the following list:

 Plan for the transition from construction and commissioning phase to the O&M phase;
 O&M scope of work;
 Project guarantee;
 Two (2) English versions of O&M manual in both electronic and hardcopy;
 O&M organisation structure and human resource policy;
 Corrective and preventive maintenance plan;
 Preliminary spare part list including at least for commissioning requirements, warranty
repairs, and both planned and unplanned maintenance during the Project’s Design Lifetime;
 Asset replacement plan for major equipment; and
 Coordination and arrangement support with the Owner.

2.6 PV and BESS system requirements

2.6.1 General requirement

The Project shall be capable of operating continuously and in hybrid operation between the
solar PV system and BESS, in compliance with the requirements under this section and the
Design Basis Report well as other applicable local codes and regulations.

The PV and BESS system should be seamlessly integrated to ensure stable and uninterrupted
power supply to the grid, as specified in the Contract.

The BESS shall be capable of providing required power when output power from PV not
available, especially at night. The high-level operating principle of the hybrid system is that the
BESS system will be charged by the PV system only.

The BESS system is not intended to be charged by any diesel generators or the Grid. It is
necessary that the BESS system is required to provide short term ancillary services to ensure a
reliable power supply such as frequency regulation and voltage support control.

Preliminary design and installed capacity of the hybrid system (i.e., solar and BESS) are
provided by in the DBR.

Solar PV System
 The Project and its components shall be designed to minimise LCOE with the installed peak
capacity of PV modules according to the Design Basis Report.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 71 of 277

 The design of the Project shall be undertaken considering the Project’s Design Lifetime
from Final Completion, without necessity of major repairs/substitution works;
 The Project shall take into account the specific characteristics of the sites (climatic
conditions, soil conditions and environmental restrictions). The Project shall be designed to
withstand the most extreme ambient conditions;
 Materials selected by the Contractor shall be proven to be suitable and sufficient for the
Design Lifetime;
 Manufacturers and, to the extent possible, type of equipment shall be minimised for the
Project, especially for the main equipment such as the PV modules, DC combiner boxes,
inverters, main DC and AC power cables, transformers, MV switchgears, weather stations
and respective components, CCTV system and respective components, monitoring system
equipment, etc;
 All electrical components must be contained in component specific enclosures following the
OEM’s recommended IP enclosure rating and taking into account the surrounding
environmental conditions and climate of the Project;
 Equipment shall have a minimum warranty as stated in Section 6.5;
 The Project shall be designed to achieve the guaranteed performance;
 Overall performance warranty covering the expected operating lifetime.
 Arrangement of PV module shall be suitable to be adapted to the topography of the Project
in order to optimize the solar irradiance on the plane of the array. The PV module
installation shall ensure that the minimum distance (spacing) between PV modules as
required by the PV module manufacturer.
 The Contractor shall consider the use of specific tools and templated for the installation of
the PV modules to ensure the correct position and alignment.
 The PV modules shall be installed in compliance with the allowable torque defined by the
PV module supplier. Torque signs shall be made to facilitate a visual check on the torque
status. Compliance to the PV module’s supplier recommendations for handling and
installation are to be demonstrated and take precedence.
BESS
 The BESS shall be designed to minimize the LCOE, while meeting the minimum Energy
Storage Capacity (kWh) and Power Capacity (kW) requirements according to the
requirements of the DBR and the ITB;
 The design of the Project shall be undertaken considering a minimum lifetime of twenty (20)
years from the Final Completion, without the necessity of major repairs/substitution works,
excluding battery capacity augmentation works; and
 The BESS shall comply with IEC 61427 or equivalent international standard.
The BESS shall be compliant with relevant safety and technical standards, as detailed in this
document.

2.6.2 Proven technology

Availability and reliability of the Project is of equal importance to the Owner as the net electrical
output. For this reason, prototypes or modified designs on proven equipment shall not be
provided.

The Contractor shall ensure that equipment and materials used have a proven track record in
similar service and any main equipment is subject to the Owner’s approval.

These requirements above, are applicable to the following main equipment:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 72 of 277

 PV modules;
 Inverters;
 String combiner boxes, if applicable;
 PV mounting structures;
 Meteorological equipment;
 Battery cells, modules and racks;
 Power conditioning systems (“PCS”);
 BESS HVAC; and
 Transformers.
For certain major equipment the Contractor will only be allowed to select from the Owner’s
approved vendor lists included in the ITB. Use of vendors outside the Owner’s vendor lists for
such equipment is discouraged but will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Where equipment or components are subject to the approval of an independent certifying

authority, services will be employed of that authority and all costs and expenses that are
incurred are within the scope of the Project´s Works.

Accreditation Products need to comply with international (e.g., IEC, ISO, etc.) standards.

2.6.3 Project layout

The Contractor shall optimize the final Plant layout, while adhering to the boundaries defined by
the Owner, for the purpose of maximising energy production over the Design Lifetime.

The Solar PV component of the Project’s layout shall consider the following:

 Optimized solar PV configuration (i.e., PV module orientation, tilt angle, azimuth angle,
DC/AC ratio, and PV array string configuration) whilst taking into consideration of drainage,
soiling effect, and maintenance activities;
 Optimized inter-row spacing with consideration to allow appropriate human cleaning space;
 The arrangement and positioning of the PV modules should be designed to minimize the
impact of shading between rows, particularly in areas with undulating terrain;
 The layout shall consider sufficient space for circulation of light all road vehicles to reach
any equipment where recurrent maintenance needs may be expected. At least 4 meters
wide free of obstacles paths shall be consider for this purpose;
 Consideration of PV plant facilities (e.g., substation, inverter housing (if applicable), etc.);
 Minimum distance between perimeter fence and the first row of array PV modules to allow
vehicles circulation shall be considered. Further local regulations could be applied to comply
with minimum required distances between perimeter fence and array of PV modules;
 Minimum distance between the perimetral fence and the water streams shall be designed
by taking into account the result of the detailed geotechnical and hydrological studies;
 Minimum distance between the perimetral fence and axles of public roads per local
regulations; and
 Inverter location and cable runs shall be specifically optimised for lowest capital and
operational cost and for maximum production and system efficiency.
The Project layout shall be designed to ensure ease of maintenance and operation and shall be
arranged to minimise the crossover of services, cables, piping and access ways. The Contractor
shall ensure that sufficient laydown spaces and lifting devices are arranged and details of these
arrangements shall be provided. Design must be optimised with regard to the replacement

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 73 of 277

works necessary for components that are designed to be replaced or overhauled at intervals of
less than the design operational life.

Design of the Project shall facilitate the maintenance activities of redundant items or items not
essential for maintaining continuous operation, without reducing the electrical output of the
Project.

Project’s layout, access and roads shall take into consideration the access for vehicles and
major equipment for all the foreseeable operation and maintenance activities, as well as for the
emergency responses and events.

The layout shall also take into full consideration the environmental impact of the Project in line
with the HSE plan and relevant environmental impact and regulatory requirement, upon
approval by the Owner, and be implemented by the Contractor. Boundary features should
include hedgerows, ditches, stone walls, hedge banks, and scrub according to the regulatory
requirements, if applicable. The Project design shall ensure the protection of native animal and
plant species if required.

Suitably classified equipment shall be used in the designated hazardous area.

Equipment location and arrangement shall ensure that not less than two escape routes are
available for personnel in case of fire or other hazards during normal operation and
maintenance procedures.

Designed access systems to electrical equipment shall comply in full of the requirements and
recommendations of the relevant standards. Specific attention shall be given to meeting the
appropriate safety legislation and approved codes of practice.

All sites shall be contained within perimeter security fencing with emergency exits, security
gates, and security lighting.

2.6.4 Energy Yield Assessment (“EYA”)

The Contractor shall be required to submit a detailed EYA for the Project including a PVsyst
report (PVsyst version to be used shall be the latest version, 7.4 or above). The meteorological
resource data used in the EYA shall be based on Solargis TMY data provided by the Owner,
and far shading horizontal files should be based on representative coordinates for the Project.
In case different meteorological data is intended to be used for this purpose, justification should
be provided and agreed with the Owner.

In the event of the selected PV module and inverter model used for the simulation is not
available in the PVsyst database, the Contractor is required to provide the corresponding PAN
and OND files, which shall be approved or certified by third party, to the Owner.

The energy yield calculations shall be presented in the proposal and the following losses shall
be at least considered in these calculations:

 Incidence angle loss;

 Low irradiation loss;
 Temperature loss;
 Shading loss (both mutual and from external objects);
 Soiling loss;
 Mismatch loss and power tolerance loss;
 Cabling loss (AC and DC);
 Transformer loss;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 74 of 277

 Inverter loss;
 Transmission losses until the metering point;
 System unavailability (in accordance with the guarantees provided for the operating period);
 Degradation; and
 Auxiliary consumptions.
 In case the Bifacial PV module is used, the following losses shall be at least considered;
 Ground reflection on the front side;
 Incident irradiation on the rear side; and
 Mismatch for back irradiance.
The balance of system must be selected and designed such that the auxiliary losses due to self-
consumption for entire Project should not exceed 1%. Third-party back-up documentation to
justify the Light Induced Degradation assumptions on their EYA shall be provided. Losses up to
the metering point must be considered.

The EYA shall also include probability of exceedance for the energy generated (at least P50,
P75 and P90) over the Project’s Design Lifetime (i.e., annual generation of each year over
expected operating life shall be reported), including uncertainty calculation assumptions
(uncertainty of resource data, modelling, assumed irradiance variability, etc.).

The Contractor’s EYA results shall be provided in the following scenarios;

 EYA result, based on 5-min resolution Solargis TMY data;

 EYA result, based on 1-hour resolution Solargis TMY data;
 EYA result, exclusive of availability and degradation consideration; and
 EYA result, inclusive of availability and degradation consideration.
Annual degradation to be considered during year one and year two after the Final Completion
shall be approved by the Owner.

2.6.5 PV array design

The Contractor should undertake the PV array design in line with the following considerations:

 Array stringing design shall be compatible with the operational range of the inverter DC
input limits such as maximum and minimum input voltage for Maximum Power Point
Tracking (“MPPT”) and maximum open circuit voltage (“Voc”), considering only correction
for the minimum expected module operating temperature as per the requirements and
recommendations specified in section 7.2 of IEC 62548 and IEC TS 62738;
 Panels and string cables shall be securely fastened to the frame with suitable protection
against cable and panel damage;
 Earthing of the array including frames must be in accordance with national and international
applicable standards with regards to DC, AC and PV power systems;
 The junction boxes shall have gland secured cable entry and exit points;
 Cable terminals connecting to the junction-box shall have suitable crimping and the main
DC cables must be torqued;
 All cables, inverters, buildings, etc. should be clearly marked with permanent labels durable
for the design life of the Project;
 All combiner boxes must have a layout indicating the location and number of the combiner
box relative to the overall array;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 75 of 277

 All array rows and tables must be labelled with engraved labels showing row and PV table
number;
 All combiner boxes must be labelled with permanent marking denoting the associated
string/subarray number as the as-built drawings. All labelling in accordance with applicable
standards; and
 Minimum height above ground to the lowest point of the PV modules shall be allowed
according to hydrology conditions and to allow sheep grazing.

2.6.6 PV modules
The PV modules shall be crystalline silicon and shall have successful operational track record. It
is mandatory that the PV modules have received all mandatory IEC certifications from certified
third-party laboratory outlined in this section.

The PV module manufacturers supplying products for the Project shall conform to the following
requirements:

 Manufacturing PV modules for more than five (5) years;

 The envisaged factory has been manufacturing PV modules for more than one (1) year;
 Production capacity is in excess of 50 MW P per year; and
 Have supplied PV modules to at least three (3) different large-scale projects in the past
three (3) years with capacity higher than 350MWp.
The PV module manufacturing facilities should be certified according to the latest edition of the
following standards:

 ISO 9001:2015;
 ISO 45001:2018;
 ISO 14001:2015; and
 ISO 18001.
The PV module shall have valid certifications issued by reputable testing institutions according
to the latest edition of the following standards:

 IEC 61730-1:2019;
 IEC 61730-2:2019;
 IEC 61215;
 IEC 61701:2020;
 IEC 60068-2-78/ IEC 60068-2-78; and
 IEC TS 62804.
Bifacial PV module shall be considered by the Contractor, which shall be specified by the
Contractor in the Contractor’s proposal submitted.
The PV modules’ warranty requirements are defined in Section 6.5.1.
Minimum technical characteristics for the selected PV modules shall be:

 The photovoltaic cells of the PV modules shall be activated in the solar spectrum as defined
by STC within IEC 61215-1:2023/COR1:2023;
 PV modules shall comply with a minimal safety class II according to the latest edition of IEC
60364-4-41;
 PV module rear junction box should include at least 3 by-pass diodes to protect against
partial shading and module overheating as well as fly leads fitted with IP67 rated pin type

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 76 of 277

"Multi-Contact" connectors or equivalent with a clear indication of polarity for the

connections, must not be interchangeable, and have an ampacity rating not less than the
maximum series fuse rating of the module;
 PV module shall have a positive initial power tolerance;
 PV modules independent PID testing, and verification should be performed, and results
provided in accordance with the latest edition of IEC 61215-2 and IEC 61730-1;
 The PV modules shall be capable of operating under sites extreme ambient temperature
and expected on-site environmental conditions and will be designed to ensure the highest
possible reliability in operation and to ensure minimum and efficient required maintenance
over the Design Lifetime of the installation;
 The PV modules shall at least be certified for resistance to a suction pressure of 2400 Pa
and an increased distributed mechanical load of 5400 Pa on the front glass surface;
 The active electrical components within each PV module shall be electrically insulated from
the metal casing (frame), the rear cover and the front glass surface. The insulation must
withstand 1500 Volts DC (depending on the system voltage) between the short-circuited
module output leads and the metal frame and the rear and front covers;
 The PV module cable connectors provided with the PV modules shall fulfil at least the
requirements of a rating IP67 as defined in the latest edition of IEC 60529/COR1and fulfil
the safety requirements and tests of the latest edition of IEC 62852;
 Factory fitted cable whips shall be longer than the minimum length allowing the PV modules
to be interconnected electrically in series to form the desire strings inter-connection
between the PV modules and does not cause undesirable stress; and
 PV modules shall have a front surface protected with tempered glass and may have a
manufacturer-applied anti-reflective coating.
Additionally, PV modules manufacturer and contractor shall be able to accept a manufacturing
and dispatch procedures test plan during the PV module selection process, ensuring the proper
quality of all the stages of the production planning, production, quality control plans and
dispatch.

The Contractor shall provide results of extended damp heat testing for all PV modules models
proposed:

 Extended damp heat testing carried out with the minimum testing period of 2,000 hours to
recognized standards by a certified third-party laboratory;
 Extended PID testing conditions (85°C, 85% RH with test time extended to 300 hours);
 Thermal cycle testing, extended test cycles e.g., to 600 cycles (TC600);
 Dynamic mechanical load test: tested similar to IEC TS 62782:2016 with 2,000Pa, 1,000
cycles, combined with TC50 and HF10.
Other relevant extended durability testing results will be considered beneficial.
For all PV module models proposed, the Contractor shall provide results of testing for Light
Induced Degradation (“LID”) to recognized standards by an independent third party. For specific
PV module technology models proposed such as modules with PERC technology, the
Contractor shall provide technology specific test results e.g., Light and elevated Temperature
Induced Degradation (“LeTID”) conducted by an independent third party.

Each module shall permanently display a technical characteristics nameplate carrying the
following information as a minimum:

 Name of manufacturer;
 Type or model number;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 77 of 277

 Serial number;
 Polarity of terminals or leads (colour coding is acceptable);
 Maximum system voltage which module is suitable for;
 Safety class;
 Date and place of manufacture on label or traceable from serial number; and
 The nameplate itself shall be designed for minimum 25 years under high UV radiation and
temperature.
To avoid galvanic corrosion, any contact between the PV module frame (if applicable) and an
incompatible material must be fully electrically isolated.

PV modules shall be installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of the PV module
manufacturer and installation guidelines. Fixing arrangements deviant from the module handout
instructions might be agreed between the PV module manufacturer and the structure supplier
and confirmation must be provided from both PV modules and structure manufacturers that they
are satisfied with the installation and that the warranties will not be invalidated. The respective
documents shall be reviewed and accepted by Owner prior to PV module installation.

2.6.7 DC interconnections and cabling for solar PV plant

Purpose designed double insulated PV cables and safety connectors shall be used for all DC
connections. The DC connections shall be design according to national and local applicable
standards and shall have the following minimum technical requirements:

● PV connector shall comply with the requirements specified in the latest edition of IEC 62852;
● PV wiring system shall comply with the requirements specified in the Section 7.4.3 of the
latest edition of IEC 62548. The PV array wiring should be laid in such a way the area of
conductive loops is minimum;
● All cables and connectors used in the PV array shall be of solar grade and are rated for
harsh environmental conditions including high temperatures, UV radiation, rain, humidity and
dirt for the design life of the Project;
● Cables insulation material and cable routing method should be in accordance with any
applicable site restrictions;
● Cable terminations shall be made with suitable cable lugs & sockets, crimped properly and
passed through brass compression type cable glands at the entry & exit point of enclosures,
or equivalent;
● Materials for lugs for cable termination shall be properly selected to avoid bimetallic
corrosion;
● Enhanced resistance to heat and fire and with low smoke emissions and halogen free;
● Wiring located above ground and secured to the PV module mounting structures shall be
secured to the mounting structures utilizing UV-resistant devices and secured in a manner
such that no exposed wiring is in direct contact with unfinished metal edges;
● DC cabling shall not be located above grade except along the PV module mounting
structures. DC cable runs between rows shall be underground;
● String cables between the PV modules and the combiner boxes do not need to be armored.
However, if directly buried, both ends of the cable shall be protected by corrugated HDPE
conduit, including from the trench up to the electrical enclosure termination point or one (1)
meter above grade, whichever is less;
● Conduits shall be sealed with a proper material to take environmental conditions into
consideration, i.e., UV light, rain, etc., preventing water and animal ingress;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 78 of 277

● All string and main cables must be permanently labelled at both ends. At the least, the label
shall provide information about the corresponding inverter, combiner box and string number;
● All cables must be fixed. Under no circumstances shall cables bear any mechanical load on
their terminations (strain relief); and
● Cables shall be tied or cleated to cableways using materials specifically designed for UV
resistant tie elements. Cables shall be arranged neatly in cableways and bundled, where and
if appropriate. Conductive cable ties shall not be used on single-phase cables. Cables shall
be properly supported and secured to avoid the loose cables and the risk of undue
mechanical strain. Cableways shall be selected and erected so as to minimize the damage
arising from mechanical stress, e.g., by impact, abrasion, penetration, tension or
compression during installation, use and maintenance.

2.6.8 DC cable for solar PV plant

The solar cable specification shall be selected as per the functional requirements as stipulated
in this document and its specification shall also be according to latest edition of IEC 60228,
IEC 62930, and EN 50618, and shall have the following minimum characteristics:

 Wires with sufficient capacity shall be designed and used so that maximum DC voltage-drop
(including diode voltage drop) between the PV modules and the inverter at full power
complies with the following:
- Central inverters: 1% average for all circuits and maximum 1.5% for individual circuits.
- String inverters: 0.5% average for all circuits and maximum 1% for individual circuits.
 DC voltage maximum rating of 1,500V;
 All cable/wires shall be clearly marked with permanent and UV resistant marking identifying
type place of manufacture and date of manufacturer;
 Double cross-linked insulation;
 Flame retardant, according to IEC 60332;
 Halogen free, according to IEC 60754-1;
 Low smoke emission, according to EN 61034-1/2;
 Low emission of corrosive gases, according to IEC 60754;
 Lifetime at least 30 years, according to IEC 60216-2; and
 DC cable shall be certified according to class 5 or above according to IEC 60228 for DC
applications.
In case central inverters are used, the cable to connect from the combiner box to central
inverters will be type AL XZ1 (S) 0.6/1kV:

 Insulation: Cross-linked polyethylene (XLPE)

 Outer sheath: Low Smoke Zero Halogen (“LSZH”) polyolefin DMO1 type according to HD
603-1.
 Ambient temperature: -40°C to +90 °C.
 Short circuit temperature 250°C

2.6.9 PV string combiner box

If required, strings of PV modules are combined in parallel in a combiner box, which shall be
sized according to the number of string inputs, power and voltage. The PV combiner box shall
be supplied by tier 1 suppliers and have the following minimum technical requirements:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 79 of 277

 Shall be metallic with appropriate environmental protection (plastic combiner boxes will not
be accepted) with proper sunshade / sun protections and must be earthed properly to
ensure all safety related measures for safe operation;
 The switch disconnector should be directly connected to the bus (use of cable to connect
bus to the disconnector is not acceptable);
 Suitable rating to the sites’ environmental conditions as per the applicable international
standard such as the IEC 62208 and IEC 60068-2-68 with sufficient space for working and
must have temperature suitability for local conditions and maximum current rating with
separate cable and bus bar alley;
 Protection class IP65 or above;
 Suitably rated double pole load break switch disconnectors in compliance with IEC 60947-5;
 The terminals will be connected to bus-bar arrangement of proper sizing. The panels/ boxes
will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of appropriate sizes for both
incoming and outgoing cables;
 Door switch interlock;
 Over-current protection (fuses with disconnect bases in each positive and negative string
input);
 There should be no cable connection between fuse and bus-bar. Fuse should be holder
should be connected directly to the bus bar;
 PV specific surge arrester type 2 with the appropriate nominal discharge current capacity,
maximum surge current and voltage protection rating;
 Surge protective device shall comply with EN 50539-11, and IEC 60099;
 String monitoring device interface with the Project control system for single string current
monitorisation and visual alarm in the Project control room in case of abnormal string
operation;
 Earthing bars connected to the Project earthing system;
 Ventilation lugs to be used to prevent condensation forming inside;
 Fully labelled and colour coded wiring;
 Conduit and cable entry into combiner boxes shall be through the bottom or sides of the
enclosure only;
 All cables in the combiner boxes shall be labelled as per Good Industrial Practice;
 Compliance with IEC 61439-1 and IEC 61439-2; and
 PV string combiner boxes shall be rated to 1500 Vdc as a minimum requirement.

2.6.10 PV inverters
The inverter specifications shall be considered in relation to interconnection with other Project’s
components and overall design philosophy. Attention is drawn to the following areas:

 The inverters shall be designed and constructed for continuous operation under the climatic
and environmental conditions on sites;
 Potential-induced-degradation (“PID”) prevention measures such as earthing of
negative/positive pole shall be provided in accordance with PV module and inverter
technology and manufacturer’s installation instruction;
 The inverters shall be capable of complying with Grid Code requirements (e.g., power
factor, harmonic distortion, voltage ride through, and rand amp rate control) along with any
proposed additional power conditioning equipment;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 80 of 277

 The inverter shall include requisite filters such that any heating on the MV inverter
transformer and upstream equipment due to harmonics is mitigated;
 Total Harmonic Distortion (“THD”) shall be less than 3%;
 The inverter shall be capable of providing reactive power compensation at night;
 The inverter shall have capability of reactive power compensation with the power factor
between 0.8 lagging and 0.8 leading;
 Inverters shall comply with all applicable national standards and at least with the following
European Directives:
- EN 61000-6 Electromagnetic Compatibility (“EMC”). Generic standards
- EN 50530 Overall efficiency of grid connected photovoltaic inverters
- IEC 62109 Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power systems
- IEC 62116 Utility-interconnected photovoltaic inverters. Test procedure of islanding
prevention measures
- CISPR 11 Ed. 6 Industrial, scientific and medical equipment – Radio-frequency
disturbance characteristics – Limits and methods of measurement
- IEC 61727 PV systems - Characteristics of the utility interface
- EN 50549 Requirements for generating plants to be connected in parallel with
distribution networks
- IEC 62477-1 Safety requirements for power electronic converter systems and
equipment – General
- IEC 60068-2-1, -2-2, -2-14, -2-30, and -2-78 Environmental testing
- CE Mark for LVD (safety), EMCD, and RoHS.
 The protection system shall be selected and coordinated in line with the requirements of the
System Operator;
 The inverters shall be capable of automatic synchronisation with the grid;
 A proven communication protocol compatible with the Project control system and the
SCADA system at the substation shall be provided;
 Incorporate display which shows performance values and faults;
 Inverters shall be able to reduce their active power output as response to abnormally high
grid frequency (Power Frequency Control feature) by limiting the power generation to a set-
point value in the range of 0 to 100% of rated power in accordance with the System
Operator requirement. Settings for this feature may be communicated to inverters using
either the communication interface or the HMI;
 For string inverters, active string monitoring is required;
 Inverters shall be capable of ramping power gradually from 0% to 100% over a configurable
time period with ramping rate 3% until 10% every minute;
 Each inverter shall be connected to the earthing protection system by an appropriate
arrangement;
 Inverters shall have at least two MPPTs;
 PV inverter shall have a minimum European efficiency of 98.8% according to CEC and
EURO (IEC 60683);
 Inverter shall be tested in accordance with IEC 61683 with providing type test reports from a
recognised third-party agency;
 Maximum system DC voltage should be 1,500V;
 Inverters shall be capable of detecting ground fault currents and be capable of reporting
ground faults to the monitoring and control system;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 81 of 277

 Inverters shall be equipped with differential (line to line) and common mode (line to ground)
overvoltage protection schemes included on the DC input bus, AC output terminals and all
external control, communication, and auxiliary power terminations;
 For a safe operation, the inverter shall be protected from the connected DC array using a
DC circuit breaker while AC side of the inverter shall also be protected using a circuit
breaker;
 Inverters shall be able supporting Low Voltage ride Through (“LVRT”) events with
configurable settings for LVRT. The specification of LVRT shall comply to requirements of
Philippine Grid Code and local regulation where applicable;
 Inverters shall provide analogue control input ports for accepting external active and
reactive power control signals;
 Inverters shall support commands over the communication channel to limit active power and
to provide reactive power references;
 The inverter and the transformer components including all enclosures and fixings shall be
made of materials and have an IP rating that is suitable for the site’s specific environmental
conditions and the proposed enclosure;
 Inverter shall be linked to LV switchgear and trough step-up transformer protected by MV
switchgear;
 IP Protection shall be at least IP54 in case of central and IP65 for string.
 Maximum external ambient temperature of at least 60ºC shall be considered;
 If indoor type inverters are considered these shall be provided within an inverter station
designed to withstand at least 60ºC of external ambient temperature. The air flow and
cooling design of the inverter station should be adequately calculated to avoid overheating
of the inverters;
 Any conduit coming in and out of the inverter station shall be sealed with expanded foam
spray or similar to avoid water and rodents’ ingress;
 The inverters shall be suitably mounted to prevent water or dust ingress and shaded against
direct sunlight. Temperature and moisture content control should be provided;
 If containerised inverter/transformer solutions are offered, sufficient ventilation (or air-
conditioning if necessary) to maintain optimum performance and to avoid any unnecessary
equipment derating or damage shall be ensured; and
 Inverter must have a shelter to reduce direct exposure to the sun.
The inverters and inverters’ manufacturer shall have a proven track record in commercial
international Project, and comply with the following requirements:

 All inverters to be supplied for the Project shall have been in operation in at least three (3)
commercial plants of 100MWac or higher nominal power (not demonstration Project), for at
least twelve (12) months and have recorded a technical availability of at least 99 for twelve
(12) consecutive months of operation.
 All inverters to be supplied for the Project shall be of the same type and from a single
manufacturer conforming to the following requirements:
- Manufactured inverters for more than 5 years.
- Capacity installed is in excess of 1,000MW.
- Production capacity is in excess of 500MW per year.
- Have supplied inverters to at least three (3) different Project in the past two (2) years
which have all been financed non-recourse.
 The inverter manufacturing facilities should be certified according to:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 82 of 277

- ISO 9001 – Quality Management Systems.

- ISO 14001 – Environmental Management Systems; and
- ISO 45001 – Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems.

2.6.11 Battery cells, modules and racks

The battery cells, modules and racks shall be sourced by the Contractor based on the following
minimum characteristics:
 The battery cells shall be based on one of the commercially available lithium-ion (“li-ion”)
chemistries, e.g., Nickel Manganese Cobalt (“NMC”) or Lithium Iron Phosphate (“LFP”).
 The battery cells shall be designed, manufactured and tested to comply with relevant and
applicable technical standards (e.g., IEC 62619, UL 1973 and/or locally applicable
equivalent standards).
 The battery modules and racks shall be designed, manufactured and tested to comply with
relevant and applicable technical and safety standards (e.g., IEC 62619, IEC 62933-2-1, UL
1973, UL 9540, and/or locally applicable equivalent standards) with particular attention on
the protection against thermal runaway propagation (e.g., UL9540A).
 The battery chemistry must be suitable to deliver energy storage services (with the required
usable capacity and expected usage patterns) within the design cycle lifetime specified by
the manufacturer and agreed with the Owner.
 During cell selection, particular attention shall be given to the thermal management of the
eventual battery enclosure. The EPC shall provide all technical notes justifying its design
choices.
 The positive and negative terminals shall be clearly indicated, and colour coded.
 High specific power and energy capacities.
 Good performance at the extremes of the operational temperature and state-of-charge
ranges of the system.
 The battery cells, modules and racks shall have a performance warranty in line with the
expected usage pattern for the Project.
 The battery cells, modules and racks shall have a warrantable battery degradation in
operating conditions exceeding typical usage patterns and/or conditions.
Any points of touch hazards presented from open terminals of the battery installation, modules
and racks shall be designed in a manner that protects against human contact with connections
and terminals. Connections should be fused in to protect against instances of contact with the
busbar termination.

In case of special requirements regarding mechanical stresses, such as earthquakes, shocks

and vibration, these must be determined individually or referred to in the relevant standard.

Transportation for battery cells shall be handled according to manufacturer’s instructions as well
as the applicable international regulations and standards.

Transportation and construction activities for the modules and racks shall be handled suitably to
avoid damage.

2.6.12 Battery Management System (“BMS”)

The BMS shall ensure safe operation of the batteries, monitor its operational state, evaluate cell
performance, receive control signals from the EMS and provide results to the Project monitoring
system.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 83 of 277

An integrated BMS should be provided for the BESS, with a dedicated BMS module at each
level from cell to rack, and shall have the following specifications and capabilities:

 The BMS shall be designed, manufactured and tested to comply with relevant and
applicable technical standards (e.g., IEC 60730-1 and/or locally applicable equivalent
standards).
 Monitoring
- The cell / module voltage and battery rack for each series string;
- The battery temperature at each level of the BESS configuration arrangement, such as
cell, module, rack, etc;
- Charging and discharging current flow at rack level;
- State of Charge (“SoC”) and Depth of Discharge (“DoD”) of the battery module.
 Control
- The BMS input voltage range is compatible with the battery system design;
- Set the maximum current/power limit for battery rack operation, including both charging
and discharging, according to battery status;
- The charging process can be set to Constant Current (“CC”) - Constant Voltage (“CV”)
methods;
- Calculation of SoC, SoH;
- Manage the cell balancing process.
 Protection
- Disconnect the battery bank from the PCS if the charging voltage exceeds the
maximum voltage limit;
- Disconnect the battery module from the PCS if the battery temperature exceeds the
maximum (safe) limit;
- Stop and disconnect the battery rack charging process if the SoC has reached 100% to
avoid overcharging. In the discharging process, stop and disconnect the battery rack if
the DoD has reached the limits to avoid over-discharging and maintain battery life;
- Stop the charge and discharge process when a leakage current occurs.
- The BMS shall also have the following minimum protection functions for all module,
rack, and system levels: over-temperature protection, over-current protection, ground-
fault protection, unbalance protection and other battery fault protection. Warning or
alarms shall be generated if any protection function is triggered.
 Communication and other functions
- The communication protocol within the integrated BMS should follow major industry
standards
- The system-level BMS shall have the required communication interfaces to exchange
information with the EMS and/or SCADA.
- The BMS shall have a memory facility to store the selected data with required time
resolution, and the stored data should be available for downloading through either
storage media via USB or remote access via communication.
 The power wake-up time from initialisation to full operational conditions shall be within an
acceptable timeframe (<1 minute).

2.6.13 Power Conversion System (“PCS”)

The PCS shall be capable to support power quality, grid reliability and availability in case of any
fault. The following minimum operation conditions are required:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 84 of 277

 Islanded operation.
 Synthetic / virtual inertia.
 Full four-quadrant operation.
 Sufficient fault ride through capability to enable stable grid operation.
The PCS and PCS’s manufacturer shall have a proven track record in commercial international
projects, and comply with the following requirements:

 The PCS to be supplied for the Projects shall have been in operation in at least three (3)
commercial plants of 100MWac or higher nominal power (not demonstration projects), for at
least twelve (12) months and have recorded a technical availability of at least 99% for
twelve (12) consecutive months of operation.
 The PCS to be supplied for the Projects shall be of the same type and from a single
manufacturer conforming to the following requirements:
- Manufactured PCS for more than 5 years.
- Capacity installed is in excess of 1,000MW.
- Production capacity is in excess of 500MW per year.
- Have supplied PCS to at least three (3) different projects in the past two (2) years which
have all been financed on a non-recourse basis.
 The PCS manufacturing facilities should be certified according to:
- ISO 9001 – Quality Management Systems.
- ISO 14001 – Environmental Management Systems; and
- OHSAS 18001 – Occupational Health and Safety.

2.6.14 BESS HVAC system

The HVAC system will provide internal thermal regulation for the BESS to maintain the available
capacity and energy of the system as it operates within the expected extremes of ambient
temperatures of the Project site (outside the enclosure/container). The design of the auxiliary
system shall have a feature such that it can automatically perform a safe operational shutdown
in the event of a failure of the HVAC system, in order to reduce the risk of overheating of the
batteries or other equipment. A suitable HVAC system will be provided to maintain required
temperature and humidity inside the battery container.

The following minimum information that is used to determine the size, quantity and configuration
of the HVAC shall be provided by the Contractor:

 Location of the BESS facility – climate zone, outdoor min/max ambient temperatures
 Storage building / container assembly and dimensions
 Space temperature / humidity requirements for the battery storage rooms to comply with
IEC 61427-1 standards and/or equivalent local and international standards
 Battery rack configuration
 Battery heat dissipation (“BOL” –Beginning of Life) & (“EOL” -End of Life)
 Available clearances for equipment (Installation and servicing)
 Available clearances for ductwork
 Fire protection system(s) configuration and control sequencing
All relevant calculations required to determine the suitability of the HVAC to maintain the BESS
within safe operational temperatures under all operating conditions that can be reasonably
expected shall be provided by the Contractor.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 85 of 277

2.6.15 BESS housing

The BESS and all its components shall be housed in purpose-built structures, containers and/or
purpose-designed housings, suitable for outdoor installation, with a minimum IP-rating of IP54.
The housing shall have a suitable design life, to meet or exceed the expected technical lifetime
of the BESS, considering the specific climate and/or other environmental conditions on site.

The BESS housing should be designed with consideration of salt fog corrosion if deemed
necessary for the Project site.

2.6.16 BESS Balance-of-System

Electrical equipment as required for a fully functional BESS to connect to the AC grid connection
shall include but is not limited to:
 MV and LV switchgear including all required current and potential transformers, surge
protection and lightning protection, circuit breakers and disconnector switches
 Power transformer
 DC & LV switchboards & cabinets
 Necessary meter for system monitoring
The Electrical equipment to be procured shall have the following minimum requirements:
 Electrical equipment shall be equipped with all the necessary functionality for the control,
protection, signalling and measurement system of the BESS and their interface to the utility.
 Auxiliary AC and DC power distribution, including protection, batteries and chargers as
required.
 The grounding system shall be installed for the BESS and connected to the existing
substation grounding as per the applicable local and/or international standards.

2.6.17 BESS fire suppression system

The contractor shall provide a fire detection and suppression system, which is designed to
rapidly detect the presence of thermal runaway and/or fires, suppress the fire and protect
neighbouring equipment (including neighbouring battery containers) from spreading fire. The fire
detection and protection system are to be designed, installed, tested and commissioned in
accordance with relevant international standards and guidance, i.e., UL9540(A) or NFPA 855,
and any additional local fire regulation and requirements including those of the local fire and
emergency services and insurers.
The Contractor shall provide details of their proposed fire detection and protection system,
including preventative, detection, containment, isolation and suppression features, and applied
standards.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary firefighting equipment such as
extinguishers and water tanks in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
local requirements.

The fire detection system shall be linked to the SCADA / EMS system and generate appropriate
alarms on warning and detection of a fire.

2.6.18 DC interconnections and cabling for BESS plant

The DC cables shall be design according to national and local applicable standards and shall
have the following minimum technical requirements:
 All cables and connectors used in the BESS shall be designed for harsh environmental
conditions including high temperatures, UV radiation, rain, humidity and dirt for the design
life of the Projects.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 86 of 277

 Cables between the BESS racks, DC cabinet and the PCS shall not be armoured. Both
ends of the cable (from the trench up to the electrical enclosure termination point or one (1)
meter above grade, whichever is less) shall protected by corrugated HDPE conduit.
Conduits shall be sealed with expanded foam spray or similar to avoid water and rodents’
entrance into the conduit.
 The interconnection capacity is based on the size of the PCS power.

2.6.19 DC cable for BESS plant

Here are some typical technical specifications for a DC cable used in BESS:

 The cable should be rated for the maximum voltage it will need to withstand in the BESS
system, typically ranging from 1000 – 1500Vdc or more, depending on the technical
specification provided by supplier.
 The current capacity should be able to handle the maximum current which can be expected
during BESS operation, including fault currents, without overheating or exceeding ampacity
ratings.
 The size of the conductor should be appropriate for the rated current capacity and voltage.
 The insulation materials should be suitable for the rated voltage of the cable and provide
adequate protection against electrical breakdown and environmental factors such as
moisture, heat, and chemicals. Common insulation materials include PVC, XLPE and EPR.
 The jacket material should provide additional protection to the cable and insulation,
especially in outdoor or harsh environments. It should be resistant to UV radiation, abrasion,
and weathering.
 The cable should be designed in accordance with relevant local regulations and/or
applicable international standards i.e., UL, NEC, IEC, and IEEE.
 Termination type of cable may require specific termination types, such as lugs or
connectors, to connect to batteries, PCS, and other components in BESS system.
These cables can vary depending on the specific requirements of the BESS, so it is essential to
have this as minimum technical guidelines and criteria when specifying cable specifications.

2.7 Civil engineering and building works requirements

2.7.1 General civil work requirements

The Contractor shall provide these following civil works including but not limited to:

 Additional sites investigations and surveys, including topographic survey, geotechnical

study (field and laboratory tests and desktop interpretation), hydrologic study/flood risk
assessment and pile load tests (compression, tension and lateral load testing on the piles)
in sufficient details to allow the Contractor or his engineer to complete detailed design;
 Required sites preparation, including, excavation, backfilling, compaction, grading, levelling,
earthworks, soil improvement, and rehabilitation of parts of the sites as affected by the
Contractors activities as per Applicable Laws, Permits and Code.
 The Contractor’s work will exclude the site preparation and its associated works within the
substation area.;
 Infrastructure works;
 Rerouting/relocation and dismantling of existing facilities such as foundations, piping,
cabling and ducts, above and belowground where necessary;
 Procurement of all materials, tools, accessories, and secondary equipment required for the
correct execution of the civil works;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 87 of 277

 Drainage systems (storm water, sanitary water, etc.) for construction and operation;
 Adapting and upgrading existing water courses;
 Foundation works for mounting structures, combiner boxes, inverters, BESS containers,
power transformers, buildings, weather stations, security system, fence, and any other
structures or equipment requiring foundations;
 Ancillary and temporary buildings, including but not limited to low, and medium voltage
installations;
 Site fencing, gates and guard posts for construction and operation;
 All necessary access roads (internal and external) to construct, operate and maintain the
Project, including hard standings areas, permanent access to all Project facilities such as
PV and BESS plants;
 Trenches for electrical works, earthing and telecommunication system;
 Environmental site management;
 Dust control management;
 Foundations for transformers, inverter stations and all other electrical equipment;
 Construction of permanent buildings;
 Control Building with parking lot and garage, furniture, furnishing and HVAC system;
 The transplantation of trees and shrubs shall be carried out as per the protocols stablished
in accordance with local and/or national regulatory requirements; and
 Other required facilities (e.g., toilet, kitchen, carpark, site security system and facilities, etc.).

2.7.2 Earthworks

2.7.2.1 Construction phase earthwork

Levelling and grading of the sites, if required for the Contractor’s design, shall be compatible to
the existing surrounding ground levels to facilitate free drainage of the sites. Additional filling
material required to achieve the falls necessary for free draining shall be a suitable imported
filling material. The finished sites shall be well compacted in layers according to applicable laws.

Compaction levels for roads shall be 95% of maximum dry density. Compaction levels for major
foundations, control building, and cable trenches shall be more than 95%, and drainage bottom
site shall be more than 92%. Cutting and filling slopes shall be indicated as (H:V).

2.7.2.2 Permanent earthworks

In anticipation of the difference in the existing ground levels across the sites, the Contractor
shall carry out the earthworks within and in the immediate vicinity of the Project. The earthworks
shall be designed to optimise the amount of cut and fill. The slope of the access roads shall also
be given consideration. Excavated materials shall be disposed of to align with the local and/or
national environmental requirements.

The filling for foundations purpose shall be done in layers of not more than fifteen (15) cm and
compacted at 95% of maximum dry density.

If design of platforms is required due to earthworks, as well as the slopes, this shall be
according to the required bearing capacity in the top layer, either for a foundation or roads, and
shall depend on the geo-mechanical parameters of the soil obtained from the geotechnical
report. The minimum layer of topsoil as specified in the geotechnical report shall be removed
and used / spread over to other free areas and perimeter for later environmental restoration
activities.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 88 of 277

2.7.3 Structural design principles

All design reports, calculations and drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be signed by a
certified structural engineer.

The PV module mounting structure structural calculation performed by the Contractor’s designer
or structure manufacturer shall be validated and approved by a certified engineer to validate the
design in accordance with the necessary local regulations.

The Contractor shall carry out a third party independent structural verification design taking into
consideration the Project Sites location. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the final
design and calculations for approval.

The Contractor shall make use of finite element (FEM) analysis to calculate the loading
conditions at any critical component, including but not limited to bolts, joints, welding, and the
fixation system of modules to mounting structure.

Main mounting structure elements shall be verified in the calculation including panel rails and
joint elements.

The Contractor shall determine, in detail, the mean net pressure coefficients and the peak
negative and peak positive net pressure coefficients for all wind directions and taking into
consideration the reduction in sheltering effect of the interior arrays due to differences in the
relative elevation of each row. Proper justification of this analysis shall be required by the
Owner.

The Contractor shall determine the maximum deflections and net pressure on the PV modules,
which shall be within the limits established by the PV modules manufacturer.

Consideration of wind accelerations caused by nearby obstacles, hills or escarpments shall be

considered and properly justified.

The design of the structure shall be such that it minimises as far as possible the use of nuts,
bolts and screws. All the nuts, bolts and screws used shall be galvanized steel. Lock washers
anti-loosening systems must be used on all nuts used.

In the calculation and drawings notes to be provided to the Owner, the following information
shall figure as minimum:

 Detailed supporting structure characteristics (type, dimensions, etc.);

 Detailed materials characteristics (concrete technical specifications, steel grade, protection
against corrosion, etc.);
 Detailed design assumptions (environmental conditions, load combinations, modelling
software, etc.); and
 Detailed calculation results for all load combinations.

2.7.3.1 Load assumptions

In designing the Project, the Contractor shall consider all the reasonably expectable loads that
the Project might be subject to, including, but not limited to:

 Self-weight loads;
 Wind loads;
 Thermal loads;
 Seismic loads;
 Water (flooding) loads; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 89 of 277

 Construction loads.
 Maintenance loads.
The Contractor shall consider the loads and load combinations in accordance the latest editions
of the National Building Code and the National Structural Code of the Philippines. Whenever the
National Building Code explicitly requires other construction standards to be used (e.g., ASTM
or other applicable international standards). Uplift and downforce load at operational angle
range shall be provided and must be under PV module manufacturer approved loads.

Whenever a discrepancy is present, the load combination leading to the worst loading condition
shall be considered unless it is demonstrated that such an approach is unrealistically
conservative for the purpose and the type of technology. All piling design shall be finalised after
completion and acceptance of detailed pile load tests, gully areas, natural drainage, and shall
be within the limits of the soil bearing capacity. The design of the piles (type of foundation,
buried length, total length, etc.) shall be optimised based on the results obtained from the pile
load tests. The criteria and procedure to be followed during the pile loads tests shall be in
accordance with the technical specifications for the piling and mounting system of the structure.
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the pile load test method statement for approval.

Dynamic loads shall be considered when these might lead to higher stresses and shall be duly
estimated using state-of-art tools and methodologies.

Fatigue verification shall be performed should fatigue be considered as critical for the
component under evaluation. Estimations shall be performed using state-of-art tools and
methodologies. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for system survivability.

The Contractor shall be responsible for system survivability over the Design Lifetime of the
Project.

Deformation of the mounting structures shall be assessed and shall be within accepted limits
from the manufacturer.

Maximum allowable pile settlements shall be defined and considered when performing the pile
load tests and pile design calculations.

Dead loads
Mounting structure , PV module weights, and all other loads that will be temporarily or
permanently supported by the mounting structure (dead loads) shall be considered in the
design. Values shall be expressed in kN and verified by the Contractor during the detailed
design phase.

Wind loads
The Contractor shall duly document the assumptions made using the National Building Code,
National Structural Code of the Philippines and all other Structural Codes, available wind data
and any supporting material verifying the suitability of the structures and components to the site
conditions.

Design of racking system shall be capable of withstanding wind speed in accordance with the
international and local applicable standards and applicable laws as well as the applicable safety
regulations and requirements.

The Contractor shall document the assumptions made using available wind data and any
supporting material verifying the suitability of the structures and components for the site’s
conditions.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 90 of 277

Each component forming part of the Project shall be designed or verified against the expected
wind loads. This includes, but is not limited to, foundations, buildings, PV module support and
mounting systems, towers, weather stations, fences, etc.

Wind loads shall be duly combined with other loads as prescribed in the Applicable Laws,
Permits and Codes and standards by implementing adequate safety factors. The Contractor
shall seek support of wind load tests, such as wind tunnel tests or Computational Fluid
Dynamics (“CFD”) tests whenever necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Project wind
conditions and the applicable standards. The Contractor shall perform its own investigation as to
the maximum expected wind conditions over a return period compatible with the Project Design
Lifetime, in any case not less than 50 years, and use of the Project and in any case not less
than Philippines Building Code and National Structural Code of the Philippines requirement for
the occupancy category applicable to the Project Sites.

Consideration of wind accelerations caused by nearby obstacles, hills or escarpments shall be

Considered and properly justified.

Occupancy Category Applicable Design Wind Speed (NSCP 2015)

 Category I 290 km/h

 Category II 280 km/h
 Category III, IV, V 270 km/h

All structures shall be designed under the same wind conditions regardless of its position with
respect to other structures which shall be the worst expected condition at site. No wind shading
shall be allowed. Wind induced vortex shedding shall be considered and checked against own
frequencies of the structure. Wind-induced dynamic instability must be avoided.

Seismic load
The Contractor shall perform its own investigation to determine the maximum expected site-
specific seismic accelerations over a return period compatible with the Design Lifetime and use
of the Project and in any case not less than what is specified in the National Structural Code of
the Philippines (2015). Seismic zone category shall be mentioned in all design documents &
taken into consideration for designing & allowances to be made according to the relevant
international and local design codes. The Contractor shall duly document the assumptions
made using the National Structural Code of the Philippines (2015), available measurements and
any supporting material verifying the suitability of the structures and components to the site
conditions.

Seismic loads shall be duly combined with other loads as prescribed in applicable standards by
implementing adequate safety factors.

Each component forming part of the Project shall be designed and verified against the expected
seismic loads. This includes, but is not limited to, foundations, buildings, PV module support and
mounting systems, towers, weather stations, fences, etc.

2.7.3.2 Combined loads results and considerations

The Contractor shall calculate and explicitly show in table format the static moment and static +
dynamic moment, in kNm, for the tilt angle considered, such as exterior, edge, interior, etc.

The overall load combinations shall cover all possible wind loading scenarios (e.g., wind
direction and angles of attack).

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 91 of 277

2.7.3.3 Aeroelastic stability

The Contractor shall demonstrate the stability of the mounting structure, showing that the critical
wind speed is well above the design wind speed, especially the deflection and displacement of
the structures.

Wind induced vortex shedding shall be considered and checked against the frequencies of the
structure. Wind-induced dynamic instability must be avoided.

2.7.3.4 Corrosion protection

The Contractor shall demonstrate that all metal structures are adequately protected against
corrosion both, due to the ground aggressiveness (soil chemical assessment is required) and
atmospheric pollution. Third party corrosion ambient report shall be provided by the Contractor.
Where metal surfaces are protected against corrosion through the application of galvanizing, the
galvanizing shall be appropriate for all sites conditions (climate, soil conditions, agricultural
practices, anodic and cathodic reactions, etc.) for the Design Lifetime of the Project in
accordance with applicable according to latest version of ISO/-EN ISO 1461 and BS EN ISO
14713-1 or equivalent local or international standards. The Contractor shall obtain galvanize
certificates for such compliance.

For underground steel, DIN 50929-3 Corrosion of metals– Part 3: Buried and underwater
pipelines and structural components, or equivalent local or international standards, shall be
followed.

Pre-galvanization is not allowed for any part of the structure in contact with the ground.

The entire work of painting and corrosion protection shall be inspected by the Owner’s
Representative during the DLP and before the end of warranty period under the EPC Contract.

2.7.4 Foundations
Foundations shall be designed according to the relevant local, international standards and
loads/requirements indicated by the suppliers of the respective equipment.

The Contractor shall assume the ground risk as regulated within the Contract. Prior to
construction, the Contractor shall carry out all necessary geological and geotechnical
investigations and studies to satisfy itself of the prevailing ground conditions.

The Contractor shall perform a geotechnical study, to the extent deemed necessary, at the site
to ascertain the actual conditions of the foundation ground of structures and to determine the
type of structure foundation and any ground improvement techniques to be employed as
necessary (e.g., soil improvement, compaction, etc.).

The Contractor shall provide a foundation design report, clearly stating all load assumptions and
design specifications. The report shall document the detailed foundation characteristics,
reinforcement and concrete characteristics, all calculations performed as well as a detailed
structural analysis demonstrating that the design conforms to the requisite standards must be
provided.

In the Contractor’s design packages (reports and drawings), the following information, as a
minimum, shall be made available to the Owner:

 Detailed foundations design documentation for all required foundations (type, dimensions);
 Reinforcement characteristics (rebars diameter, rebars separation steel grade);
 For steel structural elements protection against corrosion;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 92 of 277

 Concrete design mix (grade, composition). Exposure to marine environment shall be

considered at some locations;
 Design basis statements and supporting calculations;
 Specific construction methodology and testing criteria requirements; and
 Specific bearing capacity requirements.
Foundations shall be designed to withstand the Sites conditions for the entire Design Lifetime of
the Project, without being replaced.

The structures and foundations shall be designed to withstand all the site conditions, including
the soil chemistry, for the entire Design Lifetime of the Project without being replaced. The
Contractor shall demonstrate that metal structures are adequately protected against corrosion
and shall provide certification pursuant to ISO 1461.

The initial position of arrays and the angle of gradient under no circumstances may vary with
respect to the initial installation of the Project; therefore, zero settlement of the array foundation
is allowed. All mounting structure foundations and substation building foundations shall be
designed in accordance with applicable local or international design standards for foundations
and shall consider the settlement criteria stipulated by the relevant manufacturers.

The Contractor, as part of its own verification process, may carry out:
 Pull-out-Test (“PoT”). In solar PV sites where the ground structure is unknown, typically a
minimum of 0.5 piles per hectare must be done to gain understanding on the specific soil
characteristics for the piles and obtain a fully comprehensive knowledge of the distribution
of pile field resistances.
 Test spots to be distributed across the site, particularly in areas where the soil composition
might significantly differ from the rest of the project site (like clay layers). Some of the post
in clay areas shall be used to specifically test the effect of saturated soil conditions on the
bearing capacities.
 Pre-drilling and paving with concrete to ensure that the piles reach the desired depths and
exhibit sufficient resistances against both horizontal and vertical forces. As it might be
difficult to ascertain the precise boundaries of the clay areas, pre-drilling and concreting of
pile foundations across the sites are recommended. Anticipating that the concrete
foundation would be suitable even for piles in areas composed solely of clay, this
assumption shall be validated during the additional PoT conducted indifferent regions where
clay layers are identified.
 Additional boreholes might be required to satisfy themselves that the soil conditions are fit
for the purpose of allocating substations / and BESS on the identified areas.

2.7.4.1 Piling / mounting structure foundations

The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the design, construction, and operability of the
solar field foundations. The Contractor shall design the foundations according to the latest and
updated structural design codes such as the NSCP and all other applicable international local
structural standards.

The mounting structures shall be designed to withstand the sites conditions (including the soil
chemistry) for the entire Design Lifetime of the Project, without being replaced.

In designing of the foundations, the Contractor shall consider all loads from the upper structures
to determine the foundations embedment depth and specifications. The foundations and
substructures shall be able to transfer all actual load combinations, including but not limited to
horizontal and uplift forces, safely to the foundation system for the Design Lifetime. To satisfy
the imposed loading combinations, the adequacy should be verified by performing load testing

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 93 of 277

on test foundations with a frequency based upon international best practice, but at a minimum,
to be performed in all areas of varying ground conditions and geological make up, as defined in
the geotechnical study. Tests shall include investigation and analysis of compression, tension,
and horizontal load applications of metallic profiles to be used to define the optimal ground
embedding lengths for the foundation profiles and possible installation procedures.

To size the depth of piling, pre-drilling, or micro piling from the load tests, a minimum safety
coefficient with respect to the service loads (maximum loads without majoring) of the structure
shall be used according to the applicable standards.

Maximum allowable displacements at the base of the profiles of the mounting structures shall be
considered when performing the pile load tests. The Contractor shall design a suitable
foundation type based on the geotechnical report. As far as practicable, pile foundations shall
be used, however, these might comprise pre-drilled piled foundations (or similar). The
Contractor shall establish, at the earliest opportunity, mounting structure foundations drivability
trials, including but not limited to pull out and other load tests, to ascertain whether the ground
conditions are suitable for driven piled foundations or whether alternative foundations should be
adopted.

The pile load test locations shall be distributed within the implementation according to
geotechnical criteria and taking advantage of the information obtained in the previous studies.
Installed profiles shall be tested in accordance with the most appropriate techniques for each
area of those defined in the sectorisation carried out in the previous phase.

The final detailed design of mounting structure foundations shall comply with the manufacturer’s
requirements, the conclusions of the pile load and vertical, pull-out, and lateral tests and the
geotechnical report. Prior to construction works, the Contractor may decide to carry out
additional vertical, pull out and lateral tests for the final piled foundation solution which will be
installed to verify final foundation design, which shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to
properly install the piles as per design and acceptance criteria. All the different foundation
designs shall satisfy the results of the pile load these pile tests by using ultimate loads on the
piles. If the ground conditions prove to be significantly heterogeneous, each type of foundation
solution shall be tested within the type of ground conditions where the foundations will be
installed.

The Contractor shall state in his calculations the maximum permissible foundation movement
that may be tolerated consistent with normal operation of the Project. The design of the
mounting structure foundations shall account for settlement, aligned with the manufacturer’s
requirements.

The Contractor shall repair any metal surface damage caused accidentally during ramming or
required subsequent mechanical interventions such as cuts or drilled holes in accordance with
the designer and manufacturer’s specifications. During ramming process, the damaged top of
the ramming profiles should be repaired applying two layers of a Zinc (“Zn”) coat painting with
95% of Zn content otherwise, according to the post head damage procedure of the
manufacturer.

The Contractor shall undertake a verification of the possible damage of the Zinc coating/cover in
the underground part of the piles during the ramming. A sample of each type of pile will be
rammed and extracted in different areas of the plant for checking that there is no significant
damage in the galvanized surface.

2.7.4.2 Other foundations

The Contractor shall perform all required geotechnical and other studies, to the extent deemed
necessary, to assess the ground conditions of the Sites and determine the type of foundations

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 94 of 277

and any ground improvement techniques to be employed as necessary (e.g., soil improvement;
soil replacement, compaction, etc.).

The Contractor shall carry out a detailed structural analysis demonstrating that the design
conforms with the Sites climatic wind speeds, seismic loads, and to the standards and shall
clearly state in the design basis report(s) the loads combinations, assumptions, and the design
specifications.

The foundations shall be able to transfer all actual load combinations, including horizontal,
vertical downward and uplift forces, safely to the support soil material determined by the
geotechnical report. The Contractor shall state in the calculations the maximum permissible
foundation settlement that may be tolerated consistent with normal operation of the Works.

The material used for the foundation will be reinforced concrete. Overall, the minimum strength
of structural concrete for the foundation shall be strength class 30Mpa, unless otherwise
specified. The Contractor is to specify higher grade of concrete where required such as at harsh
marine environment and submit all designs for review by the Owner. All below ground concrete
structures shall be adequately waterproofed. Likewise, the concrete design mix will be specified
according to the aggressiveness and the geomechanics properties of the ground conditions and
groundwater shown in the geotechnical report and laboratory analyses of samples.

Should a risk of excessive soil erosion and/or dune formation be identified, suitable mitigation
measures will be implemented to manage any long- and short-term impact subject to the Owner
approval.

The detailed design documentation and drawings shall include but not limited to the following:

 Detailed foundations characteristics (type, dimensions, material technical specifications,

etc.);
 Geotechnical design assumptions and verifications;
 Specific construction requirements and testing criteria;
 Climatic condition assumptions and verifications (wind, humidity, temperature, etc.); and
 Concrete foundations:
- Reinforcement characteristics (diameter, steel grade, protection against corrosion, etc.);
and
- Design mix requirements (grade, composition, etc.).
The Contractor shall be responsible for sealing of cable ducts that enter buildings or other
areas, which will be suitable for the construction phase (temporary sealing) and for the Design
Lifetime (permanent sealing).

2.7.4.3 Excavations and backfilling for foundations

Foundation excavations shall be designed and performed to ensure their stability and the Works
in safe conditions and to allow for concrete placing avoiding any mixing with soil in place.
Excavated materials shall be stored in a suitable place, preventing any disturbance. Topsoil
shall be stripped to avoid contamination with excavated subsoil. Excavations dimensions shall
comply with foundation design.

The final sub-formation (excavation bottom) shall be inspected by the Contractor to demonstrate
compliance with the final detailed design specifications for bearing capacity. That shall be
inspected by the Owner’s Representative to validate the finalised foundation design
specifications for the founding ground. Excavation shall be backfilled with suitable material and
properly compacted in layers not exceeding 0.20m to a minimum of 95% maximum dry density
for supporting structure stability and resistance against erosion and light vehicles traffic.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 95 of 277

In the event of water ingress (groundwater or surface water) into the foundation area, the
excavation shall be drained off before foundation construction works activities commence. The
Contractor shall supply any temporary equipment and take such action necessary to ensure all
foundation excavations are kept free from water during the foundation construction works
activities period. The Contractor shall consider environmental constraints for location of outfall
for each location where pumping is required.

2.7.5 Access roads and internal roads

The Contractor shall be responsible for any permit requires and liaise with local authorities in
other to ensure permanent access during construction and during operation to the Project.

For the access roads to the Sites, and all private roads used for transport of personnel and
equipment to sites, the Contractor shall ensure that the conditions of these roads are reinstated
to the condition they were in prior to the Commencement Date. To do so, the Contractor shall
complete surveys along the public roads and record the pre-construction conditions of these
roads including photos and arial footage and provide the Owner with a report, for information
purposes.

The Contractor shall construct temporary and permanent access roads, where required to reach
the Project Site. The Contractor shall rectify any damages to the existing barangay roads,
temporary and permanent access roads caused by activities related to and occurring throughout
the course of the construction of the Project.

The access road up to the boundary of the sites, internal roads, parking areas, and other
surfaces within the sites shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The minimum width of the
main access road up to the main control building shall be 6m and asphaltic concrete paved.

The Contractor shall develop and carry out a construction Traffic Management Plan and best
practice traffic management procedures, including a traffic incident response plan.

The design and construction of all roads shall be entirely suitable for size of vehicles to be used
for the operation and maintenance activities that will be required for the Design Life of the
Project. The road structural layers shall be defined considering the most restrictive scenario
(construction phase: heavier loads, longer turning radius).

All surfaces shall be designed so that after the construction works, in their permanent
configuration, shall rise at a minimum of 25 cm above the ground level to prevent flooding. This
minimum road thickness shall be increased if required based on the results of a flood risk
assessment. The drainage system shall be designed such that water drains away from key
components following periods of rainfall. Trapezoidal- shaped concrete drainages shall be
provided on both side of all the roads & shall link up to storm water drainage system. Culverts
shall be implemented in case of crossings, and in any case the culvert shall be designed to
support the load during delivery and maintenance of the heaviest components.

Internal roads for the Project shall be designed to meet the minimum requirements during both
construction and operation and maintenance width of 4.0 meters and 1.0- meter hard shoulders
on both sides. In any case, width and turning radius shall be sufficient but at least 15m from the
axis of the road to allow access for installation, maintenance, and replacement of the largest
components and for emergency personnel as per applicable laws. Specifically for the internal
roads (compacted gravel) between PV module arrays, the minimum width of 1 meter shall be
considered. The internal roads shall have a bearing capacity sufficient for traffic of vehicles
suitable for future maintenance purposes.

After the sub-base has been inspected, the full road width shall be conditioned by removing any
soft or other unstable material that will not compact properly. The resulting areas and all other

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 96 of 277

low sections, holes, or depressions shall be brought to grade with suitable material. The entire
roadbed shall be shaped and compacted to a minimum of 95% Maximum Dry Density (“MDD”).
Scarifying blading, dragging, rolling, or other methods of work shall be performed or used as
necessary to provide a thoroughly compacted roadbed shaped to the cross sections.

The California Bearing Ratio (“CBR”) shall be established from the geotechnical investigation for
the evaluation of the mechanical strength of the road subgrades and basecourses. When
compliant with the structural requirements, locally available materials shall be used. Concrete or
gravel shall be preferred as construction materials subject to the prevailing Sites conditions and
shall be designed to support the required load bearing capacity. Detailed specifications of road
shall be based on the heaviest traffic loads on the area.

All roads shall be sufficiently sized, in terms of load bearing capacity, for heaviest load
movement, considering the maximum point load to which road shall be subjected during the
entire lifetime of the Project to ensure that all EPC and O&M procedures can be carried out,
including lifting and replacement of major components. Load bearing calculation shall be
submitted especially for the MV and HV transformer unloading & transportation path in the
switchyard & unloading of inverter stations inside the substation PV areas. This calculation shall
be subjected to the Owner’s approval. Roads shall provide access to, but not limited to and as
only applicable, all the inverters, transformers, substation, and buildings, including temporary
and permanent buildings, located within the site.

Culverts shall be implemented in case of cable crossings, and in any case the culvert shall be
designed to support the load during delivery and maintenance of the heaviest components.
Parking areas and temporary storage areas shall be foreseen. Storage areas shall allow the
temporary storage of material during construction.

Suitable materials, according to the ASTM soil classification’s, from excavations may be re-used
in road construction provided the material is uncontaminated and deemed appropriate for load-
bearing capability.

Roads and parking areas shall be designed to suit sites conditions and compacted crushed rock
shall be used as a construction material if periods of wet weather are anticipated. The maximum
size of crushed rock shall be 40mm. The compaction ratio for each layer of the roads shall be
defined according to ASTM standard (using Modified Proctor test).

All surfaces shall be designed to allow proper drainage, both cross and longitudinal drainages.
During the road’s construction, roads shall be backfilled with suitable material and properly
compacted in layers not exceeding 0.25m to achieve the density required for supporting
structure stability and resistance against erosion and light vehicles traffic. All surfaces shall be
designed to allow proper drainage without any water stagnation. Roadside ditch may be
provided if necessary.

All the access road works shall be undertaken by the Contractor in accordance with either the
DPWH blue book, ASTM, AASHTO, or any other applicable Standards and Applicable Laws, as
well as the applicable safety regulations and requirements.

In the areas of the solar field where no roads are included, the layout shall consider sufficient
space for circulation of light all road vehicles to reach any equipment where recurrent
maintenance needs may be expected.

Different in site and laboratory tests shall be developed by the Contractor among others:
Compaction grades, bearing capacity or vertical deformation of foundation road and topographic
survey-road levels according with local and/or international applicable standards.

The Contractor shall be required to protect and maintain at his own expense the roads during
the Works within the limits of its Contract in good condition satisfactory to the Owner from the

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 97 of 277

time the first started work until all Works shall have been completed and took over by the
Owner. Maintenance shall include repairing and re-compacting ruts, ridges, soft spots and
deteriorated sections of sub-grade and base course caused by the traffic of the Contractor’s
vehicle/equipment or that of the public. Acceptable maintenance shall ensure that access roads
are in a condition without mud, potholes, rutting, pooling water, soft areas, have a good,
cambered shape, free draining and otherwise generally passable by all normal day to day traffic.

2.7.6 Drainage systems

With reference to sites conditions (specifically climatic data and especially the rainfall data and
the sites’ configuration and topography), the Contractor shall design and build a drainage
system suitable for the Design Lifetime to protect the Project against erosion and flash-flooding
or other types of flooding. The drainage works shall be located within the area secured for the
sites. No additional area outside of the sites shall be provided or utilised.

Based on the hydrological study and flooding risk assessment, the Contractor shall consider the
local climatic data and the topography of the site and surrounding area and shall use state-of-art
methodologies for the estimation of the amount of water runoff. From the extreme storm event
thereby preventing the Project from being flooded.

In this regard, the drainage philosophy shall require two parts:

 External drainage: This drainage protects the Project for external water runoff though the
watershed from upstream the Project location; and
 Internal drainage: This refers to the runoff generated from rainfall within the sites.
Existing drainage courses shall be maintained as far as possible. Before any discharges off-site,
the discharge water shall be treated to retain or neutralise unacceptable pollutants. Provisions
shall be required in respect of surface water and Project drainage.

A drainage system shall be designed so that the plant’s roads can be operational with an
acceptable level of service during rainy episodes. This system shall consist of two
complementary subsystems: longitudinal and transversal systems, these elements of the
drainage system shall not block circulation within the solar field significantly increasing the
distances to reach PV equipment for maintenance. The network of internal roads and access
roads to the plant punctually intersects natural riverbeds and watercourses, creating low points
along the roads that require transversal drainage. In general, a drainage system must be
designed that allows water to pass through the plant with the least possible impact, reinforcing
the most sensitive areas with fords, ripraps, etc.

Surface drainage in areas which may be contaminated by oil shall be routed via an appropriate
oily water drainage system with oil separator.

All drains and liquids discharged from the Project shall be disposed in accordance with the EIA,
the EMP, or the relevant permits.

The Contractor shall be responsible to cover the ditches of concrete in case is needed due to
the water speed to avoid erosion at the bottom of the ditch.

A maintenance plan shall be submitted for the Owner’s review and approval prior to
commencement of implementation.

If any drain becomes clogged or obstructed from any cause, before final acceptance of the
Works, it shall be cleaned out or replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor.

Concrete pipes for drains and culverts shall conform to the requirements of applicable local
and/or international standards and shall be with spigot and socket joints and without lifting holes

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 98 of 277

in the barrel of the pipes. Records of the drainage designs and construction shall be submitted
to the Owner for review and record purposes at each development stage.

No water-induced erosion is allowed within the Sites and the drainage system shall be designed
to prevent erosion.

2.7.7 Trenches, ducts and manholes

Underground cable runs, including communication cables and earth conductors, shall be
located at an appropriate depth to meet the applicable Standards provided in the EPC Contract
and Good Industrial Practice. Design and installation for trench, duct, and manholes shall
comply with local and/or international standards and practices.

Underground cables shall be laid on a clean layer of sand, always covered with warning tape.
Mechanical protection shall be provided and installed for LV and MV trenches. Backfilling
materials shall be free of rocks, vegetation or any element that could damage the cables or
create cavities after compaction. Bedding material should be tested and aligned with the thermal
resistivity assumptions used in the cable sizing calculations.

The cable trench study shall consist in determining:

 The final trench design based on the final DC and AC collection system layout
 The final trench design based on:
- geotechnical study
- thermal resistivity measurements
- the surrounding conditions
- the soil conditions and obstructions in the soil
- filling material
- existing infrastructures
- DC cables, AC MV cables, FO cable and earth conductors’ characteristics
Earthing connections and splices that are directly buried in the soil shall be permanently bonded
using exothermic connections (where copper earthing is used) to equalise the potential
differences and avoid joint corrosion over time. Cable joint specifications shall be of the water
block type. The number of cable joints shall be minimised according to the Owner’s approval.

Both physical and digital markers shall be provided at any direction change, any cable joint and
every 200 meters for each cable run. Subject to the Owner’s approval, the requirement for
physical markers for DC cabling may be waived after the final layout has been reviewed.

Trenches with mixed AC medium / low voltage circuits shall be avoided if possible. In case
strictly necessary, higher voltage circuits shall be buried deeper than lower voltage circuits. The
following depth of cover (distance between edges of conduit or cables to ground level and
trenches edges) shall be adhered to the following among others:

 Cables laid at the bottom of the trench shall lay on a 100mm sand layer. Contractor shall
only be allowed to reduce the 100mm sand layer requirement under prior approval from the
Owner and under proper technical justification based on the Thermal Resistivity (“TR”) of
the backfill material. In any case, a sand layer thickness of less than 50mm shall not be
approved for MV cables;
 MV cables shall lay at the bottom of the trench, at a minimum depth of 800mm;
 LV (DC and AC) cables to be a minimum of 300mm above the MV cable layer and laid at a
minimum depth of 600mm;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 99 of 277

 The depth of signal tape must be at least 200mm above cables and 300 mm below the
surface to warn contractors of the presence of cables. Trenches greater than 1 m wide shall
have two or more equally spaced warning tapes;
 Distance between DC and AC cables shall be a minimum of 200mm (from nearest duct or
cable edge);
 Fiber optic cables must be separated 200mm from low voltage cables and medium voltage
cables;
 In LV and MV crossings with roads, cables shall be laid in cased ducts concreted along their
entire length;
 Conductive (copper) signal cables shall lie at least 200mm apart from LV cables;
 Minimum separation from the cables (LV or MV) to the excavation walls, shall be not less
than 50mm;
 The Contractor shall displace cables horizontally through the different layers (MV cables
should be accessible for repair without causing damage to the cables above);
 All cables shall be placed on and covered by soft sand bed and backfill (a fine-fill sand
material shall be used for LV cables). The thickness of the sand backfill above the cables
shall align with the requirements of the trench design study and the sand backfill shall be
carried out as per the requirements of the trench design study;
 DC main cables shall be armoured and buried directly in the ground;
 DC string cables shall be fixed to the back of the PV mounting structure such that
independent cable movement is arrested. Sharp edges to be protected. Where string cables
must travel between rows, the cable should be buried in ducting. Where ducts are installed,
they are to be sealed at both ends with rodent and waterproof filling material;
 Earthing, where applicable, shall be laid at the lowest layer of the trenches. The transformer
stations shall have two earthing cable loops connected to main earthing system;
 LV AC cables and MV cables shall be mechanically protected and buried appropriately
within the trench as above;
 Trenches shall be backfilled with clean fill material free from aggregate, debris, organic
material and stones. Trenches shall be backfilled in layers of no more than fifteen (15) cm
each and mechanically compacted to 90%- 93% of maximum density at optimum moisture
content, to avoid cavities that may cause collapse of trench top due to settling of the soil or
sand. Backfilling material shall have a 5cm size as a maximum;
 When filling the channel, marking tapes shall be placed and earth shall be compacted;
 Cable trenches shall include HDPE corrugated flexible ducts encasing the cables (if any), or
directly buried cables or both; and
 Provide manholes at regular locations according to pulling forces for pulling the cables and
in every turn > 45 deg. Manholes shall be either precast concrete or PVC/HDPE type.

2.7.8 Fence and gates

Before the commencement of the Works at the Sites, the Project areas shall be secured by
installing a metallic anti-climb fence along the perimeter.

Fencing and gates shall be designed to last and prevent intrusion on the sites for the Design
Lifetime of the Project. The fencing shall be complete with lockable access gates including
necessary barriers for personnel and vehicles during construction.

The perimeter security fence shall be designed according to environmental regulations and
safety regulations and requirements, where limited entrance to the sites shall be provided by
gate control.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 100 of 277

The Contractor shall evaluate the environmental aggressiveness to assure that the corrosion
protection or galvanization of the fence meets the adequate covering for the total Designed
Lifetime. In addition, all metal surfaces shall be primed with two coats of Zinc Chromatic primer
and painted with two coats of aluminium paint.

The Contractor shall provide a design and layout based on the minimum post to post distance of
2.5m and every change of direction of the fence.

Posts shall be installed on the concrete foundation or directly into the ground with materials well
considered. In designing the foundations, recommendations of the geotechnical report shall be
followed. Reinforcing posts at 45° shall be considered where appropriate. The minimum height
of the fence shall be 2m above ground level.

The foundation shall be checked with respect to the overturning and sliding by considering the
application of all possible horizontal forces. Fence shall be continuous along the perimeter and
no interruptions, temporary or permanent, are allowed. The fence can be opened only at the
sites entrance. The gate shall be always locked, and access shall be limited to authorised
persons only.

A galvanized steel gate shall be installed at the sites entrance. The gate shall be wide enough
to easily allow trucks and vehicles to enter the site area and, in any case, not less than 6.0
meters. Operation of the respective site entrance gates shall be monitored and connected to the
respective control room / building.

Fences shall be permeable for birds and small animals and provided with anti-burrow concrete
beam below. Corridors shall be planned to allow larger animals to cross the area, if deemed
required according to the EIA and local and/or international standards and practices.

Fences and gates shall be able to withstand wind speed as the wind speed at the Sites.

2.7.9 Civil construction material

2.7.9.1 Steel materials

Reinforcement bars shall conform to Building and Structural Codes of the Philippines or
equivalent local and/or international standards (e.g., European Standard EN 10080, or
equivalent) and shall have a yield strength of at least 400 MPa.

Steel bars shall be tested by Contractor upon arrival on site. The testing and frequency of
testing shall be in accordance with the requirements of the latest version of ISO 15630-1 or
equivalent national or international standard.

Structural steel sections to be used shall be hot-dip galvanized steel S275 and/or S355 with a
yield stress 275 N/mm2 and 355N/mm2. All structural elements shall be subject to a process of
hot dip galvanization with thickness that ensures a minimum Design Lifetime, according to the
latest version of ISO 1461 ASTM, or equivalent local and/or international standards.

All stainless-steel products shall be certified upon the latest version of ISO 10240 and BS-EN
ISO 10240 or equivalent local and/or international standards.

2.7.9.2 Concrete materials

Concrete shall conform to of Building and Structural Codes of the Philippines or equivalent local
and/or international standards (e.g., European Standard EN 206-1, or equivalent).

Concrete shall be tested by the Contractor upon arrival on site. The testing and frequency of
testing shall be in accordance with the requirements of Building and Structural Codes of the
Philippines, or EN 206-1, EN 12350, EN 12390 and/or any other equivalent standard as

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 101 of 277

applicable. Testing for each component of concrete mix design and testing concrete shall be
conducted as part of the QA procedures. Concrete samples shall be kept by the Contractor in a
safe place to allow the Owner to check concrete quality. The Contractor shall, at least three (3)
weeks prior to concreting, supply documentation, advise the source and test results of concrete
materials, for approval.

 Cement shall be Portland Type, unless the concentration of sulphates in the groundwater
dictates stronger criteria;
 Aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring materials. The Contractor shall not use
lightweight or metallurgical furnace slag aggregates;
 Water used in mixing concrete shall be clean and free from materials and chemical
components (oil, acid, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances) aggressive for
concrete; and
 Admixtures: The quantity and method of using admixtures shall be in accordance with
applicable design local and/or international equivalent standards for concrete admixture
design (e.g., ACI 212.3R-10, or similar) and the manufacturer’s recommendations. The use
of Calcium Chloride in any form is prohibited.

Mixing and transporting of concrete

Concrete mix

The Contractor shall submit for the Owner’s Representative approval, prior to the supply of any
concrete mix, the following information:

 Name of all concrete components’ suppliers with associated datasheet;

 Location of concrete batching plants;
 Mixed concrete composition includes test results proving the mix complies with the
specification;
 A copy of the ready-mix supplier’s certificate of accreditation, if applicable; and

 All concrete components suppliers’ procedures relating to storage and batching of

concreting materials, mixing, transporting, compliance testing, current calibration certificates
for batch weighers and compliance certificates for the constituent parts of the concrete.
Transport of concrete mix

Concrete mix shall be transported in truck mixers complying with the relevant norms and
standards. The concrete shall be compacted in its final position within 2 hours of the introduction
of cement to the aggregate. No water shall be added to the concrete either in transit or on site
before discharge, except under strict supervision of the Owner’s Representative. For small
volume of concrete for non-essential structures, site mixing maybe allowed but subject to
Owner’s consent with strict supervision.

Before discharging the concrete at the point of delivery, the concrete supplier shall provide a
delivery ticket for each batch of concrete in accordance with the relevant norms and standards,
on which shall be printed, stamped or written at least the following information as applicable
according to local regulations and local common practices.

 The name of the mixed concrete plant;

 The serial number of the ticket;
 The date and time of loading;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 102 of 277

 The truck number/vehicle identification, if applicable;

 The name of the purchaser;
 The name and location of the site;
 Type and strength class of cement, if specified; and
 Type of admixture and addition, if specified.
The following information shall be added to the delivery ticket at site and records shall be kept
by the Contractor, including but not limited to:

 The time of arrival on site;

 The time of commencing unloading;
 The time of completing unloading;
 Samples references if taken;
 Location of concrete pouring;
 The slump of the mix; and
 Weather conditions.
These tickets must be provided to the Owner’s Representative as the Works progresses and
filed in the quality plan.

Quality test of concrete

Concrete mix shall be tested during the deliveries by an independent accredited laboratory to
attest the conformity of the characteristics of the concrete mix delivered on site.

Concrete strength

All concrete shall be sampled (slump tests and test cubes) on site. Unless otherwise directed by
the Owner, the rate of sampling shall be in accordance with relevant local and/or international
standards and building regulations for fresh concrete testing.

Compliance with the specified characteristic compressive strength shall be based on tests made
on cubes at an age of 28 days.

From each tests sample, five concrete samples shall be taken (either 100 or 150mm), two to be
tested at 7 days, two at 28 days and one at 56 days. Each cube should be clearly marked to
identify it with a concrete delivery ticket and the section of works in which it was used.

Cubes shall be tested at an independent and accredited test laboratory approved by the Owner.
The Owner shall be supplied with copies of cube reports following completion of the testing.

Slump tests from all batches, shall also be carried out on site. For each concrete pour, as a
minimum for each of the first three concrete wagons, then for every third concrete wagon.
Where more than one plant is involved, the concrete from each plant s shall be sampled
separately. The Contractor shall at all times keep a detailed record of all concrete tests taken,
including at least the following information:

 Date and time cube are taken;

 Cube number;
 Truck delivery number;
 Mix code; and
 Slump and items of work constructed from the batch.
The Contractor shall submit this information not later than 14 days after testing.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 103 of 277

All test specimens shall be cured and tested by an approved registered laboratory at the
Contractor’s cost. The Contractor shall submit test records not later than 14 days after testing.
Concrete not meeting the requirements shall be liable to rejection and rejected concrete shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor’s own expense.

Concrete samples shall be kept by the Contractor in a safe place to allow the Owner to check
concrete quality at any future date.

Concrete works

A concrete works method statement, including curing method shall be provided by the
Contractor to the Owner for review prior to any concreting works on site.

A testing schedule shall be agreed with the Owner for all concrete works prior to the
commencement. This shall include the requirements for standard slump tests to be carried out
and for sample concrete cubes to be taken from all concrete used on site and the arrangement
of independent compressive tests to be carried out.

The Contractor shall give the Owner at least two working days’ notice of timing of concrete pour
and removal of formwork to facilitate this. Any adverse comments or deviations noted shall be
addressed and rectified by the Contractor prior to the pour and the Contractor shall allow
sufficient time in the project schedule for this.

The Contractor shall ensure that the surface temperature of the concrete at the time of placing
is at least 5°C and not exceeding 30°C unless specific precautions are planned and executed.

Additional water to the reinforced concrete mix during pouring is it completely prohibited.

Curing

Curing and protection should start immediately after the compaction of the concrete to protect it
from:

 Premature dry out, particularly by solar radiation and wind;

 Leaching out by rain and flowing water;
 Rapid cooling during the first few days after placing;
 High internal thermal gradients;
 Low/high temperatures; and
 Vibration and impact which may disrupt the concrete and interfere with its bond to the
reinforcement.
Curing and protection shall start immediately after placing of the concrete.

2.7.10 Buildings design and construction

2.7.10.1 General building design and construction

All buildings and structures shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the
requirements and recommendations of Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and shall be
designed to cover the use of the Project.

Provisions should be made in the design for easy offloading of the relay panels and other
equipment into the control room (i.e., due consideration shall be given to door size and height
and consider a slanted floor entrance).

The Contractor shall provide emergency doors with suitable quick exit mechanisms and/or panic
bars at appropriate locations to provide safe means of escape in the event of an emergency.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 104 of 277

Any cable basement shall be fully watertight reinforced concrete construction and shall extend
at least 300mm above the surrounding ground levels.

Cable, pipe and services entries through technical floors and walls shall be designed such that
after the cables and the like have been installed the entries are closed completely to be smoke
/fireproof. The sealing materials used for this purpose must be fire resistant, and easily removed
for the installation of further cables, or services, in the future.

Lightning protection shall be provided for all structures exposed to lightning strikes. The down
conductors shall connect to the primary below ground earthing system. Pedestrian reinforced
shallow foundations shall have an own grounding earthing system and it shall be connected to
the PV grounding grid. Component materials for the installation and the protective system shall
conform to relevant standards.

The contractor shall consider all the requirements for fire protection system and associated
alarms and implement it in the design.

2.7.10.2 Control room / O&M / Administration buildings

Bidders shall expect that each satellite and main substation will be equipped with its own O&M
building.

A separate Main Control building shall be separately located nearby the main substation area.

All building layouts shall be provided for the approval of the Owner and the Contractor shall
describe the proposed layout philosophy of the control room and equipment.

2.8 Mechanical requirements other than PV and BESS systems)

2.8.1 Firefighting and fire protection system

2.8.1.1 General
The Contractor shall provide the fire alarm and detection system, the passive and active fire
protection measures throughout the Project and equipment in compliance with statutory
requirements, NFPA, local and national standards.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary compliance

certification/operating permit from the appropriate authorities on completion of the installation
and for any other approvals required by Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

The Contractor shall carry out a fire risk assessment, which shall form the basis of the overall
fire protection philosophy.

The scope of work for the firefighting installation shall comprise the complete system design and
all related equipment including, but not be limited to, the following:

 Fire detection: to guarantee a reliable and fault-free early warning system in the event of
fire, so that the fire alarm system would trigger a signal to fire detection mapping to identify
location of fire;
 The Project shall be designed and built with provision of a safe operating environment for
equipment and personnel. This shall be achieved by separating and segregating the
equipment with sufficient distances and by selection of suitable equipment and materials;
 Hazardous areas shall be identified, and suitable equipment shall be selected for use in
such areas. Different firefighting systems shall be adopted according to the operational
characteristics of the particular Project areas and buildings to be protected; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 105 of 277

 The Contractor shall note on the record where any item fails to meet the specified
requirements and the planned remedial action to be taken.

2.8.1.2 Portable fire extinguishers

Applicable portable and mobile fire extinguishers shall be provided in all areas throughout the
Project for first aid firefighting.

In all areas the minimum requirement for types, quantities and locations of fire extinguishers
shall be in accordance with NFPA 10. All areas of the Project shall be classified as Extra (High)
Hazard Occupancy with the exception of office and similar accommodation, which shall be
classified as Ordinary (Moderate) Hazard Occupancy. Portable fire extinguishers shall be
located along normal paths of travel, including exits from areas.

2.8.1.3 Fire detection and alarm

An automatic and manual fire alarm system shall be provided to protect life and property
throughout all components, installations, PV plant equipment, BESS, buildings, MV stations and
substations. The fire alarm system shall be of the distributed analogue addressable type. The
fire alarm system for the entire Project shall be designed, supplied and commissioned by a
single, specialist sub-contractor.

A fire alarm control panel shall be provided in each control room/building. All system fire alarm
and fault conditions shall be reported at a fire alarm control and indicating console that shall be
integrated into the control room/building console.

All fire alarm control equipment, including control panels for gaseous extinguishing systems,
shall be from the same manufacturer.

Automatic fire detectors shall provide total (complete) coverage throughout the Project.
Automatic fire detection devices shall be selected to suit the particular risk and the environment
in which they are installed. All the buildings shall include its respective fire extinguisher.

Cable tunnels and cable spreading rooms shall be provided with smoke detectors, resetting
linear heat detection or a combination of the two.

2.8.1.4 Fire safety aspects of design and construction of buildings

The design and construction of all Project buildings and the provision of measures to ensure the
protection of personnel and equipment shall comply with the requirements and
recommendations of the applicable standards Including local fire codes.

In addition, provision of means of egress shall comply with all requirements of the local
authorities.

2.8.1.5 Fire safety measures during construction and commissioning

The Contractor shall be responsible for fire safety during construction and commissioning. All
requirements and recommendations of NFPA 241 and NFPA 850 shall be applied.

The fire systems shall all be commissioned and in service before commissioning of the Project
commences.

All testing, checking and adjusting shall demonstrate that the capacity of the installed equipment
and system complies with the specification, applicable codes, statutory requirements and
regulations.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 106 of 277

2.8.2 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”) system

The Contractor must provide HVAC such that the environment shall be within the ambient
condition requirements for any equipment and personnel located within the conditioned areas.

The HVAC shall be design according to ASHRAE standard.

The control room/ building shall be equipped with secure HVAC facilities capable of maintaining
the room within acceptable limits of temperature and humidity, under all external ambient
conditions, as dictated by the manufacturers of the control equipment located inside the rooms.

Areas which do not need a climate-controlled environment shall not have HVAC installed.
Particularly the design shall ensure adequate HVAC for the operation and storage of equipment
sensitive to dust, humidity and temperature. The areas shall be positively pressurised as
necessary to prevent the ingress of dust and other particulates To indicate the ventilation air-
change for each non-air conditioned rooms.

In addition to the general requirements listed above the HVAC system must also be in
compliance with the following requirements:

 The HVAC system shall be centralised to indicate the design parameter ranges of
temperature and humidity and controllable from the control room/building, however there
should be a separation of the HVAC systems for all rooms where there may be a possibility
of gaseous emissions, such as the battery container;
 The HVAC system with BACNET as communication protocol shall have the ability to raise
an alarm to the SCADA system indicating a fault has occurred;
 In the Server room, and any other room where the climate requirements are stringent, when
the temperature rises above a prescribed threshold, the HVAC system shall be able to raise
an alarm that registers in the central alarm log;
 The battery container shall be designed to maintain the battery within operating temperature
range using air conditioner and exhaust fan;
 Any areas where it is critical to control the temperature shall have uninterrupted power
supplies able to power the HVAC system for a minimum of 4 hours; and
 The ventilation system for the inverters and BESS, where applicable, shall fulfil the
manufacturer’s requirement.

2.8.3 Water supply

The Contractor shall ensure that the source of water to be used for the construction and O&M
activities, must come from legal sources and according to any requirement imposed by the local
standards, authorities, Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;

Water shall be used solely for the purpose of the corresponding authorisation and continuous
monitoring shall be carried out of in relation to quantities and qualities of any water consumption
and water disposal as per the local standards, authorities, Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;

The water supply shall be clean and free from sediment, contamination and debris to provide
appropriate facilities for personal hygiene, construction and operation;

Filtration shall be implemented to ensure water is treated and in usable quality for solar modules
cleaning and should not contain any mineral and harsh chemicals that can damage any plant
equipment;

Contractor shall adopt where possible means to reduce water consumption and recycle/reuse
water; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 107 of 277

The Contractor shall provide water supply system including piping system with sufficient design
capacity of water pumps in accordance with Good Industrial Practice. In the event of failure, the
pumping system shall have the ability to raise an alarm to the SCADA system indicating a fault
has occurred.

2.8.4 Water treatment

Erosion control measures shall be taken into consideration and installed where necessary
before starting the construction activities and during operation, in order to minimise the loss of
nutrient in soil and preventing any deterioration in water and soil quality; and

The wastewater shall be treated prior disposal and shall be of quality that complies with the
local standards and authorities, Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, local standard and
authorities.

2.9 Electrical requirements

2.9.1 Electrical studies

The power generation and collection system shall be designed such that stability of operation,
current carrying capacity and satisfactory fault levels are maintained throughout the complete
works system under all possible operating, maintenance and fault conditions. The studies and
calculations shall verify the proposed electrical systems including the equipment rating are
correctly and properly designed as per the engineering standards, practices, manufacturer
recommendations, Owner requirements, and local regulations where applicable.

2.9.2 General electrical requirements

All equipment shall be designed to ensure the continuity of operation under all working
conditions at the site as the first consideration and to facilitate inspection, maintenance and
repairs. The system design shall ensure a high level of reliability, which shall be achieved by
adopting suitable redundancy and sparing philosophy. The Project must have the capability to
provide black-start functionality, frequency regulation, and voltage support control. The selection
of technology for these functions should prioritise cost-effectiveness.

All precautions shall be taken in the design of equipment and of the Project to ensure the safety
of personnel concerned with the operation and maintenance of the Project. Safety, isolation,
locking and interlocking facilities shall comply with requirements of the Owner, local practices,
and international standard requirements as appropriate. Following major electrical or
mechanical faults where power system is brought to emergency stop, there shall be a manual
switch for resetting of the lockout condition.

Electrical equipment located in hazardous areas shall be provided with special enclosures
suitable for hard classification of the areas according to the guidelines provided in statutory
regulations and codes. All equipment installed or used in hazardous areas shall be certified as
suitable for such.

The requirements of the Owner shall be met, and the Contractor shall ensure familiarity with all
relevant standards, codes and agreements.

2.9.3 Grid code requirements

The Contractor shall ensure that his design complies with the requirements of the Philippines
Grid Code (“PGC”), NCGP and relevant local regulations where applicable. The proposed
electrical system design shall also comply with the connection and operational requirements for
Variable Renewable Energy (“VRE”) generating facilities issued by ERC.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 108 of 277

2.9.4 System frequency, voltages, short circuit rating and method of earthing
The requirements stated in the latest edition of the transmission code shall be observed. The
following voltage levels are pre-assigned and shall be used in the Project:

Project’s voltage levels

Item Voltage Star point/ Neutral treatment
Collection 34.5kV +- 5 % nominal, 60Hz, 3- Per supplier's recommendation
System-Medium Voltage phase

Low Voltage system between As per inverter requirements (the Per supplier's recommendation
inverters and power transformers Contractor shall be responsible for a
proper coordination between the
inverters and the power transformers
design).
Power Distribution System 400/230V +- 5 % nominal, 60Hz, 3- solidly grounded
Low Voltage phase + N + PE

Uninterruptable Power 400/230 V nominal, 60Hz, 3-phase + solidly grounded

Supply (UPS) N + PE

2.9.5 MV collection system and interfacing with the HV substations

The Contractor shall design, supply and install the PV generation system, BESS, MV collection
system (where both underground and overhead lines can consider) and associated facilities for
operation and maintenance of the PV and BESS system where supplied and installed.

Once AC power from inverters and Battery PCS transfer to power transformer for stepping the
voltage up to 34.5kV voltage level as selected for the collection system, the power from each
power transformer is transferred to MV switchgear.

The MV switchgear provides protective and switching devices, allowing connection with other
power transformers to form an MV feeder through MV cables. Substation is provided to combine
the power from all MV feeder from PV and BESS systems and step-up the power to the voltage
level where required for the grid interconnection.

Transmission and interconnection facilities are also provided at the substation as per the
engineering standards and practice, local regulations, and requirements for the grid connection.

2.9.6 Distribution panels

All AC distribution panels should be equipped with:

 Appropriate functionality, safety and protection.

 Protection class IP65 or above.
 Door switch interlock.
 The terminals will be connected to bus-bar arrangement of proper sizing. The panels/ boxes
will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of appropriate sizes for both
incoming and outgoing cables.
 Panels should contain adequate rating fuses and disconnectors, all of which shall consider
the expected operating conditions (i.e., voltage level).
 Over-current protection for each incoming circuit and outgoing circuit.
 Surge protective device shall comply with EN 50539-11, and IEC 60099.
 The panels shall be with suitable rating to the sites’ environmental conditions as per the
applicable international standard such as the IEC 62208 and IEC 60068-2-68.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 109 of 277

 Ventilation lugs to be used to prevent condensation forming inside.

 Fully labelled and color-coded wiring.
 All metallic parts of the boxes/panels must be earthed properly to ensure all safety related
measures for safe operation.
All the panels to be manufactured with sufficient space for O&M activities and must have
temperature suitability for local conditions and maximum current rating with separate cable and
bus bar alley.

2.9.7 Power transformers

The transformers shall comply with all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and standards and
specifically with IEC 60076, and all references mentioned in it. It shall also meet IEC 60296 (as
applicable for mineral oil transformers). Any other relevant standard mentioned in the technical
specification and the planning guidelines of the transformer must be respected.

Power transformer standards

Subject of standard Reference
Power transformers IEC 60076
Fluids for electrotechnical applications – Mineral IEC 60296
insulating oils for electrical equipment
Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1kV IEC 60137
Electrical insulation - Thermal evaluation and IEC 60085
designation
Tap-changers IEC 60214
General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, IEEE C57.12.00
Power, and Regulating Transformers
Design, Testing, and Application of Liquid-Immersed IEEE C57.154
Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers Using
High-Temperature Insulation Systems and Operating at
Elevated Temperatures
Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and IEEE C57.12.90
Regulating Transformers

Power transformers shall also comply with any additional requirements specified by the inverter
manufacturer, such as impedance values, special harmonic profiles, or load profiles.

Power transformers shall be of low-loss design, and the construction, performance and testing
of the power transformers shall be in accordance with IEC 60076. Power transformer efficiency
(load and no-load losses) shall be in accordance with the IEC 60076-20 with the energy
performance which shall comply in relation to the method adopted with level 2 performance
levels as minimum and shall be evaluated after manufacturing.

Power transformers shall be oil filled type and shall be constructed and designed to ensure the
Project’s Design Lifetime.

All oil cooled transformers shall also be completed with the following features as a minimum:

 De-energised no-load tap changer;

 Pressure relief device;
 Oil sampling facility;
 Oil level indicator;
 Drain and filter valve;
 Tank earth tag;
 Lifting lugs;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 110 of 277

 Rating and terminal marking plates;

 Jacking lugs;
 Vector Group to be suitably designed as per HV design specification, neutral treatment and
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and standards;
 Protection against overload, short-circuit up to inverter, internal failure, over-temperature,
overpressure;
 Suitable for the environment at the Project site;
 Reduced inrush current;
 Reduced annual kW Losses;
 Condition monitoring shall be provided (e.g., oil temperature, oil level, pressure, etc.); and
 All documentation, certificates and test protocols shall be provided.

The power transformer shall be fitted with the following, which provide an alarm to the SCADA
system and a trip to the protection system:

 Oil level indication and low-level alarm and trip;

 Gas alarm and trip;
 High oil temperature alarm and trip; and
 Pressure relief alarm and trip.

The above ‘trips’ shall provide a trip command to the switches on the HV and LV side of the
power transformer.

The above alarms and trips shall be grouped into ‘Power transformer general alarm’ and ‘Power
transformer general trip’ signals respectively and wired into and configured on the SCADA
system.

Vibration and noise levels of all transformers shall be in accordance with the best commercial
practice. Every care shall be taken to ensure that the design and manufacture of all
transformers with their accessories shall be such to reduce noise and vibration to acceptable
level and to comply with special requirements on safety and reliability.

Where the bottom plate of the transformer tank will be in direct contact with the surface of the
foundation, anti-vibration pads shall be provided for insertion between the transformer and its
foundation.

The power transformer manufacturing facilities should be certified according to the following
standards:

 ISO 9001;
 ISO 45001; and
 ISO 14001.

2.9.8 Switchgear
All switchboards shall be of the industrial, extensible, metal clad, withdrawable, cubicle type
arranged as freestanding units with minimum ingress protection of at least IP54 and constructed
and tested in accordance with the appropriate standards. The switchgears shall be equipped
with suitable anti-condensation heaters and shall be designed for bottom entry cables.

Switchgear busbars, circuit breakers, cable compartments and LV compartments shall all be
contained in separate compartments and barriers shall be provided between the compartments
to prevent the spread of ionized gases.

Busbars shall be manufactured from electrolytic copper and shall be capable of carrying full
current continuously along the entire length of the busbar without exceeding maximum

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 111 of 277

allowable standard temperatures. Busbars, busbar connections and insulation materials shall be
capable of withstanding without damage the thermal and dynamic effects of short-circuit fault
current according to the outcomes of the studies conducted in Section 2.9.1, equivalent to the
short time rating of the associated switchgear. Facilities shall be provided to accommodate
thermal expansion of the busbars and associated components.

The MV switchboards shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of IEC
60298, IEC 60694, IEC 60270, and IEC 62271 and shall be of the type metal enclosed/metal-
clad indoor switchgear.

All MV switchgear shall be designed for a nominal voltage according to IEC 60038 and IEC
62271, to be internal arc certified IAC with A-FRL according to IEC 62271-200 and to withstand
a short-circuit current of minimum 10% higher than required by calculations for a duration of
three (3) seconds. A type test certificate compliant with the IEC standard shall be supplied for
the unit(s) offered.

The LV switchgears shall be designed for a nominal voltage of 400/230 V (according to IEC
60038) and to withstand a short-circuit current of minimum 10% higher than required by
calculations for a duration of one (1) second.

All associated Current Transformers (“CT”), Voltage Transformers (“VT”), protection relays and
other equipment shall also be supplied by the Contractor.

The circuit breaker shall be of the fault making, fault breaking and load breaking type rated for
the associated system maximum fault current and capable of carrying the maximum continuous
load current.

The MV switchboard/HV switchgear shall be complete with all necessary accessories including
DC tripping batteries and charger capable of maintaining supplies for at least twenty-four (24)
hours without main power. MV switchgears shall consisting of a solid-state automatic float
charger complete with metering, protection circuits and testing facility housed in an upright floor
standing cubicle panel. The cubicle panel shall consist of two compartments, one to house the
charger unit and the other to house the charging battery.

For each transformer station, all RMUs, or equivalent circuit breakers, shall be appropriately
rated and will ensure that a failed power transformer can be safely bypassed while keeping the
rest of the radial/ring circuit connected. RMUs or equivalent circuit breakers shall not be close
coupled to the power transformers, to facilitate power transformer removal. The RMUs shall
provide fully rated earthing facilities for the ring circuits and power transformer feeder circuit.
The transformer feeder on each RMU or equivalent circuit breaker shall be fitted with an
electronic protection relay providing time delayed and instantaneous over-current and earth fault
protection, or alternatively a suitably sized fuse. A single fuse operation in a fused switch shall
trip all three phases simultaneously. The proposed protection device shall also protect the LV
cables between the power transformer and the distribution panel.

2.9.9 Protective Relaying

The Contractor shall design and provide a protective relaying system complying with the
relevant technical and safety standards and in accordance with best engineering, industry
practice, and NGCP’s requirements.

This protection system shall cover all equipment and systems including but not limited to 380V
to 1,000V cabling (subject to LV circuit breaker capability as provided by the inverter), power
transformers, MV system including switchgear and cabling, all auxiliary systems, DC systems,
Uninterrupted Power Supply (“UPS”) systems and building services.

The Contractor shall supply the switchgear relay settings to the Owner.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 112 of 277

2.9.10 Electrical system control, indications and alarms

Control and alarm facilities for the Project electrical AC and DC systems shall be provided. The
equipment supplied shall be suitable for use in tropical areas and functional properly for site
conditions (i.e., altitude within 1000m above sea level, in the temperature range between 25-
70ºC and humidity of 95%). The equipment supplied shall have a track record of installation and
operation under such conditions.

AC electrical systems shall be monitored and controlled from the control room including for all
power transformers and MV switchgear via the plant SCADA system.

Trips and alarms shall be provided to indicate and announce all system warnings and faults at
the control room via the plant SCADA system.

The switchgear shall include all related circuit prominent coloured high-power LED type status
and alarm lamps. The associated protection relays shall also include LED status/alarm
indicators or flags.

2.9.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”) systems

UPS shall be provided for essential AC supplies, such as SCADA and communication system,
security system, inverters, and supplies necessary for the safe shutdown of the plant and shall
be normally energised from the 400-690V system. Use of a UPS as backup power source for
LVRT events is not allowed.

The monitoring and control system power supply shall be specifically fed from redundant UPS
system with back up battery banks designed to maintain power supplies to the control systems
for a minimum 12 hours following the loss of its feeder supplies.

A separate UPS system for emergency lighting shall be provided as necessary. For the
avoidance of doubt, the emergency lighting system shall not be powered by the battery system.

UPS system shall follow the of the latest edition of IEC 62619 and/or UL 1973 or any similar
standards for other technologies than Li-ion cells. Any other standard compliance of the battery
cells or battery system shall be indicated. All certificates and tests completion results have to be
provided.

2.9.12 LV & MV (AC) cabling

2.9.12.1 LV cabling
LV cabling shall be type RV-K with XLPE (Cross Linked Polyethylene). Those cables shall be
suited for outdoor installation, humid area and floating conditions (with risks of exposure to
water, dynamic forces and harsh environmental exposure) and, where necessary, for protection
against UV radiation. LV AC Cables shall comply with the following minimum criteria:

 Conductor material: Copper (high conductivity electrolytic grade) or aluminium.

 Dual insulated (two layers of insulation).
 Insulation material: XLPE.
 Design and testing in compliance with IEC 60502-1 and IEC 60502-2.
 The AC cable shall satisfy the following standards:
- EN 50618 – Electric cables for Photovoltaic systems.
- IEC 60332 – Flame retardant test.
- IEC 61034 – Measurement of smoke density of cables.
- IEC 60754 – Test on gases evolved during combustion of materials from cables.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 113 of 277

- IEC 60287-3 – Electric cables – Calculation of the current rating.

The Contractor shall also take into consideration the following criteria:

 AC Cables shall be capable to withstand all electric loads without overheating;

 All cables shall be capable to withstand all electric through faults without insulation and
screen damages;
 LV cables shall be installed in one single continues length i.e., in-line joints shall not be
permitted; and
 Cable must be suitable for the environmental conditions at the Project site, including UV
protection (provide certification from manufacturer).

2.9.12.2 MV cabling
MV cables shall comply with the following minimum criteria:

 MV cables shall be copper (high conductivity electrolytic grade) or aluminium and shall be
screened, stranded single-core. Three-core cables shall be designed with individually
screened cores;
 XLPE cables shall be used;
 MV cables shall comply with the corresponding codes and standards including IEC 60502-
2;
 MV cables shall be flame retardant as per IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3;
 MV cables shall withstand the expected maximum electrical voltages during the lifetime of
the Project;
 All MV cables shall be permanent marked and properly identified;
 Colour code shall be according to the local practice and regulation where applicable; and
 AC cables shall be designed with a maximum operation temperature of:
- ≥ 90 ºC under normal operation
- ≥ 250 ºC under short circuit circumstances (five second maximum).
 The MV cable shall be suitably sized to minimise electrical losses from power transformers
to the HV substation; and
 In case of direct buried cable installation in underground, the power cables shall be
armoured.
Instrument and data cables shall have conductors and insulation appropriate for their
duty/location.

MV cable screen shall be connected in both sides. In case only one side is grounded it should
be justifying that dangerous voltages appear in the non-grounded side (50V).

Cable jointing limited per circuit, and these shall be reviewed by the Owner, as well as the joint
specifications. Joints must be executed by trained personnel certified by joint manufacturer.
Topographical marking documentation of the position of MV joints to be provided in as-built
documents.

Suitable de-rating factors for current capacity of the cables shall be applied according to the
applicable standards to prevent over heating under design conditions. MV and LV cables shall
be sized based on current ampacity, voltage drop and let through passing energy.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 114 of 277

Following installation all cut ends of cables shall be immediately sealed by the manufacture’s
recommended procedure, and the cable ends arranged to ensure no moisture entry. Each cable
end shall be clearly and unambiguously marked.

All power cables shall be suitable for service at maximum design load and minimum voltage
conditions for the site conditions and shall be capable of sustaining maximum through fault
current without damage for the short time rating of the associated switchgear. Power cables with
fuse/MCCB/MCB protection shall be capable of sustaining maximum prospective fault let-
through current/time.

In all areas hot dip galvanized trays/racks or conduits shall be used and where any damage
occurs, they shall be further protected with additional anticorrosion painting (such as cold
galvanizing paint). No plastic, PVC or similar trays and conduits shall be used. Trays/racks
installed outdoors shall be provided with covers for protection of the cables against sun
radiation.

All cable racking/trays shall be bonded to each other as well as to the plant earthing system.
The cables trays shall be designed to allow for 20% spare space for future cables and shall
have no more than 2 layers of cables in each cable tray.

Bottom entry power, C&I cabling shall be used for switchgear and C&I equipment. Cable access
to enclosures shall be by compression type cable glands. Glands shall be of non-magnetic
metal construction. Gland plates shall be of metal and shall be designed with sufficient inherent
rigidity and strength to ensure no distortion with cables installed.

Cables and cable trays shall be clearly identified at both ends with a robust and weatherproof
cable identification tag that carries the cable/tray number per the agreed identification system.
Numbers shall be unique across the Project and follow the KKS system. Cable rating shall be
considered as per the relevant IEC standards.

Electrical cables installation underground and/or in adequately meshed sized cable trays/cable
ladders/welded wire mesh shall be designed to prevent faunal harm on cables and maintain the
Design Lifetime.

Cable tray fixation shall be in accordance with Good Industrial Practice, such as earthing,
protection from the cutting angle of the structures, protection from UV, durable, regular fixation
to prevent sagging, anchoring of the cable tray support to both cable tray and ground, such that
the installation maintains the full performance of the electrical system.

2.9.12.3 MV overhead line

In the case the distance from LV/MV Stations or Power transformers to MV collection system is
considerably extended, overhead lines may be considered, subject to approval by the Owner.
This design shall minimize losses and shading impact on PV plant generation. The selection
and arrangement of conductors and electric poles should align with the approved site layout,
considering all site and environmental conditions. The MV overhead line system must comply
with local laws, regulations, and international standards. The work will consist of:

 34.5kV overhead line with Overhead Ground Wire (“OHGW”) for lightning protection from
the riser pole where the section with the overhead line starts to the HV substations
 The transmission line shall be designed to ensure statutory clearances are achieved;
 The transmission line shall be designed in accordance with the weather cases, loading and
strength requirements of overhead lines;
 The overhead line shall be suitably insulated to provide the required electrical performance.
The design of insulator sets shall take into account the principles contained in IEC 60815 for
the specified pollution category, meeting the minimum creepage distance required;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 115 of 277

 The transmission line shall be suitable arranged to achieve the communications

requirements and the required insulation coordination, lightning protection, and earthing
performance;
 Road, rail, and water corridor crossings, as required, shall comply with the relevant local
regulations where required;
 Design, supply, and erection of the MV overhead line system shall comply with the latest
revision of the relevant IEC Standard, best engineering practice, local regulations where
applicable;

2.9.13 Earthing system design, bonding and lightning protection

The earthing and lightning systems shall be designed according to IEEE 80, IEC 50522, IEC
6036, IEC 62305 and IEC 61936-1, and IEEE 665. All earthing connections will be secure and
provided with bolt, nut and stop washer for a reliable and durable connection. Also, anti-
corrosion coating will be applied where applicable, particular attention shall be paid to the
following:

 Lightning Ground Potential Rise (“GPR”) in the context of wire-line technology;

 Lighting ground potential difference;
 Step and touch voltages;
 Electro-magnetic zoning;
 Soil resistivity variation across the site;
 Earth electrode resistance - resistance is a low frequency parameter whilst the assessment
and analysis called for lightning with higher frequencies involved;
 Earth electrodes for large surface area (example PV field);
 LEMP (All electromagnetic effects of lightning current via resistive, inductive and capacitive
coupling, which create surges and electromagnetic fields); and
 It will not be possible to use the module steel piles as underground earthing electrodes.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply, installation and testing of a single
earth grid/mat for the whole Project which will act as an earth grid/mat for all the Project
equipment including LV equipment, Inverter Station, MV equipment, HV equipment, buildings
and structures. The earth grid/mat shall consist of bare copper (The Contractor can propose
other suitable materials with relevant studies and supporting documentation for the Owner´s
approval) cable all along the LV and MV electrical cable trenches and along additional
dedicated earth trenches in the solar field and the perimeter fence if required to achieve the
necessary lightning protection and as per the earthing study. The final specification of the buried
copper earth electrode shall be according to IEC/TS 60479, IEC 50522/IEEE 80 and recognised
Good Industrial Practice and the System Operator’s approved design requirements. The
earthing system shall achieve safe step and touch potentials according to the applicable
international standard.

Earthing system and equipotential bonding for PV system shall be designed and installed in
accordant with Section 7.4.2 of IEC 62548, with PID prevention based on PV module
recommendations, and upon the local regulation where required.

Each inverter shall have a perimeter earthing grid constructed with bare copper cable and
copper earthing rods, as required by the earthing study. The short time current withstand rating
of the total earthing installation shall be at least equal to the system designed fault current and
backup protection time. The loop impedance of the earthing system shall be such as to ensure
that all protective devices operate within the short time rating of the system and such that

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 116 of 277

prospective values of step and touch potential do not approach unsafe values. All underground
joints shall be cad welded type.

All electrical equipment, metallic frames and supports, structural steel and in general all major
metallic structures, fences, cable trays/racks shall be connected to the earthing system.
Transformers and switchboards or assemblies containing switchgear equipment shall be
provided with two or more earth terminals and each shall be connected to the secondary
earthing system.

The copper strip sized to withstand the maximum system earth current for one second and to
provide suitable mechanical rigidity shall be used. Earthing cable sizes shall be designed
according to the respective standards.

The Contractor shall also provide a lightning protection system for the PV plant which shall
comply with IEC 62305 including the risk assessment and EM zoning as per the standard (EM
Zones: IEC 61000-2-5, IEC 61000-4-5 and IEC 61000-4-9). Each lightning protection system
shall be bonded to the main Project earthing system. The Contractor shall ensure that
equipment used in the different zones will be suitably rated for these EM zones.

2.9.14 Auxiliary power supplies

The auxiliary power supplies for the Project shall be suitably provided and the design and
installation on the electrical system and facilities shall be according to the local regulations and
requirements, where applicable.

The auxiliary power supplies for the PV and BESS, MV collection system, and associated
system for required for operation and maintenance shall be drawn from MV switchgears at the
HV substations or MV stations depending on the location of the auxiliary loads. The contractor
shall suitably and efficiently design, supply and install the auxiliary systems for all activities
required in PV and BESS area during O&M period. All auxiliary systems which are required to
be supplied by HV substations, the Contractor shall notify the details of the auxiliary load
including incoming cable and protection system required to the Owner for coordination with the
other contractors for preparing the source of power. The design of auxiliary system shall be
submitted to the Owner for review and approval.

The Contractor shall include the power supplies to all electrical, communications, SCADA, IT
and other equipment cabinets and enclosures for the system provided which will be installed in
the substation building and service building for BESS and each block. All cabinets and
enclosures shall be designed for bottom entry of cables. The control room and workstation and
the floor within it shall be designed to facilitate this cable arrangement.

2.9.14.1 Auxiliary transformers

The auxiliary transformers shall be designed with the whole Project running at full load. If they
are indoor type, they shall be flame retardant dry cast resin transformers. Furthermore, they
shall be located adjacent to the associated switchboards in a suitable safety enclosure,
connected by busbars or by cable connection to the associated switchboard.

Connections to the transformer bushings shall be by flexible copper connections. It shall be

possible to remove these flexible connections to permit testing of the cables and transformer
separately.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 117 of 277

2.10 Control, instrumentation, and communication requirements

2.10.1 Project monitoring and control system design philosophy

The control, monitoring, protection and information management functions for all project PV
plants and BESS plants shall be carried out from the centralised plant SCADA system
implemented for this project.

The SCADA system including control cabinets and workstations of the Project shall be installed
in the control room/building within the Project site.

The SCADA system shall communicated in a master slave arrangement with the Centralised
Monitoring and Prediction Centre, that is expected to communicate with the entire Project
meaning all the PV blocks and BESS to be supervised by the Project Master SCADA. A
dedicated field communication panel with redundant network switches and network control unit
shall be provided for each PV block and BESS block for data exchange with Project Master
SCADA.

The design for the monitoring and control system shall comply with the following general
guidelines as a minimum:

● Enable the safe and efficient operation of the Project including PV blocks, BESS block and
plant auxiliaries, such as fire detection system, water supply system, etc;
● Allow the communication with the field measuring elements, inverters, combiner boxes,
protection systems, meteorological stations, field testing equipment, metering, and
substations.
● Interfacing and integration with Power Plant Controller (“PPC”), BESS PCS, BMS, BESS
SCADA and EMS system for coordinated control and monitoring of whole hybrid PV and
BESS plants.
● Interfacing with PV plant satellite substation’s control and protection system;
● Allow remote access and shall interface and be compatible with the System Operator in
order to keep the Project within the grid constraints;
● Interfacing with Meralco and WESM trading market operator and in according to Grid Code.
● Interface with HV substation SCADA system; the device and scope of work required for
interface and integration work between PV SCADA, and HV Substation SCADA system,
including such as RTU, network switches, communication cable and cabling work, shall be
included in the scope of supply and work. The type of interface, link and communication
protocol and signals shall subject to approval from NGCP;
● Generate a complete summary of the plant status, in order to allow the System Operator to
monitor and manage power generation, to take corrective actions and to perform
maintenance and self-diagnosis actions;
● The SCADA system shall consist of redundant servers which host the software applications
and data storage devices. It has computers which is composed of dual monitors, keyboard
and mouse allowing operational staff access and it has routers allowing remote accessing
via web;
● Large display screens shall be provided and furnished for plant SCADA system and located
in the central control room/building;
● The communication with the measuring devices, inverters, weather stations and other control
devices shall be performed using MODBUS TCP, RTU, or Wi-Fi interface. In case required,
other communication protocols (i.e., DNP3.0, IEC61850-7-420 and IEC 60870-5-101/104)
shall be implemented in the monitoring system by means of either a hardware solution
(gateway) or a software driver;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 118 of 277

● The design of the monitoring system shall be based on nodes of distributed periphery,
whose nodes are the Inverter Stations in each PV plants and PCS/BMSs in BESS plant. The
communication inside these areas shall be performed using UTP 6 cable or RS-485 cables
(to be verified and informed by lightning risk and zoning assessment);
● The communication between nodes, field communication panels and SCADA system shall
be performed using redundant multimode/single mode fibre optic;
● Fiber optic cables shall be used for connection between main electrical station and inverters,
between inverters, and between monitored equipment;
● The operational electricity meters class shall be in accordance with the local regulation and
have the accuracy class of 0.2s;
● Collect and store the following data required to verify the Project’s performance and energy
output including but not limited to:
– Current, voltage, instantaneous DC power, and DC energy at string level;
– Current, voltage, instantaneous AC power, AC energy, frequency at each inverter;
– Electricity meter readings and energy generated by the PV plant;
– MV switchgear power and energy;
– Auxiliary energy;
– MPPT parameters, voltage and frequency set point, active and reactive power, power
factor;
– Status and alarms of each inverter;
– Measured meteorological parameters recorded by the sensors (temperature, irradiation,
humidity, wind speed, wind direction);
– Instantaneous Performance Ratio (“PR”) with historical 3 days, weekly, monthly PR
performance;
– Trends at per second or minute granule of selected parameter (system voltage, energy
dispatch, system frequency, feeder parameters, inverter parameters);
– To display all operational activity from inverter to high voltage equipment (opening of
breaker, relay alarm indication, etc.);
– To provide alarm when a string is performing less compared to adjacent strings;
– All alarms related to Project switchgear and transformers; and
– Control, monitoring, operation, and performance data from BESS BMSI, PCS, EMS and
SCADA system.
● All Control and Instrumentation equipment shall have enclosure classification not less than
IP54 according to IEC 60529 when mounted in an enclosed building and IP65 for mounting
outdoors. Control cubicles installed in air-conditioned rooms shall be at least IP42.
In addition to above, the design of control and monitoring system shall also comply with
requirements defined in the design basis report.

2.10.2 Hardware

2.10.2.1 Control room/ building.

The rack mounted monitoring and control system including servers, the long-term data storage
(RAID), PLC, UPS and the Power Plant Controller for PV plants shall be installed in control
room/building of the Project.
The control console of plant SCADA system shall include tables and chairs, operator
workstations, screens, printers, and any panels required for control, operation and protection
purposes.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 119 of 277

The number of workstations proposed for this project should be of sufficient numbers allowing
control and monitoring all PV and BESS plants at the same time. The SCADA servers,
controllers, UPS and etc for BESS control and monitoring from BESS OEM shall be installed in
local control room of BESS site. However, in addition to the local workstations, there shall also
be BESS SCADA workstations provided and installed in the central control room/building for
remote control and monitoring purpose.
The BESS SCADA shall also interface with the PV plant SCADA system for centralised
supervisory control and monitoring of the whole project from the SCADA workstations.
The control system server, communicate interface, and UPS power supply shall be redundant.
Any hardware element that in case of failure can make unavailable the control and data
acquisition systems shall be redundant.
The communication with solar field circuits and third-party control and monitoring equipment
shall be performed by an industrial manageable switch with enough fibre optic and Ethernet
ports with a minimum of 20% spare ports allowed for future utilisation.

The redundancy and spare policies specified above are also applicable to the BESS control and
monitoring system.

Network shall be arranged on the base of one or more managed closed fibre rings/loops. The
fibre loop shall start from the respective Project control room/ building to the first LV/MV power
station, then to the next LV/MV power station, and from the last LV/MV power station the fibre
shall return directly to the Project control room/ building. These loops are made of multimode or
single mode optical fiber depending on the segment length.

In each network, separate fibre cables, instead of separate pair cores of the same fibre optic
(“FO”) cable, shall be used to create the redundant loops for each PV Project. The network shall
be of Gigabit speed in order to allow all monitoring, control and security flows to coexist without
network congestion.

2.10.2.2 Inverter stations

Within these areas, there shall be installed a monitoring cabinet that shall host power sources,
electrical protections, communication equipment, gateways, routers, fibre optic patch panels
and pigtails and other auxiliary devices when needed.

The monitoring cabinet shall be metallic and IP66 if installed outside.

The monitoring cabinet shall be equipped with at least the following equipment, if applicable:

● One Industrial Manageable Ethernet switch;

● One fiber optic patch panel for connecting and pigtail;
● One RTU/TCP gateway in case needed;
● One Programmable Logic Controller (“PLC”) for data gathering and control functions with
CPU and memory loading in no case greater 60% of its capacity; and
● One power supply.
From this cabin, the following elements shall be monitored:

● Inverters;
● Meteorological station, when applicable;
● Soiling stations;
● Combiner boxes;
● Transformers and its auxiliary equipment;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 120 of 277

● MV line status; and

● MV switchgear status.

2.10.2.3 Wiring
● Cable for RS-485 shall be 24 AWG 7-strand tinned copper; 2 twisted pairs; overall foil and
tinned copper braid shielding; chrome grey PVC jacket. AWM Style 2919; EIA-485; CM/CL2;
Ethernet cable shall be Cat 6 category;
● All cables/wires to be used outdoors shall be suitably rated against UV, be anti-hydroscopic
and be mechanically protected, e.g., cable conduit, against vermin/rats. Armoured cable
shall be used for direct buried application or where the mechanical protection is not
available;
● FO cable must be of loose tube construction;
● Optical Fibre cables are buried in trenches inside a subduct, pulling chambers shall be
ideally located to allow the installation of the fiber by blowing or pulling;
● The subduct joins must be 100% waterproof, adapted for burial installation in high
groundwater areas;
● Any manufacturer specification on the cable datasheet in relation with the implementation,
such as the minimal radius of curvature, the tensile strength, or the temperature condition,
etc. should be adhered to; and
● Each installed cable should be marked in a visible way at both ends.

2.10.2.4 Shielding and grounding system

Grounding, shielding and treatment of the common reference shall form a uniform system for
the whole control and instrumentation systems and DC supply throughout the Project.

To avoid double earthing of cable shields by earth fault or by erroneous connection, a

systematic shielding network with easy checking possibility shall be realised with only one side
of the cable earthed. Applicable standards shall be considered.

The grounding of all cable shields shall be done systematically in the relevant terminals on an
isolated bar with detachable connections. All isolated shielding bars of the individual cubicles
shall be connected to a central earthing bar situated in the Project’s control room/ building easily
accessible for maintenance.

2.10.3 SCADA software

2.10.3.1 General description

The SCADA shall consist of a set of software applications to collect raw data from all equipment
placed in the PV and BESS plants,

The system shall have a web-based interface that allows the user to operate the system,
monitoring and controlling it with requisite authority levels for ‘viewers’, ‘administrators’ and
‘operator’ roles.

The information shall be shown using graphs, tables, tree-schemes and drawings, and also data
may be exported as text or .xls files in case further analysis is needed.

The database shall be organised in tables; the most important table is the production table
(including energy, power, performance, time of operation, and availability of such as inverter unit
and battery power conversion unit) and the events table (equipment status, diagnosis and
alarms).

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 121 of 277

SCADA shall allow for future expansion and upgrade when clustered monitoring of new addition
of Inverter Station is needed.

The SCADA vendor and system provided shall have proven application reference of similar
projects.

The SCADA shall also allow performing personalised queries.

2.10.3.2 Software architecture

The SCADA shall allow communicating field equipment, such as, inverters, meteorological
stations, transformers and combiner boxes, with the supervisory equipment in the Project’s
control room/ building, and further, with soft clients via web server.

2.10.3.3 Design criteria

The system shall be developed using the following criteria:

● Availability: the system shall be designed to ensure the higher availability;

● Safe storage of data, avoiding data losses: data shall be stored either locally and externally,
performing periodically backups with the external hard drives or cloud server;
● Remote access via web and IP access;
● Scalability: the system shall be designed to permit the horizontal scalability and the vertical
scalability. The horizontal scalability means that the expansion of the power plant can be
absorbed without major changes in the architecture. The vertical scalability means that the
system can include more functionality without major changes;
● Modularity: the system shall be designed in independent modules, allowing the evolving
maintenance and upgrading;
● Simplicity: the system shall be designed in the simplest way that matches with this MFS;
● Redundancy: The Project SCADA, communication network and field control system shall be
equipped with redundant configuration in order to achieve the highest possible availability;
● Open data exchange: data exchange interface must make it possible for the Owner’s
centralised control and monitoring system to exchange data with the plant SCADA system
for both real time and historical data;
● The Project SCADA and field control system shall allow for start-up and shut down the plant
with automatically when initiated by operator or existence of abnormal operation conditions
requiring emergency shutdown for protection;
● The Project field control system shall be designed to ensure normal operation even in the
event of loss of software communication link. Alarm shall be raised in SCADA system for
failure of communication link of designated equipment or node allowing operator to identify
the location of failure;
● The Project must adhere to the Philippine Grid Code, dispatch requirements of the System
Operator, and maximise compliance with any dispatch requirements by the System
Operator;
● The Contractor shall ensure that the SCADA has an operational life span of Design Lifetime
of the Project from the Date of Final Completion, which involves being capable of adapting to
software updates;
● PPC functions shall be provided and integrated with the SCADA. The controller of PPC and
interface to SCADA shall be redundant;
● The EMS functions shall be provided and integrated with the PV plant SCADA and BESS
SCADA system.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 122 of 277

● A sufficient number of user licenses shall be provided to the Owner, with Owner’s credentials
that shall be make possible to restrict subsequent user-access to rational levels so as to
protect the integrity of the system and prevent unwanted, unwarranted and/or unsafe Project
configuration changes; and
● The SCADA system vendors for both PV and BESS plants must be able to offer a technical
support for the operational life of the system.

2.10.3.4 Internet connection

A suitable and secured internet connection and office LAN network in the Control and O&M
Building shall be provided by the Contractor such that the O&M operation of the facility can be
effectively remotely and such that all data (including surveillance imagery) can be accessed and
interrogated remotely.

The SCADA systems shall be connected to the internet which enable the Owner’s remote office
or control centre, WESM Market operator or third-party data analytics service provider access
with plant operation data via suitable protocol subject to approval from the Owner or provision of
OPC server by Contractor.

The Contractor shall provide every device necessary in compliance with relevant national and
international standards for cyber security requirement to avoid unauthorised access to the SCADA
from the internet, including Demilitarised Zone (“DMZ”), firewall, Intrusion Detection System
(“IDS”), Intrusion Prevention System (“IPS”), etc.

The SCADA shall be compatible with modern communication technologies for access to internet.

2.10.3.5 PV SCADA functions

Main SCADA functions shall include but not limited to the following:

● Control of every local electrical equipment;

● Power Plant Control;
● Ancillary services and Automatic Generation Control (“AGC”) (if required);
● HMI interface;
● Central historical logging;
● Open Data Exchange (including full remote access);
● Interface with BESS control and monitoring system as well as EMS for whole PV and BESS
plant coordination control.
● Interface with HV substation for control and protection and System Operator system for
remote monitoring and load dispatch;
● The local data acquisition to control system (SCADA) uses standard and open protocols:
Modbus, DNP3, IEC61850, IEC101/104, and OPC;
● The SCADA system must provide open port, e.g., Modbus TCP/IP, for collecting site data
from third party data-loggers;
● Includes all the licenses required to operate the system for the duration of the 25 years
lifetime;
● Easy WEB access to the entire SCADA system from any PC, Mac, smartphone or tablet;
● Safe connection at least via https;
● EN 61724-1 (latest edition) compliant (Photovoltaic system performance - Part 1:
Monitoring);
● Utility integration: the system acquires and makes available the data required by the local
utility (i.e., System Operator) and is compliant to the local grid interconnection requirements;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 123 of 277

● Assets Management systems integration (cloud platforms): the system can exchange data
virtually and on any cloud platform, Owner’s Central office system or control centre without
extra costs;
● Situational awareness: the system provides an easy overview of the main KPIs and the
status of all the elements of the plant;
● Automatic report generation: the system generates automatic production reports avoiding
repetitive tasks;
● VNC viewer screens;
● Remote desktop control software as Teamviewer/Anydesk installed on a local computer;
● Dedicated software accessible from the WAN; and
● Dedicated VPN.

2.10.3.6 Commands requirements

The SCADA system shall allow central and remote, automatic and manual control.

To ensure safe working conditions in the Project, it must be possible to set, by a selector in the
SCADA HMI, the equipment in 'service mode' in case of maintenance activities in the PV and
BESS plants, and in the electrical substations. This action shall disable the remote controlling of
the electrical equipment in the PV+BESS plant.

Remote control function shall be protected by a password in the central monitoring system.

It shall allow for automatic start-up of the PV and BESS plant after a grid failure.

Every command shall be tested during the implementation and the commissioning of the
SCADA system.

The following commands requirements shall be checked and respected by the system:

● It must not be possible to exceed min/ max limits when entering new parameters.
● When commanding, interlocking (local/remote switch) functions must be respected.
● When the power plant controller is in local mode, remote commands must be rejected.
● The following commands and set points must be available for the entire Project:
– Commands and set points according to the Grid Code.
● Commands and set points according to the Grid Code.
● The following commands and set points must be available for the Plant controller:
– Set points for active power, reactive power, power factor, voltage, frequency and ramp
control.
– Open/Close circuit-breakers and disconnectors of the electrical substation.
● All commands and set points require confirmation from the operator (both remote and local)
before activation.
● The SCADA shall provide at least the following control capabilities:
– Enable/disable inverter or PCS operation of any individual unit or of all units;
– Set inverter real power limit;
– Set plant active / reactive power control;
– Set plant power factor;
– Set plant ramp control;
– Set plant frequency control;
– Set plant voltage control;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 124 of 277

– Emergency disconnection;
– Ancillary services; and
– Automatic Generation Control.

2.10.3.7 PV monitoring system

Data acquisition
The system shall acquire data from:

● Meteorological stations;
● Soiling station (if applicable);
● Inverters;
● Combiner boxes;
● Transformers;
● MV switchgears;
● Emergency Diesel Generator;
● Electricity meters and accredited meters;
● Contacts from auxiliary equipment and BESS;
● PV blocks’ substation; and
● Project protection and control system
The data acquisition from BESS system should be accordance to BESS OEM’s standard and
recommendation subject to Owner’s approval. Further detail in Appendix F on the specifications
for SCADA minimum monitored signals.

SCADA shall be able to periodically send these files to an external system in such as Owner’s
remote office, control centra or Market Operator via VPN link of Internet connection. In case of
hyper vision, the period of sending can be once a day.

At least one FTP server for Owner services (external system);

An e-mail address with standardised subject and content and an attached file; and
SFTP server.

Calculated points
The system shall allow to generate calculated data points that show new values based on the
values of any monitored or calculated data points. Calculated data points shall be available for
alarming and trending.

Real-time supervision
The system shall allow the user to monitor and supervise the equipment of the plant by the
means of diagrams or graphs in real time.

Alarms shall arise when they happen in order to allow corrective actions.

The system should include tools to allow for queries and to generate reports that help the
Operator to evaluate the performance of the plant.

The system shall also manage all the alarms generated by field equipment, sort them by
sequence of events with a time stamp, alarm severity and show them to the Operator.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 125 of 277

The CPU and memory loading of the system shall be in no case greater than 60% of its
capacity.

The card slots in the cabinets shall be in accordance with the total number of I/O signal
required, plus 20% of the installed spare signals accommodated for each type, plus 15% of the
slots for additional cards.

Historians
The system shall allow data storing by means of the long-term data servers via RAID station
installed in the monitoring and control system server rack. The servers shall be capable of
storing and reporting data points at intervals of 1 minute for a period of no less than 24 months.
The historian system shall be flexible in data retrieval and capable of the following mode:
instantaneous, minimum, maximum, average, with flexible data granularity capture (Per min, 5
min, 15 min, 1 hour, 1day).

SCADA HMI
The SCADA shall have at least the following views and screens:

● Overviews based on the PV and BESS plant layout;

● Single line diagrams;
● Device detail: the Operator shall be able to access every device (inverter, PCS and BMS of
BESS, weather station, etc.) on a separate screen. Every device’s screen shall show alarms,
operating parameters, control functions, status, etc.;
● Inverter summary: it shall include operating status, operating parameters, power factor,
alarms, alerts, AC voltage and current, DC voltage and current, etc.;
● Communication status: it shall indicate the communication status of every device;
● Alarms: it shall provide alarm list showing status, acknowledgment;
● Performance: it shall show the available solar resource, project output and comparison of
actual to expected output. The performance screens shall allow viewing single day, past
week, past month, month to date, past 24 months and year to date performance summaries;
● Trending: the user shall be able to configure and graph all monitored data over relevant time
frames at a minimum of 5 second interval. The SCADA system shall allow users to save
trend screens for future re-use;
● Alarm configuration: the Operator shall be able to set thresholds for alarming on any
monitored data point, alarm level and notification options; and
● System view: only accessible with administrator role shall allow programming or any other
system modification.

Security
The system shall be protected from undesired and malicious accesses by means of firewall,
antivirus and a complete role management. Remote control function shall be protected by a
hard key or dongle in the plant SCADA.

Adequate interlocks shall be provided to prevent unsafe operation of plant while personnel are
working on the equipment.

Parameterisation and configuration modification can only be done by authorised users,

accessing using password.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 126 of 277

Cybersecurity
Proposed SCADA shall have considerations in respect the cybersecurity of the Project.

The SCADA shall implement a robust measure to protect against potential cyber-attacks with an
auditable and continuous monitoring functionality of the improvement of the cybersecurity
posture and an integration of cybersecurity as a continuous process not just as a one-time
project. The SCADA shall include:

- Capability to measure the strength of defences and recovery plans.

- Identification and closure of gaps in cybersecurity defences.
- Facilitation of clear communication between operations, and senior leadership.
- Provision of necessary clarity to stakeholders for assessing threats and making informed
decisions.
- Real-time monitoring and control of safety level of the solar power generation, transmission,
and distribution.
- Scalability to accommodate future expansions of the solar power plant.
- Redundancy and failover mechanisms to ensure continuous operation.
- Compatibility with industry-standard communication protocols such as DNP3 and Modbus.
- User-friendly interface for operators to easily monitor and manage the solar power plant's
operations.
- Data logging and reporting capabilities for compliance and performance analysis.

2.10.3.8 Reports
The SCADA system shall record and report all necessary operational details obtained and
process data into information for the warranty agreements.

The software provided shall be capable of undertaking the warranty calculations and providing
daily/monthly/yearly operations and management reports to an agreed format.

The SCADA shall be capable of producing reports for evaluation of availability and analysis of
Performance Ratio. It shall be capable of supporting data as required for operation and
maintenance reporting. Performance Ratio shall be created for any user selectable date range,
irradiance range and active power range. Availability calculation shall be done accordingly to
the contractual formula defined in the Contract. Additionally, calculations shall be made on
definitions that are generic, transparent, unambiguous and based on realistic measurements. All
records of inverters in the historical data shall be recorded and assigned to the required
categories as defined in the Contract. The availability shall be calculated over any time period.

The SCADA HMI interface must provide a tool for generating Performance Ratio for the
inverters of the PV plant, the utility usage/availability, charge/discharge rates and optimal
demand of BESS plant, and other key performance data of the overall PV and BESS plants.

Summary analysis reports for daily/monthly/yearly or other defined time periods shall be
automatically produced to an agreed format. They should be produced on demand or
automatically at set times. They should provide extensive analysis and viewing functions for
statistical and event data.

2.10.3.9 Documentation
The SCADA shall be supplied with comprehensive, complete and up-to-date documentation
relevant to all the hardware and software supplied (documents in PDF format and in modifiable
format, including all documentations, drawings, SCADA programs, and software (if any and
applicable) described in this document).

This shall include minimum:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 127 of 277

● A comprehensive user manual explaining the operation and use of all hardware functions
(installation, operation and maintenance manual);
● A complete electrical wiring diagram showing connections to the controller and the
communications links;
● System architecture layout, detailing the port used in each device, colour topology according
to the protocol of each network communication, types of protocols used, IP address of the
machines, type of connector in the end of the connections and model of each;
● Functional drawing for every panel;
● Location of all the accessories;
● Data sheet of each equipment and devices;
● Function diagram of control system.
● Lists of signals including alarm and setting point for each communication channel (variables
of the Project and of electrical substation, list of signals available for the control centre of the
Owner); and
● Quality control, installation and commissioning documentation including detailed test
procedures.
Manuals regarding the maintenance of equipment shall be supplied in English and whenever
available by suppliers, in local language.

2.10.3.10 Contractor main point of contact

The Contractor must designate a contact person for the Owner who shall take into account for
every request about the SCADA system and be person in charge for every security event
relevant to the Owner as well.

2.10.3.11 Incident handling

The Contractor must implement an incident handling policy to determine:

● What actions to take when an incident is detected;

● Whom to alert;
● Who should coordinate crisis management actions; and
● What initial steps should be taken.
The Contractor must also complete post-incident analysis to determine the source of the
incident and whether it spread and to improve industrial system cybersecurity.

2.10.3.12 Hardening workstations

SCADA workstations must be hardened to reduce the scope for attack:

● Unnecessary or unused physical ports (hardware) (debugging interfaces, USB ports,

Ethernet interfaces, etc.) are deactivated;
● Unnecessary or unused services, functionality and software (Telnet, FTP, service discovery,
network services, development tools, etc.) must be deactivated and, if possible, uninstalled;
● All access must be protected by, at a minimum, a hardened password (as applicable) and
must be restricted to the authorised persons;
● Anti-virus software must be installed; frequent updates must be done without direct access to
internet. Centralised monitoring and logging are required;
● The security flaws which are discovered, and available security corrections must be provided
to the Owner through the dedicated contact person; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 128 of 277

● The services and applications must be executed with the minimum necessary privileges (for
example, not under an administrator account).
The Contractor must create whitelists of authorised applications to prevent the use of
unauthorised software. If not, it must specify what other steps it shall take to detect unauthorised
software use.

2.10.3.13 Data backup

Full data back-up facilities shall be provided based on Network Attached Storage (“NCS”) devices.
To eliminate the impact of a physical incident (theft, fire, etc.), the backup system shall also be
able to be stored off-site, for example, but is not limited to, via cloud system if the internet
connection is enough powerful to support it.

As a basis, SCADA shall be compliant with RAID configuration and include hot swap for disks
and power supply. In case of fault of a disk, the SCADA system shall warn the Owner staff, via a
remote alert and presenting an alarm on HMI.

An automatic backup system shall be provided with the SCADA system. Files and directories to
be saved shall be listed and documented. A clear separation between database and the
executable programs would be advantageous.

A procedure for a manual backup to modify the configuration of the backup shall be provided by
the Contractor to the Owner.

A recovery procedure shall be provided to fix the SCADA database in case of corruption.

The copies of backup must be retained at minimum for a period of 5 years.

2.10.3.14 Monitoring and control system external interfaces

The monitoring and control system shall allow the interfaces with the third parties as necessary
via redundant links, some third-party systems are envisaged as listed below, however, it is
Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the interfaces satisfy with specific requirements for this
project and in accordance with NPCG requirements for the Project:

● Interface to the satellite substations’ control and monitoring systems, if applicable;

● Interface with EMS;
● Interface between PV SCADA and BESS SCADA/BMS system;
● Interface with HV substation SCADA system;
● Interface with System Operator’s control system as per NGCP requirements;
● Interfacing with Meralco and WESM trading market operator and in according to Grid Code;
● Interface with plant electrical systems;
● Interface with the electricity metering system;
● Interface with the meteorological station;
● Interface with package system such as HVAC and black start facility, if applicable;
● Interface Project office LAN system and other control and surveillance systems (such as fire
detection system and security system), which shall be able to be accessed, viewed and
operated remotely via IP access; and
● Interface with the Owner’s remote-control centre or other third parties via secured internet
connection.
The system shall be secured, such that security breaches of the Project monitoring and control
system do not influence the System Operator system.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 129 of 277

2.10.4 Power supply

The monitoring and control system power supply shall be fed by redundant UPS system backed
up with DC battery which is designed to maintain power supplies to the control systems for a
minimum 12 hours following the loss of its feeder supplies.

UPS system shall follow the latest edition of IEC 62619 / UNE-EN 62619 and/or UL 1973 or any
similar standards for other technologies than Li-ion cells. Any other standard compliance of the
battery cells or battery system shall be indicated. All certificates and tests completion results
have to be provided.

A particular attention shall be given to the thermal management of the battery enclosure. The
Contractor shall provide all technical notes justifying its design choices, and notably the sizing of
the cooling units.

The design must include prudent provisions for technology improvement. Battery modules shall
allow for upgrade or replacement with higher performance cells to the extent practical. Where
such changes are made to a battery module, all modules in that battery string must also be
upgraded before the upgraded modules are placed into service.

2.10.5 Meteorological Station

The Contractor shall design, supply, install and commission complete meteorological stations
for the Project. The number and location of meteorological stations for overall PV plants shall be
proposed based on general layout arrangement of the PV plant and shall be compliance with
the minimum requirement defined in latest IEC 61724-1 standard and shall not less than 3 for
each PV block. The meteorological station shall be located near the PV module arrays,
distributed across the PV plant boundaries. Its specification, installation and operation and
maintenance shall comply the manufacturer’s guidelines and that set forth in World
Meteorological Organisation (WMO) best practices.

The minimum equipment specification for the meteorological station is shown below:

Minimum technical requirements of the meteorological station

Irradiance Sensors

Quantity As per Class A under IEC 61724-1 with additional consideration of the number of
array orientation.
Type Spectrally flat Class A conforming to international standards ISO 9060 and IEC
61724-1 (latest edition).
Accuracy ± 2°%
Location The horizontal pyranometers shall be installed in a flat horizontal surface.
The plane of the array pyranometers shall be installed in the plane of the array
with the same tilt and azimuth as the PV modules and shall be adequately
located across the site to provide an average measured irradiance that is
representative for the site.

Temperature Sensors

Type PT100/1000 with minimum IP54 protection class.

Implementation of the module temperature sensor following the IEC 61724-1
(Annex B).
Quantity As per IEC 61724-1 with additional consideration of the number of array
orientation for module temperature sensor.
Range -40 to +100°C
Accuracy ±0.3°C

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 130 of 277

Location Module temperature sensor shall be adequately bonded to the module and in the
middle of a cell at the centre of the module as per IEC 61724-1, and the ambient
temperature sensor shall be installed out of the shade, in direct sunlight.

Anemometer

Operational temperature -40 to 80°C

Speed range 0 to 67m/s
Accuracy Threshold 0.45m/s for speeds under 9m/s; or 5% of reading for speeds above 9m/s
Location at the height of the top row of modules
Relative Humidity
Range 0 to 100% RH
Overall accuracy ±2%
Response time 20 s (T90) or less
Wind Speed and direction
Range 0 to 70 m/s
Overall accuracy <1 m/s
Operating range -20 to +70°C
Direction 0 to 360°
Overall accuracy ±5°
Operating range -20 to +70°C
Soiling sensor
Technology As per IEC 61724-1

The meteorological station must be powered by UPS with at least 12 hours of uninterrupted
power supply capacity. The status of the UPS devices (like batteries level, UPS temperature
etc) must be monitored at all times by the monitoring system and alarms must be triggered in
case of values exceeding specific ranges.

Further meteorological stations requirements are as follows:

● The design of the meteorological stations shall be such that 100% of all maintenance work
can be accomplished while the equipment remains in operation;
● The measurement equipment shall be provided with the necessary protection against
ambient condition. However, it must be easily accessible for maintenance and inspection
purposes;
● The stations shall be connected to the plant monitoring and control system; and
● Location of the stations should be so that it is not shaded. The final location of the
meteorological stations shall be reviewed by the Owner.
All instruments and equipment shall be supplied with calibration certificates not older than six
months. All sensors shall be calibrated and recalibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendation or IEC 61724-1. The Contractor shall be responsible for all the calibration
processes and costs according to manufacturer requirement up to the date of issuance of the
calibration certificate.

The pyranometers shall be placed where no shadows are received at any time. In case this is
not possible mounting them within the mounting structures, an independent installation shall be
required following same inclinations than PV arrays. In any case the position of the
pyranometers must be agreed with the Owner before fixing their position.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 131 of 277

2.10.6 Hybrid control system

2.10.6.1 General
The Hybrid Control System shall provide reliable control and monitoring of all power plant’s
components, i.e., PV and BESS plants and allow for a stable operation of the power generation
via the coordination and integration of the PV SCADA, Power Plant Controller, BESS SCADA,
BMS and EMS system. The hybrid Control system shall permanently monitor the status of the
loads from each PV and BESS plant and adjust the power output of the PV+BESS plant
respectively according to load dispatch demand. The plant operator shall have the possibility to
activate various functions for a stable and reliable system operation such as optimisation of the
PV generation and scheduling charge/discharge of the BESS system. In addition, it shall allow
remote monitoring of all relevant measurements, process data and the current system status via
a web-based user interface.

The Contractor must provide all hardware and software to meet the Project’s needs, including
effective control of the complete hybrid system, metering, monitoring and control, including
control, display and system log supervision functions. Furthermore, the hybrid control system
design must ensure the compliance of Grid code requirement.

2.10.6.2 Power plant controller module

The design and specifications of the equipment shall conform to National standards and
relevant international standards.

The PPC module shall be of redundant configuration and off-the-shelf product previously tested
and validated, without any needs for additional project-specific engineering or testing. The PPC
shall enable the grid code compliant feed-in from PV system and meeting the grid connection
requirement.

The PV Power Plant Controller Module shall offer at least following main functionalities:

● Multisite management and distributed application.

● Plant control: Ensure connection to the different equipment within the plant.
● Provide wide range of active power, reactive power as well as voltage control and
guarantees grid stability.

2.10.6.3 Energy Management System (“EMS”)

The EMS handles the controls and coordination of BESS charge/discharge and of PV
generation activity.

The EMS shall typically comply with the following requirements:

● The EMS shall have the required communication interfaces, hardware and software to
exchange information with the Inverters, PCS, BMS, BESS SCADA and PV plant SCADA.
● The EMS shall have the capability to accurately provide control and dispatch signals,
supported by the ability for intelligent power dispatch purposes, where required for the BESS
and PV generation.
● The EMS shall have the intelligent decision-making systems to comply with the system
operation requirements and optimise the system performance in terms of cost reductions,
and efficiency improvements, as required by the BESS and PV generation.
● A proven and established combined instrumentation and control system shall be provided for
the EMS.
● The EMS shall be compatible with the local electric utility company’s existing system.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 132 of 277

● The EMS shall comply with all cyber security requirements of the relevant parties such as
local authorities.
● The EMS shall be scalable and upgradable to be capable for future system upgrade, e.g.,
when cluster monitoring is needed.

2.10.6.4 Hybrid operation management system

The hybrid operation management system shall be able to optimally operate the different
components of the hybrid PV and BESS plants with the objective to minimise operational costs.
The hybrid operation management system shall be in accordance with Grid Code of this project
and be able to:

● Conduct monitoring and operational evaluation and maintenance for hybrid system (PV
Power Plant and BESS operation);
● Report operational conditions of the hybrid system (PV Power Plant and BESS operation);
● Ensure the safety of hybrid system operational (PV Power Plant and BESS operation);
● Liaise with NGCP regarding PV Power Plant and BESS condition and readiness.

2.10.7 Station clock

A GPS synchronised station master clock system shall be provided completely with all
necessary hardware, software and firmware to achieve an integrated plant-wide system capable
of communicating with and synchronising the monitoring and control system. The station master
clock system shall be provided with all necessary interfaces for synchronising the plant SCADA,
BESS SCADA and other control and monitoring systems.

2.10.8 Security system

The Contractor shall provide an integrated and complete operational security system for the
Project. The security system must cover entire fence perimeter and buildings of all PV and
BESS plants of the Project and has at least the following components:

● HD CCTV camera and system;

● Access control with automatic gate/door;
● Anti-intrusion detection system;
● Perimeter Lighting;
● Recording system; and
● Auxiliary systems.
Intruder detection and surveillance equipment suitable for day and night, including thermal IR
cameras, shall be provided for the site to deter unauthorised access to the site while permitting
ease of access to authorised staff and visitors. All security measures shall be fully integrated to
initiate incident response by the security personnel and to allow continuous operator
surveillance. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the security systems comply
with local regulations.

The access control system shall be provided for plant gate, building and dedicated rooms. The
access security system shall be fully automatic and shall provide for secure access to the
specified locations including time attendance record.

The surveillance system shall cover the points of entry to of the Project and the following critical
areas as a minimum:

● Site entrance gates;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 133 of 277

● Satellite substation buildings, HV Substation building, MV stations, control room/building,

O&M building, spare parts storage areas and other buildings, if applicable for the project;
● Security fence;
● HD CCTV cameras and thermal IR cameras covering the whole fence perimeter of all PV
and BESS plants;
● PTZ cameras shall be place at the key areas of the project, such as main access gate,
building and MV stations. Final location shall be subject to Owner’s review and approval; and
● CCTV shall consider providing an overall view of the solar field and BESS site in order to
detect a potential fire event during day operation.
CCTV / thermal IR cameras shall be suitably weatherproofed and include remote control
facilities. All security equipment, e.g., Camera and Powered Over Ethernet (POE), installed
outdoor must be IP67 rated as minimum requirement. Purpose-built poles must be provided to
achieve suitable viewing positions for the cameras, where necessary. The cameras shall be with
video analytics, with suitable lens focal length and minimum resolution in order to ensure
effective detection of movements of people and vehicles for the entire designed field of
coverage of the Project area. In case of infra-red cameras, they shall be equipped with infrared
lights able to illuminate the entire designed field of coverage.

The following system design requirements shall be met:

● Night vision capability;

● Pan, tilt and zoom capability;
● Secure power supply;
● Provision of sufficient cameras;
● Image recording and playback system;
● Powered Over Ethernet (“POE”); and
● Remote control or central control of all images, either during normal operation or during
emergency situations to clarify security conflicts. This includes the control room/building, the
gate house and third parties alarm monitoring station.
The signal from the individual cameras must be connected to a Digital Video Recorder (“DVR”).
The DVR is installed in the O&M control room / building.
All CCTV outputs must be displayed on a video wall in the security room / O&M control room /
building with control of the PTZ cameras. All CCTV outputs must all be accessible through a
web interface.
CCTV analytics must be integrated with the Intruder Detection system.
A recorder video sever with RAID disk of sufficient data storage capacity shall be provided to
store the video streams from all cameras for at least 30 days.
LED floodlights under the Owner’s approval can be installed around the perimeter of each
Project. These lights will only energise when an alarm occurs on the IDS or CCTV Analytics
systems.
These lights must be placed around the plant’s plot and must overlap in lighting coverage from
one floodlight to the next. The intensity of the floodlights shall be sufficient to allow security
guards to mobilise and investigate the alarms. The floodlights may require sunshades for
protection from the intense sunlight.
All the areas and buildings of the Project shall be secured by the security system in compliance
with Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 134 of 277

2.10.9 Telecommunications
The Contractor shall provide a dedicated telecom system for voice, data, LAN, and
communication with the System Operator. The Contractor shall provide a hotline facility for the
Project. Integration of the telecommunication with the grid shall be carried out in consultation
with the System Operator.

A telephone system connected to the public telephone network shall be provided by the
Contractor.

2.10.10 Cyber Security

The plant control systems are critical for plant safety and operation. If degraded or
sabotaged, they shall put people, environment and assets at risk. The requirements to
security are therefore high.

To ensure availability, confidentiality and integrity, at least the following points shall be
taken into account:
● Be designed with security measures, segregation and availability to reflect the plant
requirements;
● Have measures to protect itself from unauthorised access from external systems including
the corporate office data network;
● Have measures that enable secure remote operation according to process requirements;
● Have measures for disaster recovery;
● Operate safely also if communication to external systems fails; and
● Be documented and maintained in a manner that reflects the requirements of the connected
systems.
The measures shall be based on applicable national requirements on cyber security if they are
available, and international standards like ISO 27000 series (especially ISO 27001), and IEC
62443.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 135 of 277

3 Project management requirement

3.1 Project administration

3.1.1 Introduction
The Contractor shall be responsible for the management of the Projects, the coordination,
interface management with any third parties (if applicable), scheduling, supervision, and
execution of the Works, either directly by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, in accordance
with the terms of the Contract.

The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Owner immediately as they occur, any
important issue impacting HSE, schedule or equipment integrity, along with the proposed
corrective actions.

3.1.2 The role of the Owner

The Owner will set up a management team to review, monitor and audit the Contractor's
activities. Access to site, the Contractor's works and premises (and those of his Subcontractors
and suppliers), shall be granted at any reasonable time for the purpose of auditing and
monitoring the quality and progress of the Works.

The Owner shall have the opportunity to review, audit, and comment on all Contractor’s
Documents including but not limited to design documents, equipment specifications, quality
documents, and construction documents in accordance with the agreed Master Deliverable List
(“MDL”) and contractual review timelines. Any review and comment by the Owner do not relieve
the Contractor of their design responsibilities under the EPC Contract. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any discrepancies, errors, or omissions in the documents, whether such
documents have been reviewed by the Owner or not.

The Contractor shall make allowance in its price and program for the Owner’s review process as
well as the revisions of the documents that may be needed as a result of the Owner’s review
and plan for any additional documents it may need to produce during the course of the Works in
addition to those included in the MDL and which the Owner may require for approval, review,
audit, or comment.

3.1.3 Contractor’s Documents

The Contractor’s Documents shall comprise, but not be limited, to the following documents:

 Weekly key performance indicators for parameters listed in Section 3.3.5. in the format and
submission means as required by the Owner (which may be in excel format, through a
shared SharePoint list or similar) shall be submitted on a weekly basis, or more frequently.
 GIS site layout outlining each distinct areas of the project, adequately georeferenced, in
shapefile format.
 Weekly/Monthly progress reports as per Section 3.3.5;
 Project program as per Section 3.3;
 Health, Safety, and Environmental (“HSE”) file as per section HSE file (to be submitted
within 14 days from Notice to Proceed (“NTP”) and in any case prior to any site
mobilisation);
 Project plans (noting that the Contractor can propose some of the plans to be combined as
long as they are all developed for the Projects):

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 136 of 277

- Project execution plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP);

- Document and communication management plan (to be submitted within 14 days from
NTP);
- Equipment identification plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP);
- Program management plan (to be submitted within 21 days from NTP);
- Mobilisation and training plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP and in any case
prior to any site mobilisation);
- Quality management plan (to be submitted within 21 days from NTP);
- Risk management plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP);
- Engineering and design management plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP);
- Procurement and subcontracting management plan (to be submitted within 21 days
from NTP);
- Logistics management plan (to be submitted within 21 days from NTP);
- Construction management plan (to be submitted within 14 days from NTP); and
- Testing and commissioning plan (to be provided at least 4 months prior to the
commencement of commissioning activities).
 Contractor organisation chart including CVs for key positions;
 Permit register;
 Suppliers list;
 Engineering documentation:
- Technical specifications;
- Datasheets;
- Contractor’s sites studies;
- Layouts;
- Single Line Diagrams (“SLDs”);
- Cable calculation;
- Foundation calculation;
- General design criteria, standards and design basis (civil, electrical and C&I);
- Equipment lists;
- Control philosophy;
- Earthing and bonding studies;
- Fire detection and protection design;
- Building design and drawings;
- Fence design and drawings;
- Drainage design and drawings;
- Access roads design and drawings;
- Internal road design and drawings;
- Trenches layout;
- Cable schedules; and
- Any other engineering documents, lists, calculations, and drawings (civil, electrical and
C&I).
 Construction documents:
- Method statements for all the construction activities;
- Inspection Test Plan (“ITP”) for all construction activities;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 137 of 277

- Test results; and

- Site delivery documentation.
 Commissioning documents:
- Testing and commissioning plan;
- Transfer of Package (“TOP”) documents for all systems; and
- Test results.
 Spare parts lists;
 Special tools lists;
 Training manuals;
 As-built drawings;
 Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”) manuals; and
 Any other documents requested in this Owner Requirement.

3.1.4 Meeting and coordination

 The Contractor shall make provision for the following meetings, from the EPC Contract
signing to the Date of Final Completion:

 Kick-off meeting to be held shortly after the EPC Contract sign and preferably prior to the
NTP. The Contractor shall take detailed meeting minutes and submit to the Owner within
one week after the meeting;
 Risk assessment workshop prior to commencement of the construction works for the
Contractor to present the risk management plan and to discuss initial risk register and to
allow the Owner to comment and note additional potential risks for Contractor’s
consideration;
 Site kick-off meeting to be held shortly upon the site mobilisation. The Project and
Construction Site Managers of each of the EPC Contractor and Owner’s Representative
shall attend a site kick-off meeting to agree on the site safety requirements, safety and
emergency response procedures, contractor interfaces and communication, scheduling for
site Plan of the Day (“POD” – held each workday morning) and End of the Day (“EOD” –
held each workday evening) meetings, site level communications plan, delivery and
offloading schedules at the laydown yard, overview of construction plan, general site and
office layout plans, etc. The Contractor shall take detailed meeting minutes and submit to
the Owner within one week after the meeting;
 Weekly design review meetings between the Owner or its representative and the Contractor
to discuss technical and design aspects either prior to or after the Contractor’s submission
of the relevant design documents. The Contractor shall develop, maintain, and share the
document with the Owner to track the key discussions and outcomes of the design review
meetings;
 Monthly progress and management meetings to discuss and clarify the EPC Contractor’s
monthly project report, overall schedule performance, open quality issues, and any open
commercial claims. It is expected that these meetings are chaired by the Owner or its
representatives and that an agenda is circulated by the Owner prior to the meeting. The
Contractor shall take detailed minutes of meeting and submit them to the Owner within one
week after the meeting;
 Weekly site construction meetings covering construction progress, schedule updates,
construction and commissioning activities, planning, quality, Health and Safety, site
deliveries, and any other relevant aspects for the execution of the Works. It is expected that
these meetings are chaired by the Contractor. The Contractor shall take simplified

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 138 of 277

minutes/actions of the meeting and submit to the Owner within two days after the meeting.
Additionally, any outstanding claims from the EPC Contract must be communicated to the
Owner’s Representative at this meeting in order to assess cost and risk mitigation steps
possible;
 POD and EOD meetings shall be held at the construction site at the beginning and end of
each working day, respectively. The meeting shall cover HSE, plan for the current and
following day of construction activities to ensure the Contractor schedule alignment;
 Solar installation kick-off meeting, the Project and Construction Managers of each of the
EPC Contractor and Owner’s Representative shall attend this meeting to align working
interfaces for PV panel installation, electrical terminations, energisation plan, commissioning
plan, traffic control, vehicle right of way, communication, etc. The meeting shall also include
an overview of the commissioning and take-over process to ensure all relevant parties are
fully prepared to support the process without delay;
 Weekly Site Safety Inspections, on a weekly basis, the Construction Managers of the EPC
Contractor, the Owner’s Representative, and Subcontractors shall attend site safety
inspections with the HSE Managers of the EPC Contractor and Subcontractors. HSE best
practices and current Site HSE issues which are related to the construction activities
(including POD and EOD meetings) shall be covered;
 Quality kick-off meeting, the Construction Managers of each of the EPC Contractor,
Owner’s Representative and Subcontractors shall meet with the supervisors together with
field engineers to review civil and electrical CTQs (elements which are “Critical to Quality”)
on solar farm construction at the start of each construction scope item. This meeting shall
also cover QA/QC procedures, review of contractor method statements, QC inspection
checklists and quality inspection expectations. Followings are the examples of the work
which should be included:
- Foundations for civil structures;
- Inverter station;
- Cable laying and connections; and
- Equipment installation.
 Solar quality kick-off meeting, the Construction Managers of each of the EPC Contractor,
Owner’s Representative and relevant Subcontractors shall meet to align on the solar
installation CTQs, QA and QC inspection expectations, review QC checklists and quality
inspection expectations at the start of construction for each new scope item. Followings are
the examples of the work which should be included:
- Panels;
- Inverters; and
- Electrical terminations.
The purpose of this meeting is for all solar installation team members to have common
understanding on the installation process, quality expectations and quality inspection
process.
 Solar installation manual review meeting, following the solar quality kick-off meeting, each
EPC Contractor Construction Managers, Owner’s Representative, and relevant
Subcontractors shall attend the meeting to review the solar installation manual with the
solar installation team. This meeting shall allow the installation team to clarify any open
issues/questions about the installation process and documentation and resolve potential
gaps in the installation manual to ensure common understanding of the installation process;
and
 Reference PV Table inspection meeting, the first PV table (Reference PV Table) shall have
a 100% inspection of mechanical and electrical installation to align on minimum quality

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 139 of 277

expectations for solar panels installed from all parties (i.e., solar supplier, installation
contractors, and quality inspectors). After the minimum quality expectations of this
Reference PV Table have been established, CTQ items shall be documented as minimum
quality guidelines for the remainder of the solar installation.
The Contractor shall present at all meetings and ensure adequate facilities are ready when held
on-site or at Contractor’s premises. Additional meetings may be held (at no extra cost) as
required by Owner as and when necessary to address specific technical, operational, HSE and
commercial aspects.

3.1.5 Contractor's Project management

The Contractor shall execute the Works in accordance with its Project execution plan, any other
project procedures, project organisation and Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, subject to
on-going review and agreement by the Owner.

The Contractor shall appoint a dedicated Project Manager and Site/Construction Manager to
manage the overall execution of the Works and be the key point of contact with the Owner.

The Contractor shall appoint a dedicated Contract Manager to support the Project Manager in
the management of the EPC Contract and the suppliers and Subcontractors contracts.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the overall management of the Works during
construction phase until the Date of final completion, and during O&M phase under the
provision of the EPC and O&M Contract. These services include but are not limited to:

 Management and supervision of the Contractor’s staffs and its Subcontractors;

 The provision of suitable and adequate security for the site for the duration of the
construction period and until the permanent security system is fully operational;
 Connection to and provision of construction power, water, fire protection, lighting,
compressed air, telephone, broadband internet (including wireless routers in office facilities)
and sanitary facilities;
 Construction of all necessary access roads and roads on site and reinstatement of
 existing roads after the construction, if required;
 Provision of all required tools, components, machinery, and test equipment;
 The positioning of PV component parts such that they can be operated and maintained in
an appropriate manner, wherever possible without requiring specialist third party equipment
to access. For example, inverters should be placed in an easily accessible area;
 Procurement, including expediting and QA/QC, for all components, materials and services
procurement, and erection of components and facilities for a complete and ready for
operation facility;
 The supply and transportation of all components as defined under the Contract and this
MFS to the installation location;
 Transportation, handling, and installation methodology of all components which is in line
with manufacturers’ recommendations and which does not compromise the warranties of
any piece of the components;
 Setting up of equipment and materials receiving area, handling, laydown areas and storage
(indoor and outdoor as required). For avoidance of doubt, if EPC Contractor would require
additional land for laydown area, all costs shall be borne by the EPC Contractor. All permits
for the necessary laydown shall be the responsibility of the EPC Contractor;
 The construction and foundation of all supporting or mounting structures as necessary.
 The assembly and installation of the components;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 140 of 277

 For all inspections where the results are to be submitted to the Owner, the Contractor shall
use digital forms as made available by the Owner. The content of the inspection forms is to
be agreed with the Owner prior to commencement of the works. The Contractor shall utilise
the digital forms mandated by the Owner, available on iOS and android apps store, which
shall be provided free of charge to the Contractor;
 The installation of an approved energy meter and associated modem conforming to the
 Philippine Grid Code;
 The construction of the Works according to the Applicable Laws and Regulations at the
 time of construction; and
 The design of the plant to meet all system operator’s requirements as set out in the
Philippine Grid Code, PSA, NGCP and other applicable codes and regulations.

3.2 Project mobilisation

Unless otherwise agreed with the Owner, within 30 days of the receipt of the Advance Payment,
the Contractor shall mobilise to site and establish the temporary facilities and other associated
infrastructure and utilities in coordination with the Owner. The Contractor shall provide a full-
time, on-site Project Management team to coordinate construction activities and communicate
with the Owner and Owner’s Representative. The Owner shall be entitled to request the
Contractor to replace any of the Contractor’s personnel who are deemed by the Owner to be
unqualified to perform their duty on-site, and the Contractor shall in 7 days make a replacement
with a qualified person after receipt of such request from the Owner.

The Contractor shall not change or demobilise any Project Management team member unless
approved in writing by the Owner.

The Contractor shall provide and employ a sufficient number of personnel, fully skilled,
competent and experienced in their respective fields to properly perform the Works in
accordance with all requirements under the Contract.

3.2.1 Site preparation

The Contractor shall have fully surveyed the site and the site data prior to carrying out the
detailed design to ensure all site hazards have been identified and appropriate measures are in
place to mitigate against any associated risk. Environmentally and culturally sensitive areas
shall be identified and protected during construction, in compliance with relevant permits and
Applicable Laws.

Before undertaking any work, the Contractor shall remove waste material and garbage from the
site. The EPC Contractor shall also implement all the safety measures required before any
works, including fencing of the site and installing appropriate warning signs and by setting up an
adequate control at the entrance. Only authorised persons shall enter the site.

3.3 Project control, program and reporting

3.3.1 Master Program (“MP”)

As part of the Bidder Proposal submission, the Contractor is required to provide the Owner the
MP that later shall be included as a schedule of the EPC Contract. The MP should be
sufficiently detailed (Level – 3/4) to show:

 Tasks and durations;

 Restrictions & Contingency place of each task;
 Milestones and key dates;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 141 of 277

 Interdependencies between tasks;

 Parties responsible for tasks; and
 Project critical path.
 For a solar PV project, it is likely that the program should include different levels of detail
around, at least, each of the following main working areas, including:

 Design works;
 Procurement and manufacture of equipment;
 Site access;
 Security;
 Foundation construction;
 Mounting frame construction;
 Module installation;
 Substation construction;
 Electrical site works;
 Grid interconnection works; and
 Commissioning and testing.
As part of the detailed design phase, an executive summary or high-level program (Level 1 or
2), along with S-Curves, is to be produced outlining the timescales of all the tasks, including the
ordering any key deadlines.

The MP shall then be built up to detail with all the sub-tasks to be completed within the critical
timescale. A thorough program keeps aside time and resources for any contingency, allocating
allowances for eventualities like weather risk or permit restrictions for each task.

The Contractor shall identify the interdependencies between tasks that will allow the program to
clearly define the ordering of tasks. A project scheduling package indicates the start date of
dependent tasks and highlight the critical path.

The MP shall be broken down into major elements (Level – 3/4) showing key project milestones
(including those relating to the terms of payment), shall include the critical path and all activities
and floats (i.e., shall indicate the early and late finish project curves) and shall clearly show the
key dates relating to the following:

 Notice to Proceed;
 Site investigations, studies and assessments;
 Design activities as per MDL documents;
 Exchange of information with other parties concerning terminal points;
 Contractor mobilisation;
 Availability of temporary facilities;
 Availability of services (water, fuel and electricity);
 Procurement and manufacturing;
 Equipment delivery;
 Factory Acceptance Tests;
 Civil works activities:
- Site preparation;
- Earth movement;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 142 of 277

- Fence;
- PV system foundations;
- Inverter station foundations;
- Trenches;
- Roads;
- Buildings;
- Infanta facility substation;
- Transmission system; and
- Infanta 230kV grid substation.
 Electrical works;
 Equipment installation;
 Mechanical Completion;
 PV / HV cold commissioning and substation commissioning;
 Electromechanical completion;
 Provisional Certificate of Approval to Connect (s) (“PCATCs”) achievement;
 Energisation as Load (Backfeed Energisation);
 Hot testing and commissioning;
 Energisation as Generator (for test and commissioning Test and Commissioning (“T&C”));
 NGCP’s T&C, and grid compliance test;
 Energisation as Generator (for commercial purposes);
 Final Certificate of Approval to Connect (s) ("FCATCs”) achievement;
 Performance Tests of PV plant;
 Performance Tests of BESS plant;
 Date of Dependable Capacity Test;
 Date of tests on completion;
 Date of final completion; and
 Payment milestones.
The MP shall ensure all conditions and timeline for T&C as per requirements of Department
Circular No. DC2021-06-0013, and applicable ERC guidelines for issuance of the COC or any
equivalent documents.

3.3.2 Construction program

The Contractor shall, within 21 days from NTP, submit to the Owner for approval the detailed
Construction Program (level 4) that shall demonstrate all principal activities, milestones, and
dependencies in the form of a timescale Gantt Chart with weekly time increments. This bar chart
shall identify each stage of design, procurement, manufacture, dispatch, and delivery to site,
construction, assembly, erection, scheduled PCATCs achievement, testing and commissioning,
and scheduled FCATC achievement to be developed based on the MP included as a schedule
of the EPC Contract and keeping the same completion and key milestone dates.
The Contractor shall make submit the native file format (Primavera or Microsoft Project).

3.3.3 Revised program

The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a revised Construction Program that shall
consist of a Level 4 bar chart type schedule which accurately reflects the actual progress of the

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 143 of 277

Works, whenever the Construction Program or any subsequent revised program ceases to
reflect actual progress or is otherwise inconsistent with the Contractor’s obligations.
The Contractor shall make submit the native file format (Primavera or Microsoft Project).

3.3.4 Program control

The Contractor shall monitor and control the program by use of an integrated tiered planning
system whereby all activities can be uniquely identified and directly related to activities at all
other levels.

All program levels shall include the critical path and all activities and floats (i.e., shall indicate
the early and late finish project curves).

There shall be at least five (5) levels of planning, as detailed below:

 Level 1 – Overall program showing the contract milestones and containing all major key
dates and activities;
 Level 2 – Initial program containing all interface terminal points clearly identified as
individual activities, related to both documentation and physical tie-ins. A more detailed
network from which overall project reports are produced and on which risk analysis is
performed. It is anticipated that this Program will have been agreed at EPC Contract award
and will be incorporated into the Contract;
 Level 3 – The Contractor's detailed level of programming with a record for each activity.
Each major subcontractor is expected to maintain and update his own section and pass all
update information to the Contractor who shall update and maintain the overall program.
The Level 3 planning network shall be structured so that progress reporting and field
progress correspond directly with planning activities identified in the Program. The level of
detail and the work breakdown structure(s) shall be subjected to on-going review and
agreement by the Owner. The planning shall be resource loaded so that all key Contractor
and subcontractor activities can be monitored for resource adequacy and appropriate
levelling by discipline. This shall include construction progress by discipline;
 Level 4 – Contractor’s working program produced and maintained by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall also ensure that each main subcontractor provides a detailed network
program that relates to activities in the Level 3 network; and
 Level 5 – Contractor’s and subcontractor’s work definition and progress measurement level,
document issue schedule (engineering) and work item database (deliveries, construction
through to commissioning).
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a program management plan describing
the process to measure progress of the Works, the weighting factors for the various activities
that comprise the program and the frequency for measuring progress.

S-curves for the actual progress of the Works during the Projects execution, against the Master
Program and a revised Construction Program (that approved by the Owner’s Representative)
shall be prepared and regularly updated by the Contractor to demonstrate how the actual
progress of the Works against the plans.

The Contractor shall follow the program management plan during the execution of the Works.

The Contractor is expected to measure the progress at least on a weekly basis, in preparation
for the sites weekly meeting.

It is the obligation of the Contractor to also provide a catch-up plan to recover the delayed
activities where required, to avoid falling further behind the key milestone dates as agreed in the

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 144 of 277

MP. The catch-up plan includes an updated, revised, and/or amended Construction Program
pursuant to which the Contractor shall complete construction of the Projects.

3.3.5 Key performance indicators

Prior to commencement of the works, the scope and breakdown of parameters to report by the
Contractor shall be agreed with the Owner.

The Contractor shall submit on a weekly basis (or more frequently as agreed with the Owner)
key progress performance indicator specific to each area of the Project as pre-agreed with the
Owner). The submission shall contain sufficiently itemised for each area and in a pre-agreed
format, but not be limited to:

 Land preparation;
 Piling;
 PV Module installation;
 Inverters Installation;
 Batteries installation;
 Interconnection of electrical works;
 Testing and Commissioning; and
 Etc.

The Owner intends for the data to be provided by the Contractor to be utilised within the
Owner’s digital platform and the format and structure of the data therefore needs to be agreed in
advance, and not to change without adequate coordination with the Owner.

3.3.6 Progress reporting

The Contractor shall submit detailed weekly and monthly progress reports for each calendar
week and month up to the agreed measurement cut-off date (last Friday of the week, and last
day of the month unless otherwise agreed). The weekly/monthly report shall contain, but not be
limited to:

 Executive summary;
 Overall progress;
 Engineering:
- Progress;
- MDL status summary;
- Activities on the critical path;
- Late or delayed activities and expediting measures proposed to bring late activities back
on schedule;
- Activities performed in the past week/month;
- Activities planned for the next week/month; and
- Areas of concern.
 Procurement:
- Progress;
- Procurement status (plan against actual progress) including separate tables for suppliers
and Subcontractors as per Table 3.1 and Table 3.2;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 145 of 277

Table 3.1: Table template for procurement status for suppliers

Delivery Date Delivery to
Purchase Manufacturing FAT Ex Works Delivery to
Equipment Supplier Status from port of port of
Order date progress Date Date site
origin Manila

Table 3.2: Table template for procurement status for Subcontractors

Services Subcontractor Status Contract start date

- Activities on the critical path;

- Late or delayed activities and expediting measures proposed to bring late activities back
on schedule;
- Activities performed in the past week/month;
- Activities planned for the next week/month; and
- Areas of concern.
 Construction and installation:
- Progress;
- Construction status summary including Table 3.3 below

Table 3.3: Table template for construction status summary

Total Quantity Quantity
Task Progress (%)
(Ha, m or #)) completed

- Activities on the critical path;

- Late or delayed activities and expediting measures proposed to bring late activities back
on schedule;
- Activities performed in the past week/month;
- Activities planned for the next week/month; and
- Areas of concern.
 Commissioning and Testing:
- Progress;
- Commissioning status summary;
- Activities on the critical patch;
- Late or delayed activities and expediting measures proposed to bring late activities back
on schedule;
- Activities performed in the past week/month;
- Activities planned for the next week/month; and
- Areas of concern.
 Quality and Non-Conformity Report (“NCR”) status;
 Payment milestones and payment progress;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 146 of 277

 Personnel:
- Site staffing;
- Changes to key personnel; and
- Hours worked (including Subcontractors) in the month and cumulative.
 Contractual matters
- Claims;
- Change Orders;
 Health and Safety;
 Environmental including incidents, interventions, utility consumption, and waste
management;
 Risk register summary;
 Annexes
- Photos;
- Updated MDL;
- Updated Program including native file (Primavera or Microsoft Project);
- Progress S-curves including planned and actual progress status;
- Updated Risk register; and
- Project machinery list.

3.3.7 Project risk register

The Contractor shall develop and maintain a Project risk register through the execution of the
Works, covering all risks to the Projects, such as but not limited to, quality, schedule, cost,
social, environmental, and financial. The initial risk register shall be provided to the Owner no
later than 2 weeks after the risk assessment workshop.

3.4 Project execution plan

The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for review a comprehensive Project execution plan,
describing the Contractor’s project management organisation, management procedures for the
various phases of the Works, coordination and communication with the Owner, and
management of battery limits. An overview of the assessment of risks identified on the supply
and construction works and activities, both related to imported equipment (offshore) and
domestic works (onshore), and the development of control measures to mitigate the risks shall
be provided. The Project execution plan shall cover at least the items below either as part of the
document or referring to other Project plans:

 Project description;
 Project objectives;
 Contractor’s project management organisation including Subcontractors;
 Reporting obligations;
 Procurement methodology;
 Equipment codification;
 Major equipment and component transportation strategy and plan, with proposed
transportation equipment and vehicles suitable for the Sites;
 Details of, including technical specifications, drawings, capabilities and descriptions of the
equipment spreads (including spares) that the Contractor proposes to utilise and employ for
the Projects;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 147 of 277

 Construction management;
 Value improvement practices;
 Scope of services;
 Time management;
 Project responsibilities;
 Cost management;
 Quality management;
 Project risk management, major expected risks and issues; plus, the associated mitigation
measures;
 Contracting plan;
 Planning and work control;
 Project communication;
 HSE procedures;
 Project document requirements;
 Document and naming convention;
 Interface (battery limit) management;
 Stakeholder management;
 The Contractor’s approach to interface and communications management, including the
Contractor’s key interfaces with authorities, anticipated communications lines, methods of
management, weekly or monthly meetings, etc.; and
 Other topics needed to describe the project management and co-ordination.
The Contractor shall submit the Project execution plan within the Bidder Proposal.

3.5 Project documentation requirements

3.5.1 Document language

All Contractor’s Documents shall be in well written English unless otherwise agreed with the
Owner. Should any documentation in the Owner sole discretion be deemed not to comply with
this requirement, the Owner shall have the right to request a translation of the document from a
professional translation service provider from the Contractor.

3.5.2 Document Management System (“DMS”)

The Contractor shall, for all Works to be performed under the Contract, use and maintain a
comprehensive computer-based Document Management System (“DMS”), at no cost for the
Owner to use, to control, issue, store, and manage reviews of all Contractor´s Documents
generated during all phases of the Works, following agreed naming procedures, and allowing
accessing current and past revisions of the documents.

The Contractor shall propose DMS software options for the Owner´s approval. The Contractor
shall provide the necessary training to the Owner in the use of the agreed DMS software. DMS
software currently in the market use could be Procore, Aconex, and the like.

The DMS shall have the following features:

 Documents and drawings can be viewed over the internet without requiring specialist
software;
 Possibility of visualising multiple formats;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 148 of 277

 Document Codification procedure;

 Communication matrix and rules for review process;
 Fully integrated with Windows software;
 Ability to send notification emails;
 Ability to categorise and file documents, including drawings;
 Ability to attach key words to documents for easier searching;
 Flexible search capability;
 Ability to make documents and categories with restricted access;
 Full audit trail on all documents and comments/communications;
 Revision control; and
 Ability and ease of downloading documents individually or in bulk.
The layout, format, and information on the Contractor’s drawings and reports shall be agreed
and reviewed upfront by the Owner.

3.5.3 File formats

All Contractor´s Documents shall be submitted in a latest version of Microsoft Office formats,
non-password protected and searchable. All documents and drawings shall be to ISO standard
sizing, and date and version verified.

The Owner may request the Contractor to submit some Contractor´s Documents in
native/editable format as follows:

 Text documents (MS Word 2013/2016) .docx format;

 Presentation (PowerPoint 2013/2016) .pptx format;
 Program (Microsoft Project 2013/2016) .mpp format;
 View formats (Adobe Acrobat) .pdf format;
 Drawings .dwg format;
 Photos .jpg format;
 Video .mpg (.avi) format;
 Sound .wav (.mp3) format; and
 Compressed files .zip format.

3.5.4 Document and communication management plan

The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a document and communication
management plan defining the document naming convention and communication procedure to
be used for the Projects.

3.5.5 Equipment codification system

The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval an equipment codification system based
on Kraftwerk Kennzeichnen System (“KKS”) identification system or similar.

3.5.6 Master Document List (“MDL”)

The Contractor shall submit an initial MDL for Owner’s review and approval before the signature
of the EPC Contract including all Contractor´s Documents and indicative submission timelines.
The Owner shall indicate those documents in the initial MDL that shall be submitted to the
Owner for review and those that shall be submitted for information.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 149 of 277

Within one month of signature of the EPC Contract, the Contractor shall submit the final MDL for
Owner’s review and approval, which shall be developed on the basis of the initial MDL included
in the EPC Contract. The Owner shall indicate those documents in the final MDL that shall be
submitted to the Owner for review and those that shall be submitted for information.

The MDL is expected to be a live document that keeps updated regularly by the Contractor and
that is included as an annex to the Contractor´s weekly/monthly progress reports.

The Owner reserves its right to request any and all document in the MDL for review.

3.5.7 Document review

The engineering to be developed must be defined in a list of Engineering Deliverables List
(“EDL”) as part of the MDL.

Documents must be grouped into engineering activities. These activities have an objective,
depending on the purpose for which they are developed, and therefore the content of each
document varies depends on the development of the project and the use of the document.

The project planning must be based on the development of complete activities, the MDL being
the detailed tool for monitoring and controlling the status of engineering.

The entire coordination of resources resides on the EPC Contractor which shall secured
sufficient technical supports in all areas of responsibilities, bringing the experience from
previous solar PV projects. The coordination of resources will be managed by the EPC
Contractor.

3.5.8 Engineering stages

The engineering stages is defined as three stages, which are Conceptual Engineering, Basic
Engineering, and Detailed Engineering.

For the Detailed Engineering, it includes Site Engineering, Engineering of Commissioning and
As Built engineering.

In addition, Surveys and investigations at the site and at the workplace will perform before
starting the civil engineering. They include:

a) Various surveys of the site and verification of its physical condition including soil,
sub-soil, air pollution, raw water analysis and various risks.
b) Soil and foundation studies.
c) Surveys and verification at the site of the exact position and characteristics of
equipment and networks at the limit of the batteries to which the Contractor shall
provide his connections.
d) Checking of information appearing in the documents and drawings supplied by the
Project Owner to the Contractor.

3.5.8.1 Conceptual engineering

In Conceptual Engineering, the design criteria are established, which must comply with the
contractual conditions and application regulations. The main engineering deliverables will
include:

a) The performance model.

b) Definition of clear conditions of main equipment for matching the performance of
the plant.
c) General Lay out of the plant.
d) DCS architecture diagram.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 150 of 277

3.5.8.2 Basic engineering

In basic engineering stage, the calculations, single-line diagrams, drawings and descriptions
necessary to define the bases and functionality of the project must be generated.

Sufficient documentation must be created such as: specifications, data sheets, drawings for the
purchase of critical equipment, that is, of those equipment that, due to the delivery time and its
impact on the engineering of the plant, must be defined in the most early.

In this stage, the information of suppliers of key equipment is integrated into the design. The
main engineering information to be considered as future deliverables are outline in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: Engineering discipline for each deliverable

No. Set deliverables Discipline

1 Lay out for functional zones & Civil

Buildings

2 Mechanical, civil, electrical, and C&I Mechanical, civil, electrical, C&I

design criteria

3 Hydraulic calculations Mechanical

4 Equipment technical specifications Mechanical, electrical

5 Equipment data sheets Mechanical, electrical

6 Functional descriptions Mechanical, civil, electrical, C&I

7 Logic diagrams or equivalent C&I

descriptions

8 One line electrical diagrams Electrical

9 DCS technical specifications C&I

10 Transient analysis Electrical

3.5.8.3 Detail engineering

In conceptual terms, engineering is carried out to facilitate construction. Simultaneously, all
necessary documentation for the construction is issued, including isometrics, supports,
foundations, buildings, buried networks, and electrical and I&C installations.

By integrating all the information from equipment suppliers at this stage, small modifications or
extensions may be made to contracts that have already been signed, but the impact should be
minimal.

In summary, Table 3.5 provides the main deliverables of engineering.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 151 of 277

Table 3.5: Main deliverables of engineering

No. Deliverables Discipline

1 Building and structural foundations Civil

2 Isometrics, material lists, line lists, stress analysis, Mechanical

valves list

3 Development of logic diagrams control logic, hook I&C

ups, instrument lists and data sheets.

4 For all the above disciplines: technical General

specifications for equipment not included in basic
engineering

5 Start-up and test procedures and protocols Commissioning

6 O&M procedures and data for systems. O&M

7 O&M procedures and data for equipment O&M

8 3D model (if required) General

The Owner shall have up to fifteen (15) working days review period, unless otherwise stated in
the EPC Contract, for the review of any Contractor’s Document that are subject to Owner’s
review. The Contractor shall avoid submitting Contractor’s Documents in large lot/package in
which case the review period may be extended based on the number of Contractor’s
Documents submitted. For those documents requiring review and/or approval by third parties,
(i.e., local authorities), the Contractor shall allow for a longer review period.

Prior to submitting any Contractor’s Document, the Contractor shall review and ensure that the
Contractor’s Documents are complete, legible, and comply with the the EPC Contract, the MFS
and Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes. Any document which is apparent that has not been
checked properly by the Contractor before submitting it for Owner’s review can be rejected by
the Owner.

The review and approval of Contractor’s Document by the Owner is intended to assist the
Contractor in implementing the requirements defined in the EPC Contract, the MFS, and
Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes. Owner’s review of Contractor’s Documents shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations to meet all the requirements defined in the EPC
Contract, the MFS and Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes or relieve the Contractor of the
overall design responsibility for the correctness of the Contractor’s Documents.

Any review by the Ownerdoes not constitute any limitation of the Contractor’s warranty
obligations and does not establish a liability on the part of the Owner. The Contractor cannot
derive any claims from requests of the Owner for modification or supplementation which, in
keeping with the state of the art by the time of the EPC Contract award, ought to have been
included and are necessary for the Works.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 152 of 277

When submitting Contractor’s Documents for review by the Owner, including any documents
prepared by the Subcontractors, the Contractor shall include a transmittal following a sequential
numbering.

The transmittal shall mark whether a Contractor’s Document is submitted “for review” or “for
information”. After review of a Contractor’s Documents submitted “for review”, the Owner, shall
issue a Design Review Comment Sheet (“DRCS”) or similar per Contractor’s Document,
including Owner´s comments and the review status as follows:

NO OBJECTION: authorises the Contractor to continue the Works covered by Contractor’s

Document. Calculations or drawings shall be stamped with Approved For Construction (“AFC”)
and must be printed on papers size agreed with the Owner;
OBJECTION NOTED: authorises the Contractor to continue the Works covered by Contractor’s
Document, with the exception of the areas that are subject to comments noted by the Owner in
the DRCS. The Contractor shall address the Owner´s comments and reissue the Contractor’s
Document for Owner´s review including the DRCS with Contractor´s responses to each of the
Owner´s comments; and
RETURN TO REVISE: prevents the Contractor to continue with the Works covered by
Contractor’s Document. The Contractor shall address the Owner’s comments and reissue the
Contractor’s Document for the Owner’s review, including the DRCS with the Contractor’s
responses to each of the Owner’s comments.
The Contractor shall follow Figure 3.1, following document flow diagram for the Document
Review process.

Figure 3.1: Flow diagram for the Document Review

The document submission revision shall follow the sequential format indicated as follows:

 Document issued for review: Rev A, Rev B, Rev C, etc; and

 Document AFC: Rev 0, Rev 1, Rev 2, etc.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 153 of 277

For those Contractor’s Documents submitted “for information” the Owner is not required to
provide comments but may elect to do so if it considers that it does not comply with the EPC
Contract, the MFS and Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes.

The Contractor shall not undertake any Works prior to receiving the OBJECTION NOTED/ NO
OBJECTION status for such Works by the Owner and shall receive the AFC stamp, specifically
for the construction work at site. In case any design change is required on site once the
construction work has commenced, the Contractor shall re-submit the engineering drawings and
documents (e.g., Rev 1, etc.) along with an approved FCR (Field Change Request) by the
Owner at no additional cost.

The Owner reserves the right to instruct the Contractor to make the necessary design
modifications in order to execute the Works in compliance with the EPC Contract, the MFS and
Applicable Laws, Consents and Codes without additional cost to the Owner.

In addition to the document review process, the following documents must also be submitted:

 Test results during construction: within 2 weeks of carrying out the test and a monthly report
summarising all test findings;
 Three (3)-week look ahead schedule;
 Method statements and ITP’s, 2 weeks prior to undertaking the respective activity; and
 21 days’ notice shall be provided for witnessing the Factory Acceptance Test.

3.5.9 Construction records

The Contractor shall generate, maintain, and store (electronically and physically on site as
required) records of construction activities as per the quality plan.

All records, including those generated by the Subcontractors or suppliers, shall be concisely
compiled, indexed, and uniquely identified with the contract reference number and where
relevant, subcontract or order numbers. They shall be clearly identifiable to the individual parts
and assemblies to which they refer using the agreed equipment codification system.

For items of the Projects or equipment that are being delivered to site, the Contractor shall
ensure that all records required by the Owner pertaining to such equipment arrive on site with
the plant or equipment.

Copies of all records generated during the course of the EPC Contract by the Contractor, its
Subcontractors and suppliers shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of twenty-five (25)
years from the date of Final Completion. These records shall be made available to the Owner
on request.

3.5.10 Transfer of Package (“TOP”) documentation

The Contractor shall develop TOP documentation for each equipment/system and submit it to
the Owner at least two weeks prior to commencement of commissioning of the
system/equipment that it relates to. The TOP documentation shall include the relevant design,
quality (manufacturing and construction), and commissioning documentation applicable for the
system/equipment. The Contractor shall propose a list of systems/equipment to divide the whole
Works and submit a separate TOP for each system/equipment including as a minimum the
following:

 Contractor´s confirmation that system/equipment is ready for commissioning;

 Data sheets;
 Manufacturers' installation manuals (where applicable);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 154 of 277

 Factory Acceptance tests (where applicable);

 Equipment test certificates (e.g., type approval certificates);
 Signed ITPs and associated installation checklists and reports;
 Site Acceptance tests (where applicable);
 Non-conformity reports including verification of corrections;
 Instrument & measurement tools calibration certificates;
 Setting sheets (i.e., protection and control settings where applicable);
 As-built drawings;
 Commissioning procedures and protocols/check lists to be completed during
commissioning; and
 Construction punch lists at the moment of transferrin the system/equipment from
construction to commissioning.

3.5.11 Commissioning procedures

The Contractor shall prepare detailed "stand alone" commissioning procedures necessary to
cover Construction Completion, testing, and commissioning of equipment and systems to a
state of readiness for start-up and operation in accordance with the procedures, test details, and
criteria contained in the Contract, Department Circular No. DC2021-06-0013, and other
Applicable Laws and Regulation. The Contractor shall provide for specialist vendor personnel to
assist as required.

The Contractor is responsible to manage, co-ordinate and control the pre-commissioning and
commissioning activities of each system. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure that the
systems which shall be energised are operated safely and according to the relevant Philippine
Grid Code (“PGC”) and operating instructions. In this regard the Contractor shall be required to
place locks on doors and switchgear to prevent inadvertent energisation of these systems
and/or electrocution of personnel.

The Contactor is also expected to appoint a designated official to perform all switching
operations on the Projects. Proof of this experience and competence (a curriculum vitae) for key
personnel during commissioning stage must be submitted to the Owner for review and approval
at least four (4) months before commencement the commissioning activities. Pre-commissioning
and commissioning shall be carried out on a system-by-system basis. The Contractor shall, in
accordance with the procedures, test details and criteria referred to above, prepare a separate
procedure for each system to be commissioned. It is important that where vendor
packages/equipment commissioning procedures are written so that all relevant vendor drawings
and documentation are included in the relevant procedure file. Each system commissioning
procedure shall contain:

 Title and system number to which the procedure refers;

 Index;
 Status/approval signature sheet; and
 Equipment test record sheets including pre-commissioning and commissioning test records.
The Contractor shall submit copies of its proposed commissioning procedures, including
associated check lists, to the Owner for review at least sixty (60) days prior to the start of
commissioning of any Projects or equipment.

The Owner shall be present at all the commission activities and shall sign off on the
commissioning file.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 155 of 277

Testing and Commissioning shall also refer to the conduct of procedure to determine and certify
that a generating unit was connected to the grid in accordance with Department Circular No.
DC2021-06-0013, PGC, PDC, and other relevant guidelines and specifications and to determine
readiness to deliver energy to grid or distribution network for the purpose of securing the COC
from ERC.

Within two (2) weeks of the completion of commissioning the Contractor shall submit a
comprehensive commissioning report with bound sets of completed, signed check sheets.

3.5.12 As-built documentation

The Contractor shall submit two complete sets of “As-built” drawings, plus a digital copy
showing the complete installation including all modifications introduced during installation and
commissioning to the Owner for the Owner´s review prior to the Final Completion.

The “As-Built” drawings and documentations shall also be appended to the Operation
Maintenance Manual(s).

The “As Built” drawings and documentations shall include but not limit to the followings:

 Design drawings, calculations, and specifications of required for the Works;

 Original manufacturers’ data sheets and order information for all sub-components of the
Works;
 Third-party work, component, material and equipment certification and verification
reports/certificates;
 Details and drawings of all components materials and equipment to be used in the
permanent Works;
 Main components traceability list;
 Construction and installation QA/QC documentations, checklists and records;
 Punch List; and
 Record of test and commissioning results/checklists/certificates, including the Tests on
Completion record.

3.5.13 Submission of Final Documentation

The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, all Contractor´s Documents in a virus free memory
stick and hard copies if requested by the Owner.

3.5.14 Operation & Maintenance Manuals

The O&M manuals shall include all operating procedures and instructions, equipment supplier's
operating instructions and all other information related to the Works that is necessary for safe
and successful operation of the Projects.

The O&M manuals shall include instructions to safely start, efficiently operate, properly control,
and shut down the equipment and systems under normal conditions, during maintenance of the
system and under emergency situations.

The O&M manuals shall describe and explain in detail the Projects systems and processes so
that new operation and maintenance personnel can study and understand the function and
controls of the various systems. The O&M manuals shall be written in Filipino and English and
to ISO standard sizing, and date and version verified.

The O&M manuals shall contain, but not be limited to, the following:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 156 of 277

 Detailed system description of the Projects systems, including the design operating
conditions and system control philosophy;
 Detailed functional description of the control systems, including, but not limited to, PV
system monitoring, inverters, MV transformers, main transformers, Infanta facility
substation, and Infanta 230kV grid substation;
 Operating procedures for start-up, normal operation and shutdown;
 A detailed explanation of equipment safety interlocks and emergency shutdown systems,
including recommended operating procedures for each alarm and shutdown;
 Emergency procedures and any procedures recommended to prevent deterioration during
prolonged non-operation;
 Maintenance procedure explaining the steps required to prepare and perform all
maintenance activities including details of the spares and special tools required;
 Fault diagnosis guidelines;
 A comprehensive preventive maintenance schedule outlining each maintenance operation
and the frequency with which each operation shall be repeated;
 Detailed instruction manuals covering all instruments and other hardware together with
copies of all software to enable the Owner to maintain the instrumentation and control
systems and in particular to:
- Identify faults;
- Make adjustments;
- Reconfigure;
- Reprogram;
- Alter control programming, logic, algorithms or settings; and
- Retrieve historical data from system storage media.
 Detailed information about the spare parts required for the Projects including details of their
dimensions, manufacturing standards and materials as well as ordering details and contact
details of the supplier;
 Original equipment manufacturers’ warranties; and
 Copies of all test results.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 157 of 277

4 Health, Safety, and Environmental

(“HSE”) requirements

4.1 General Requirements

The Projects shall be constructed, installed, and commissioned and be operable and
maintainable in full compliance with relevant health and safety at work requirements and all
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, such as, but not limited to:

 Health and Safety regulations as per Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;
 Labor and unions national regulation and requirements; and
 Environmental standards and safeguards of the Laws of the Philippines and other
Environmental and Social (“E&S”) requirements as prescribed by the Environmental Impact
Assessment (“EIA”), or any other equivalent documents, if any.
The Contractor is required to adhere to the fundamental principles and rights at work of the
International Labor Organisation, as well as the eight conventions that outline these principles.

The Contractor is also required to provide historical health and safety records in the form of
Lost-Time Injury Frequency Rate (“LTIFR”), Fatal Accident Rate (“FAR”), and Total Recordable
Case Frequency (“TRCF”) for the last five (5) years. Documentation and reports covering all
fatality cases are also required for the same period of time.

The Contractor must prepare a project-specific draft Health and Safety Management Plan and
procedures, and Health, Safety, and Environmental (“HSE”) policy that demonstrate their
commitment to the highest standards of personal and general safety during the design,
construction, commissioning, and operation of the Projects to ensure the safety of all workers
and the public.

The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive HSE File including among others HSE policy,
HSE plan, HSE procedures, and emergency plan to the Owner for approval. The HSE File shall
be specifically prepared taking into account all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and
including all the Works, the sites and take into consideration all places, locations and
infrastructure the Contractor intends to use for the execution of the Works. The HSE File and
any associated HSE documents shall be to the highest international standards, and in
compliance with all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes and particularly in compliance with:

 ISO 9001 – Quality Management System;

 ISO 14001 – Environmental Management System;
 ISO 45001 – Occupational Health and Safety Management System; and
 Any applicable instruction related to construction service work and major outbreak events
such as COVID-19, etc.
The Contractor shall develop and deliver a detailed induction training to every person entering
the site for the first time and keep attendance records. Subsequent refresher or updated
induction training shall be provided when people are absent from the site for a prolonged period
of time and when the construction activities and conditions on site change in a way that impact
the health and safety considerations.

The Contractor shall delimit and fence off the site at the earliest during the site preparation
activities, and keep the site fenced off for the whole duration of the Works, limiting the access
points to the site and implementing an adequate access control at each access point to the site.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 158 of 277

The Contractor shall ensure that people not involved in the Works are not allowed to enter the
site.

The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing and controlling safety procedures during
all phases of the Works, ensuring that all requirements of the HSE file, and in general all
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, are complied with by all its employees, Subcontractors,
and any person entering the site.

The Contractor shall appoint in writing the necessary full-time competent HSE Officer(s), as per
the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, that shall have a proven record of managing the HSE
on a project of comparable type and size. In addition, the Contractor shall appoint a safety
committee as required by the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

The Contractor shall propose and allocate an HSE team for the whole execution of the Works,
in compliance with all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes for the Owner’s review and
approval. As part of the HSE Plan, the Contractor shall perform a baseline risk and issue-based
risk assessment on key activities and shall submit these assessments to the Owner for the
Owner’s review and approval. Prior to the commencement of any key activity on site, the
Contractor shall update the issue-based risk assessments as necessary.

The Contractor shall ensure that all requirements of the HSE plan, and in general all Applicable
Laws, Permits and Codes, are complied with by all its employees, Subcontractors and any
person entering the site.

The Owner or its representatives, who notices a failure to comply with the necessary safety
rules as per the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, and HSE plan of the Projects, or who
identifies a potential safety risk, may stop the Works. The Work stoppage must be notified to the
Contractor and any relevant third parties such as Owner’s Engineer and Health and Safety
(“H&S”) Officer. In all cases, all costs and expenses caused by the suspension of the Works,
part of the Works, and any corrective measures taken, shall be borne by the Contractor party in
breach of its obligations.

The Contractor shall ensure that any person working on site has their medical examinations
conducted within the required timelines and validity, confirming that the person is fit for the job,
prior to entering the site and regularly thereafter as per the requirements defined in the
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes. The Contractor shall keep records of the medical
examinations as part of the HSE File ensuring the necessary confidentiality and personal data
protection provisions.

The Contractor shall ensure that procedures for maintaining hygienic conditions and appropriate
shelter or shading at eating, resting, drinking, and washing facilities are established and
adhered to all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

The Contractor shall implement and maintain proper signage on site, which shall be in English
and Filipino, during the execution of the Works as well as any infrastructure external to the site
that may be affected by the execution of the Works.

4.2 Health, Safety and Environment (“HSE”) File

The Contractor shall provide a detailed HSE File prior to the commencement of the Works to
indicate how health, safety, and environment shall be managed on the Projects. In addition, all
Subcontractors shall be required to provide separate job-specific HSE Files. This HSE File shall
demonstrate the Contractor’s commitment to the highest standards of health and occupational
hygiene of the construction workforce during the construction of the Projects.

The HSE File includes the following, but not limited to:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 159 of 277

 Site description;
 Project description;
 Site organisation chart;
 HSE team, roles, responsibilities, and accountability of HSE staff;
 Safety policy;
 Site induction;
 HSE requirements from all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;
 Monitoring of health and safety performance;
 Welfare of workers including welfare facilities;
 Legal appointments including training certificates required by all Applicable Laws, Permits
and Codes;
 PPE;
 Signage;
 HSE record keeping;
 Firefighting;
 First aid facilities and Emergency Preparedness and Response Plan (“EPRP”);
 Inspections and auditing of HSE procedures;
 HSE checks prior to execution of activities;
 Toolbox talks;
 Method statements;
 Job safety analysis;
 Hazard identification;
 Handling of hazardous materials;
 Site access and entrance register;
 Permit to Work system;
 Working hours and working shifts;
 Training requirements and procedures;
 Medical assistance;
 Working under inclement weather conditions;
 Utilities for construction;
 Communication system within the construction sites;
 Accidents and incidents management;
 Equipment management and inspection;
 Risk assessment and management (baseline and issue-based risk assessments);
 Other relevant information as related by the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes; and
 Various plans:
- Emergency plan;
- Access management plan;
- Traffic management plan;
- Waste management plan;
- Storm water management plan;
- Erosion management plan;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 160 of 277

- Excavation management plan;

- Lifting plan;
- Environmental and Social management plan;
- Ecological regeneration plan; and
- Stakeholders’ management plan.
The HSE File shall be reviewed and kept updated by the Contractor as needed and at a
reasonable request of the Owner. Each revision of the HSE File shall be submitted promptly to
the Owner.

The Permit to Work system put in place by the Contractor shall be designed to prevent work on
any Project item or system, without notice and without authorisation, and in any event in
accordance with the recommendations of the issue-based risk assessments. The Permit to
Work system shall have multiple levels of safeguards (e.g., documentary and physical) to
guarantee the safety of personnel and equipment. The Owner shall have the right to review the
Permit to Work system.

The Contractor shall appoint a dedicated person to manage the permits applicable for the
Works that shall be recorded in a dedicated permit register.

Where work is carried out either on or off the sites at any interfaces for which such interface is
not the responsibility of the Contractor or the Owner, then the Contractor shall comply with the
Permit to Work system of the relevant organisation/contractor.

The design of the Project shall include all adequate interlocks to prevent unsafe operation of the
Projects while personnel are working on any equipment. Electrical switchboards shall
incorporate safety interlocking systems (consigned and signalled by means of a padlock and
prohibited signage) to ensure correct system operation, avoiding unsafe switching conditions
and to ensure safe isolation for maintenance work.

The Contractor shall ensure a fully functional system of communication within the sites,
according to the HSE plan. No dead zone shall be present on site, including road access. In
case of working areas with no mobile phone coverage, a satellite mobile phone, a Wi-Fi network
and/or a radio communication system must be implemented. The Contractor shall provide the
necessary equipment to maintain a direct line of communication between the respective safety
officers, supervisors, first aid and fire fighter personnel.

4.3 Records and reporting

The Contractor shall be responsible for investigating and keeping a record of all safety
incidents, accidents, damage to property, near misses, and unsafe acts, and provide details of
these incidents or accidents in the Contractor´s weekly/monthly project progress reports as
stipulated in Section 3.3.6. The Contractor shall diligently inform the Owner of any significant
HSE events, and the Owner shall be actively involved in the investigation.

The Contractor shall ensure the following timeframe for reporting HSE events to the Owner,
depending on the severity of the event:

 Accident involving personal injury beyond first aid: within two (2) hours;
 First aid / Major Environment and Material damage: within 24 hours; and
 Near misses / positive interventions: in monthly reports.
Information related to number of workers and total hours worked (including Subcontractors)
shall be included within the weekly/ monthly reports, as per the specifications included in the
section “Progress Reporting”.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 161 of 277

4.4 Personal Protection Equipment (“PPE”)

The Contractor shall ensure that its employees, Subcontractors’ employees, and any other
person entering the site will be provided with and shall wear PPE as required by the specific
task being performed (as per HIRAC) and the potential and exposed hazards. Any person
entering site shall wear a shirt with long sleeves and long pants at all times. Tank tops,
sleeveless shirts, and short pants or cut-offs are not permitted. Loose or floppy clothing is
prohibited around rotating or moving equipment. Rings, neck chains or loose jewellery shall be
removed.

Provision of PPE for visitors must be kept on site with a minimum of 5 pieces per each PPE,
which must be in good condition.

4.4.1 Head protection

A certified hard hat shall be worn on site at all times except while in vehicles, offices, parking
area, and control rooms (after construction in the control room is complete and buildings are
approved for occupation).

4.4.2 Safety vest

An approved high visibility safety vest or long sleeves with multi reflectors and long trousers
shall be worn on site at all times.

4.4.3 Eye protection

Safety glasses with side shields shall be worn on site at all times except while in vehicles,
offices, parking areas, and control rooms (after construction in the control room is complete and
buildings are approved for occupation). When safety glasses do not provide adequate
protection, safety goggles or face shields shall be the means of protection (i.e., splash hazards
when working with chemicals, high-pressure washers, chipping, buffing, or grinding operations).
Welding hoods shall be used during all arc-welding operations. Goggles or other suitable eye
protection with appropriate filter lenses shall be used during all gas welding, gas cutting or
brazing operations.

4.4.4 Hand protection

Appropriate gloves shall be worn when the hands are exposed to hazards such as cuts,
punctures, or abrasions (cloth, leather, leather palmed), when handling chemicals or hazardous
materials where absorption is a concern (rubber gloves), and when performing electrical work.
Flameproof gauntlet gloves shall be used during all arc welding, gas welding or gas cutting
operations except when engaged in light work such as test fitting pieces.

4.4.5 Foot protection

Safety shoes or non-conductive (electrician’s) safety boots shall be worn on site at all times.

4.4.6 Hearing protection

Hearing protection shall be worn in all high noise areas or wherever a high-noise warning sign is
posted.

4.4.7 Working at height

Safety equipment such as fall protection kit shall be used along with the necessary guard rail
and barrier to prevent fall.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 162 of 277

4.5 Warning signage

The Contractor must implement and maintain adequate signage on site. The signage, warning
and instruction notices shall be in Filipino and English, with proper material and sizes so that it
can be properly visible, including but not limited to:

 Project billboards at the site entrance including Project name, Owner, Contractor, key health
and safety contact details, and relevant health and safety KPIs, such as days without lost
time injuries;
 Use of PPE;
 Speed limit;
 Speed bump;
 Emergency assembly point;
 No smoking area;
 Danger signal;
 Underground or air pipes crossing the site; and
 Emergency equipment.
The Contractor shall provide and install an emergency sound alarm system with multiple
sources covering the whole area of the Project as necessary.

4.6 Site access

The Contractor shall implement a management system to control the access to the site for
people and vehicles that shall cover each potential access point to the site where there is a gate
or fence not fully closed. Each access point to the site shall be equipped with a suitable control
system and guarded 24/7 by a security guard. Only authorised people and vehicles should be
allowed to enter the site. As part of the access control, the Contractor shall verify possession of
any weapons, illegal drugs, and alcoholic drinks, input and output of equipment and material to
people entering and leaving the site.

There shall be no less than two (2) escape and access routes from any area made available in
case of fire or other hazardous events during operation and maintenance.

It is expected that authorised people entering the site include:

 The Contractor and Subcontractor’s workers with all necessary documentation already
checked and available on site, trained in conformity with their duty on according to the
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;
 Personnel from the Owner and its representatives;
 Visitors, cleared by the Contractor and/or the Owner; and
 Public authorities as required by Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.
The Contractor shall implement and maintain an electronic access control system to record
access and exit time of each person entering the site. Site access records must be submitted
weekly to the Owner and available to be consulted on site. All people entering the site must
wear a visible identity card/badge.

Similar access management shall be implemented for vehicles and Project machinery.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 163 of 277

4.7 Traffic Management Plan

The Contractor shall develop a Traffic Management Plan, in accordance with the Applicable
Laws, Permits and Codes, for best practice traffic management procedures during construction,
including a traffic incident response plan.

The Traffic Management Plan shall set a procedure to describe the rules and preventive
measures for traffic movement, including approaching and parking near mobile plant equipment,
relevant personnel, key responsibilities, processes to operate on site, and speed limits. The
Traffic Management Plan shall include detailed information on proposed transport routes,
identified proper information related to procedures for lorries and trucks, waiting areas, access
to sites, estimated amount of heavy and light vehicles in the areas, definition of parking areas
for workers, impact on nearby towns, etc. Additionally, copies of necessary approvals must be
provided and included in the Traffic Management Plan.

Sufficient visible traffic management signage shall be installed on site, including internal roads,
open trenches and excavations, road restrictions, pedestrian areas (offices, parking, etc.),
speed limits, and speed bumps. Speed limit on site shall be 30km/h under normal conditions,
with a reduced speed limit of 20km/h around laydown areas and offices, and under poor
weather conditions such as fog, rain, hail, thunderstorm, high wind speeds, and low visibility due
to dust or other factors.

The presence of the activities must be highlighted with adequate signage. Flagmen can be
required in order to manage the traffic on site.

The Contractor shall take all reasonable measures to manage and minimise the interferences
with the local/municipal/provincial/national roads and in case traffic in these roads needs to be
temporarily interrupted, the Contractor shall consider requirements imposed by the Applicable
Laws, Permits and Codes and consider the use of mobile traffic lights.

Special attention shall be given to the communication between vehicles and machinery. Drivers
must follow communication procedures and shall be trained in the correct use of two-way
radios, where applicable. Hand signals (waving arms) are to be used to draw attention of the
operators.

The parking on site and internal roads (either permanent or temporary) shall be well defined,
with a clear separation of the heavy machinery, trucks, personal vehicles, pedestrian areas such
as offices, paths, pedestrian crossing areas, etc. Temporary parking on site shall be well
recognised using reflective cones, intermittent lights, or other signals (visible also during the
night).

In case of cable crossing in internal roads, cable protection ramp or other protection
mechanisms should be used.

4.8 Waste Management Plan

The Contractor shall submit a Waste Management Plan as part of the HSE File. It shall
establish the classification, handling, storage, transportation, and disposal of waste generated
as a result of the construction activities, in accordance with all Applicable Laws, Permits and
Codes of the Philippines and taking into account the following:

 Minimise negative effects of the generation and management of waste on human health
and environment;
 Reduce the use of resources and favour the practical application of the waste hierarchy:
prevention, preparing for re-use, recycling, other recovery (e.g., energy recovery, recyclable
materials in catering services, etc.) and disposal;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 164 of 277

 Preference for using bio-based content materials, recyclable or reusable components and
recycled-content materials and in general use resources at their highest potential
throughout the lifecycle to improve efficiency (in product manufacture, design, construction,
operation, refurbishment, and at end of life);
 Identify designated place(s) to store different types of waste such as not recycled and
hazardous waste materials. Before placing an order or a contract with a waste carrier, the
carrier shall be asked to provide a copy of their waste carrier license or proof of registration
as a waste carrier by the local authority. A copy of this approval must be kept on site in the
environmental file;
 Segregate the waste at source and remove by a licensed waste removal contractor;
 Waste shall be removed on a regular basis in order to respect waste storage limits in
compliance with Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes;
 Waste storage on site out of the designated areas is prohibited;
 The temporary waste storage must be done in the proper containers and shall be limited to
the time of activities execution;
 Disposal areas shall be approved by the local authorities;
 Broken PV modules must be segregated and collected as well as paying particular attention
to avoid dispersion in the environment of any fragments;
 Needed interventions are expected to delimitate eventual polluted area, ensuring
environmental protection and safety condition; and
 Chemical analysis of polluted soil and water.

4.9 Emergency Plan

The Contractor shall submit an Emergency Plan as part of the HSE File. It shall establish a
system of procedures to organise and supervise the safe and orderly movement of people in
case evacuation from a danger zone. In this regard, the Emergency Plan must consider the site
as an “open system” that can generate an event inside that can have an impact outside, and
vice versa.

The Emergency Plan shall be an organisational tool developed to mitigate the damage of
events, expected or not, that could endanger an organisation's ability to function. It must include
measures that provide for the safety of personnel and, if possible, property, and facilities. It
should also include provisions to assess the severity of an incident and implement steps to
eliminate any incident, determining potential emergency situations and appropriate responses to
each.

The Emergency Plan shall contain or is a collection of all the information required by the
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes.

The Emergency Plan must be reviewed periodically as the Works progress especially if the site
conditions change. The Contractor shall do at least one (1) emergency drill per year on each
site to check the suitability and correct application of the Emergency Plan. Shortly after any
emergency drill, the Contractor shall analyse the results and send a report to the Owner
including the results of the emergency drill and the action plan to solve any issues identified.

4.10 First aid and injured management

First aid, Emergency Plan and equipment on site shall be in compliance with the Applicable
Laws, Permits and Codes. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide medical first aid on
site. The Contractor shall identify the nearest hospitals available considering the most possible
critical situations on site including heart attack, internal haemorrhage, fracture, etc.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 165 of 277

An emergency trial must be performed before the start of the Works, to assess the route
between the site and the nearest hospital identified. The Contractor shall discuss with the
nearest hospital identified, prior to start the Works, the expected construction activities and have
regular communications with the hospital as the Works progress.

The Contractor shall provide:

 Emergency/first aid room on site;

 First aid personnel and first aid kits at dedicated areas which shall be identified and
communicated to the HSE manager;
 Transport and equipment in accordance with the Emergency Plan in case of injuries
requiring medical assistance from the nearest hospital;
 An automated external defibrillator on site and necessary trained personnel to use it; and
 Each vehicle of the Contractor shall contain a first aid kit.
Site first aid and HSE manager shall decide the transport of injured personnel to the nearest
hospital identified, assessing all the respective conditions, such as injuries, distance, number of
workers injured and the time from a hospital ambulance arrival, etc. Depending on that
assessment, it might be requested to use a vehicle available on site to call for an external
ambulance or to request the helicopter emergency service, if required.

4.11 Firefighting
The fire detection and protection systems shall provide coverage of the entire Projects and shall
comply with National Fire Protection Association (“NFPA”) codes in addition to all statutory and
local authority regulations and requirements.

Local purchase of firefighting system equipment is accepted only if the equipment is listed and
labelled under NFPA requirements.

The Contractor shall obtain all fire services permits and consents and identify any departures or
deviations of the proposed fire protection arrangements from the recommendations stated in
NFPA. All such departures or deviations shall be agreed by the relevant local authority.

The Contractor shall carry out a fire risk study as part of the Emergency Plan and implement all
reasonable measures, as required by the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, as well as
guarantee the supply of firefighting equipment.

The Contractor shall:

 Identify local fire stations available (distance, equipment) and inform them the construction
activities and have regular communications with them as the Works progress;
 Provide fire extinguishers at buildings, inverter station, transformers, battery systems, and
any other areas with fire risk across the site;
 Provide means of emergency notification at every work area. Emergency trial must be
performed before the start of the activities;
 Provide staff training in firefighting activities and appoint the necessary firefighting
personnel in relation to the number of workers present on site, and as required by
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes; and
 Provide measures aimed to avoid fire risks on site.

4.12 Water management

The Contractor shall ensure that the source of water to be used for the construction activities,
must come from legal sources and according to any requirement imposed by the Applicable

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 166 of 277

Laws, Permits and Codes. Water shall be solely used for the purpose of the corresponding
authorisation and continuous monitoring shall be carried out in relation to quantities and
qualities of any water consumption and water disposal as per the Applicable Laws, Permits and
Codes.

Erosion control measures shall be taken into consideration and implemented where necessary
before starting the construction activities, in order to minimise the threat of flooding and loss of
soil, minimising disturbance of the flow regimes of existing water courses and preventing any
deterioration in water and soil quality.

Drainage trough and from areas of disturbance shall be designed to minimise surface flow
velocities.

The Contractor shall adopt where possible means to reduce water consumption and
recycle/reuse water.

Cleaning of equipment and flushing of mixers must occur in designated wash bays (with
contaminated water collected, stored/contained) to ensure that contaminated wash water does
not enter the environment.

4.13 Storage of hazardous material

The Contractor shall be responsible to adequately store any hazardous materials, according to
the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, recommendations of the suppliers/manufacturers, and
the standard industry practices.

The hazardous storage area shall include measures for proper containment such as bund walls,
access control, ventilation, fire extinguisher, and material safety datasheets on hand. The
storage shall avoid flood and flame resources and provide a ventilation system on window or
door.

In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all hazardous waste, including
contaminated or hazardous soil or sub soil arising from the Works, is deposited, treated, stored,
disposed of in accordance with the provisions of all Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of the approved disposal facilities, including
obtaining all necessary permissions.

4.14 Excavation and trenching

The Contractor shall ensure that all excavation and trenching operations is performed under the
adequate supervision in compliance with requirements in the Excavation Management Plan and
of the material disposal authorisations.

 The Contractor shall ensure that, in addition to the Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, the
following minimum requirements are met during every excavation and trenching operation:

 Protection measures aimed to avoid falls, dislodgement of materials, person buried or

trapped in, as well as fencing shall be taken into consideration;
 Sides of excavations must be clean and neat and prevented from possible collapse;
 Drilling holes must be covered, signalised, and fenced;
 Locations of cables, communication wires, and other underground hazards such as
pipelines shall be established and marked prior to beginning excavation or trenching
operations;
 In case of excavation at the edge of a track/road, that has an impact on the movement of
the vehicles, the traffic must be managed with two flagmen or with traffic lights;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 167 of 277

 If an excavation or trench endangers the stability of buildings, walls or other structures,

support systems (e.g., shoring, bracing, or underpinning) shall be provided to ensure the
stability of such structures for the protection of personnel;
 All excavations must be on register and inspected daily and after inclement weather
conditions; and
 No work shall commence in an excavation unless the excavation has been declared safe by
the Contractor.

4.15 Environmental and social

The Contractor shall comply with, and include in, the design, construction, and operation all
requirements as prescribed within the Projects’ approved EIA and Applicable Laws, Permits and
Codes, all of which should be properly reflected in the HSE File. The EIA and Environmental
and Social Management Plan (“ESMP”) requirements shall be provided by the Owner as an
addendum of the RfP.

The Contractor shall include in the HSE File, before the Works commence on site, an ESMP,
including policies, procedures, and certification.

The Contractor shall submit the environmental requirements to the Owner for review and
approval as part of the HSE documentation submission. The Contractor shall ensure that the
environmental requirements include as minimum, but not limited to:

 Identified and understanding of the applicable environmental legislation;

 Provide upon request any documentation to certify proper compliance with Applicable Laws,
Permits and Codes;
 Identify the procedures for a continuous compliance;
 Environmental risk assessment in order to identify all processes and activities that may
involve potential risks, and ensure adequate measures to prevent these risks; and
 These environmental requirements must be considered as minimum requirements. In case
of the local environmental authorities’ requirements and Applicable Laws, Permits and
Codes are more restrictive, these shall prevail over the Contractor’s environmental
requirements.
The environmental risk assessment shall be performed by competent personnel (risk assessor)
appointed in writing by the Contractor, and it shall consider the following not exhaustive aspects
according to the construction and operation activities to be carried out:

 Vulnerability of the site to climate change effects (extreme changes such as, floods,
heat/cold-waves, hailstorm, storms, etc.; and chronic changes such as, water bodies/water-
level rise, temperature change, average change in precipitations, etc.);
 Considerations during development, construction, and operation:
- Interaction with atmosphere (emissions from combustion, machinery, execution of
different activities, geothermal fluids, and other emissions, such as SF6);
- Interaction with soil (for soil structural vulnerability, soil erosion vulnerability, rainwater/
stormwater management, fuel or chemicals or hazardous substances storage);
- Interaction with existing infrastructures (such as houses, roads, etc.);
- Sedimentation impacts;
- Interaction with water (interaction with rivers/lakes/sea, risk of floods inside and outside
the sites, wastewater management, etc.);
- Physical impacts (risk of fire, heat, noise, vibrations, electromagnetic fields, odours,
light, etc.);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 168 of 277

- Consumption depletion of scarce resources (water use intensity, soil use, materials,
energy, wastes, waste recovery, hazardousness, end of life impact, etc.);
- Chemicals/hazardous materials; and
- Biodiversity and visual impacts (land, wetland losses, natural habitat degradation/forest
clearing, flora, fauna, and sensitive species and sites, such as threatened and range-
restricted species, near protected areas, and species or sites of stakeholder concern,
fauna and sensitive species and sites, presence of historical/archaeological
importance/heritage, etc.).
 Governance for internal monitoring and reporting adequacy, and workforce and competence
adequacy; and
 Compliance with Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, mandatory prescriptions,
purchasing, supply robustness, and reputation.
Breaches of the environmental requirements are not permitted. In case any such breach would
nevertheless occur, the Contractor shall immediately report said breach to the Owner, and if
applicable, to relevant authorities, and shall rectify the same in due course.

The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain any additional environmental related permits
required for the execution of the Works, prior to the commencement of the relevant activity.

4.15.1 Environmental and Social Management Plan (“ESMP”)

ESMP shall be provided by the Contractor according to the Applicable Laws, Permits and
Codes, which shall be communicated to the Owner for their validations and comments. The
Contractor shall provide a quarterly report on the actions undertaken.

The ESMP at minimum shall include but not be limited to:

 Contractor’s policy on environmental management in line with Owner’s policy;

 Overview of environmental management system;
 Overview of scope of work and environmental impacts identified;
 Overview of mitigation measures applied for each impact identified;
 The organisation, roles and responsibilities associated with the work and the management
system;
 List of documents and procedures to be produced as part of the program for their scope of
work; and
 Waste management plan and arrangements.
The ESMP and associated documentation must fulfil national requirements and be aligned with
regulatory EIA, if any, to the extent possible and permitted by the Owner and any requirement
stated in the EPC Contract and the Project’s permits, licenses, and approvals.

The Environmental officer shall monitor and control the implementation of actions plan. The
Environmental officer can, at any time, request the Contractor and Subcontractors to transmit
relevant documentation on the realisation of the ESMP.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the preventive measures to preserve biodiversity and for
the protection of native animal species on site, which have to be taken in compliance with
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes, as well as the provisions of the approved ESMP.

An independent environmental specialist shall be engaged by the Contractor to intervene at

construction start to ensure the respect of the ESMP and to assess immediate ecological
threats. The Contractor must ensure the protection of native animal species during construction.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 169 of 277

The Contractor shall ensure working practices respectful of human rights and promoting human
development, especially by prioritising suppliers and Subcontractors with human rights or supply
chain certifications, considering an environmental, social, and governance policy in place.

The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall demonstrate compliance with the applicable
Philippine and international legislation that applies to their business operations from modern
slavery, anti-bribery, and health and safety laws to product-specific regulations.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 170 of 277

5 Inspection and Testing

5.1 General requirements

The Project’s materials shall be subject to inspection and testing during, and on completion of,
the manufacture and erection of the Works to ensure compliance with this MFS, Department
Circular No.DC2021-06-0013, NGCP’s practice, requirements of the regulatory authorities, EPC
Contract documents, and by Project permits and consents.

The Contractor shall liaise with the HV EPC Contractor to ensure readiness of all documents
and perform any tests and as specified in this document including confirm the satisfactory
functionality, operability and acceptance criteria of the Project have been achieved including the
Performance Guarantees.

In summary, the testing and commissioning of the Project shall include, but not be limited to the
followings:

● Factory Acceptance Tests (“FAT”) - inspection and tests at manufacturer’s works;

● Construction Inspections;
● Tests on Completion (Commissioning);
– Pre-Commissioning (Cold commissioning)
○ Visual inspection
○ Functional tests
○ Electrical safety tests
– Commissioning (Hot commissioning)
○ MV inverter transformers energisation
○ Inverters’ commissioning
○ SCADA, Power plant control and monitoring system commissioning
– Philippine Grid Compliance Tests
– Performance tests of the PV plant
○ Thermographic inspection
○ PR test
– Performance tests for the BESS plant
○ Installed energy capacity tests
○ Useable energy capacity tests
○ Power capacity tests
○ Round-trip efficiency tests
● Tests after Completion;
– Annual PR test
– Annual availability test for PV plant
– Annual performance test for BESS plant
– Annual availability test for BESS plant
The Contractor shall have the responsibility for all aspects of testing and commissioning
preparations and execution, including the provision of procedures, temporary facilities,
consumables, utilities, labour, special tools, measurement equipment, spare parts, etc. To the

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 171 of 277

maximum extent possible, the onsite tests will make use of the permanently installed
instrumentation. This same instrumentation shall be suitable for use for the PR test.

The Contractor shall provide at least four (4) months prior to the commencement of the
commissioning activities testing procedures and protocols that need to be reviewed and
commented by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide Transfer of Package (“TOP”)
documentation for the different systems at least two weeks prior to commencement of the
commissioning activities for the relevant system for the Owner’s review. The Owner may call for
additional tests it may consider necessary.

The Contractor shall provide a proposed ITP covering all construction and installation works.
The plan shall identify all inspection points and reporting actions and the Ownerr witness and
hold points at both at the site and manufacturers’ works.

Written advance notices shall be provided for all inspections and tests requiring the involvement
of third parties and such notice periods shall in any case be no less than that required by
statutory authorities or third parties (e.g., System Operator). The Contractor shall be responsible
for co-ordinating any inspections and tests required by third parties. The Contractor shall make
allowance for third parties (e.g., System Operator) to witness key tests and to receive copies of
the corresponding data and reports.

The Contractor shall liaise with HV EPC Contractor and inform the Owner on the date it intends
to synchronise the Project to the Grid. At least 21 days written notice shall be provided.

Testing and Commissioning shall also refer to the conduct of procedure to determine and certify
that a generating unit has been connected to the grid in accordance with Philippine Grid Code
(“PGC”), Philippine Distribution Code (“PDC”) and other relevant guidelines and specifications
and to determine readiness to deliver energy to grid for the purpose of securing the COC or any
equivalent documents.

The Contractor shall remain fully responsible for the operation, maintenance, and cleaning of
equipment as necessary throughout the commissioning and testing period up to the Final
Completion. All test instrumentation shall be properly calibrated by the Contractor prior to testing
and rechecked after testing. Valid calibration certificates shall be provided for all instrumentation
to be used during the tests as part of the test protocol to be submitted to the Owner prior to the
commencement of the commissioning.

The lack of an acceptance criteria shall not relieve the Contractor from its contractual
obligations, such as the compliance with the applicable standards/technical requirements or the
proper design and installation of the Project.

Once the component or system is charged, energised or otherwise made live, the Contractor
shall conduct further tests to demonstrate that the system and its constituent components
function collectively as designed and in accordance with all the applicable standards and
manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines.

If any portion of the Works fails under test, such further tests or re-testing shall be conducted to
demonstrate the successful completion of such tests (and compliance with the Contract) by the
Contractor. The whole costs of retesting, including costs incurred by the Owner in witnessing
such tests, shall be borne by the Contractor.

5.1.1 Test sequence

The erection, mechanical completion, cold and hot commissioning, Electromechanical
Completion and appropriate third-party tests and checks on the interface to external systems
shall have been completed by the Contractor prior to the application for energisation.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 172 of 277

Tests to demonstrate interactive operation of components within the system shall also be
completed prior to first energisation.

Electromechanical Completion (as defined in the Department Circular No. DC2021-06-2013)

shall mean that the generating unit including all substations and other facilities for grid or
distribution system connections are in place but not yet connected and the generating unit is
ready for test and commissioning, and upon completion thereof, can immediately proceed to
Commercial Operation Date (“COD”).

PGC compliance testing is to be undertaken as required by NGCP and as appropriate and

convenient during the commissioning and testing period, but in any event, prior to the
commencement of the Performance Tests of the hybrid PV and BESS plant. Further, the
Performance Tests of the hybrid PV and BESS plant shall only commence once the Project
have reached the satisfactory conditions for continuous uninterrupted operation.

Mechanical Completion milestone and Electromechanical Completion milestone to be achieved

prior to the commencement of the commissioning activities required by NGCP.

Any test required to demonstrate compliance with the environmental requirement shall be also
performed prior to the commencement of the acceptance tests, or as agreed with the Owner
and all relevant consenting authorities. The requirements of the environmental permits shall be
satisfied at all times during testing.

The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure timely application to meet the testing and
commissioning requirements in accordance with the Department Circular No.DC2021-06-2013,
NGCP’s practice, and relevant authorities to ensure scheduled date for the testing and
commissioning meet the requirements stated in EPC Contract.

5.1.1 Right to witness inspections and tests

The Owner shall have the right to be present during inspections, commissioning activities and
all Factory Acceptance Tests (“FATs”) and all equipment tests at site.

The Contractor and the Owner shall agree the list of witness and hold points for manufacturer’s
works prior to Contractor’s signature of supply agreements. Not less than fourteen (14) days
written notice shall be given for all inspections and tests requiring the involvement of the Owner.

In the case where the Owner does not wish to be present at a test, the Owner shall inform the
Contractor and the Contractor shall issue all relevant tests certificates, testing procedures and
test reports following the requirement in Section 5.2 to the Owner.

The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any inspections and tests until acceptance
criteria is achieved. Delays caused by the scheduling of third-party tests/attendance shall not
entitle the Contractor to any extension of time or additional costs.

5.1.2 General test notification requirements

No later than fourteen (14) days’ notice shall be given to the Owner of all inspection and tests in
order that the Owner may be present to witness the tests. If there are any changes to the testing
schedule initially submitted, the Contractor shall report to the Owner no later than (5) days in
advance. And the Owner has the right to reschedule the testing upon such notice.

Within seven (7) days after receipt of each test procedure, the Owner has the right to require
amendments to such test procedures, including setting forth additional tests which in the opinion
of the Owner are required to prove that the system is installed and capable of being operated
according to the design, performance, and operation requirements specified in the EPC
Contract. The Contractor shall include any such reasonable requests into the test procedures.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 173 of 277

All inspections and testing shall be scheduled to commence during ordinary business hours,
unless specifically agreed in advance by the Owner.

In general, the erection, commissioning and functional test requirements are to be notified
during daily and weekly erection/commissioning meetings held at site, this shall include
upcoming site inspections/test, where applicable.

No section of the Works shall be covered up without carrying out any test or inspection required
under the Contract. The Contractor, shall discuss and agree on the works which the Owner's
personnel shall be entitled to examine, inspect and/or witness functional tests before it is
covered up consistent with the MFS.

5.1.3 Safety measures

The testing and commissioning may only be performed by well qualified and trained personnel
and relevant PPE must always be worn.

The Contractor shall pay specific attention to electrical risks during the testing and commissioning
works for multiple power sources and circulating currents.

The following safety rules must be managed and observed by the Contractor at any time under
all circumstances, particularly for switching operations and for voltage disconnection:

● Disconnect;
● Secure against re-connection;
● Check for zero potential;
● Connect to ground and short-circuit; and
● Cover or barrier neighbouring live parts.
Further rules are applicable such as avoid servicing fused loaded disconnectors in the inverters
and in the terminal boxes under load.

5.2 Test procedures and reporting requirements

For each system within the Project, the Contractor shall supply commissioning work packages
as a condition precedent to the commencement of the FATs, Site Acceptance Tests (“SATs”)
and Tests on Completion.

The Contractor shall also submit detailed specific test procedures and commissioning
procedures (and the associated testing protocols or checklists) for each test or series of test
described in the following sections and in accordance with the relevant codes and standards as
detailed in the Contract.

Any revision in the test procedure shall be documented and referenced in the test notification.

The following information shall be included as a minimum in the test procedure:

● Objectives and scope of the test and definitions of the test boundaries;
● Acceptance criteria;
● Health and Safety procedures and implications for all parties on site;
● Relevant codes and standards (latest edition) for inspection, testing and commissioning;
● Quality Assurance procedures proposed for testing;
● Test duration and number of runs, starting and stopping criteria;
● Project operating conditions, permissible modes of control and operational limits during the
tests;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 174 of 277

● Prerequisites and precautions for the conducting of the tests, including safety checks and
power project stability requirements;
● Methods of data collection, identification of instrumentation to be used for tests, sampling
requirements;
● Test schedules showing major activities planned for performing all required tests;
● Sample calculations demonstrating how tests results shall be corrected;
● Test report requirements;
● Test organisation including designation of test director, testing personnel operator
responsibilities, communication schedule, witnessing, and preparation of test reports;
● A list of all of the required settings of all protective devices and alarms for that section of the
plant; and
● Copies of the Contractor's check sheets for the pre-commissioning, commissioning, and
testing of each plant item or system.
The Contractor shall supply to the Owner as soon as practicable but not later than two (2)
weeks after a test or inspection has been conducted, an electronic copy of the preliminary test
reports which shall contain details of each test performed and shall be prepared as required by
the Owner. Records, results, and calculations of all tests shall be provided.

The test report shall include as a minimum but not be limited to the following information:

● Test procedure;
● Description of test conditions;
● Description of any deviations from the test procedure of unusual events which occurred
during the tests;
● Summary of test results;
● Calculations with definition of terminology;
● Copy of raw data the Contractor has collected during the tests immediately following each
series of tests, test data sheets;
● Copies of instrument calibration records; and
● All information reasonably necessary to evaluate the results.
Once the preliminary report is reviewed a final report shall be submitted to the Owner with
fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Owner’s comments including two hard copies and an
electronic version.

5.3 Factory Acceptance Tests (“FATs”)

All items under the Contractor’s scope of work shall be subjected to visual, dimensional,
material, non-destructive, functional, and performance tests as applicable at the factory
facilities. As a minimum the tests to be carried out shall be strictly in accordance with the
relevant standards. All relevant material and works certificates shall be available at the time of
test.

All electrical equipment shall undergo ‘routine’ or ‘factory acceptance’ and ‘type’ test in the
factory in accordance with the applicable standards. Type tests shall not be repeated if type test
certificates of identical or similar (‘similar’ according to the definition of IEC) equipment are
available.

The detailed testing procedures shall be agreed with the Owner during the detailed design
phase, but shall include and not be limited to the following:

● PV modules;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 175 of 277

● Inverters;
● BESS;
● Power transformers;
● SCADA and power plant controller; and
● MV switchboards and Ring Main Units (“RMUs”).
The Contractor shall attend the FATs in person (or via subcontractor), and prior to the
performance of the FATs the Contractor shall provide to the Owner all relevant FAT procedures,
which shall include, at least, the following information:

● Test program (dates, location and duration of each test);

● Test standards;
● Type of inspection and tests;
● Reviewed design drawings/document relevant for the test;
● Material certificates that will be attached to the FAT report and technical data sheets relevant
for the test;
● Methodology of tests;
● Check lists including process data to be recorded where applicable;
● Equations for process data where applicable;
● Description of the instrumentation to be used (including but to not limited to Kraftwerk
Kennzeichen System (“KKS”) code, type of instrument, measure range and accuracy)
including calibration certificates of testing equipment;
● Forms of test records and test report template; and
● Complete factory QA/QC dossier of the inspections performed prior to the respective FAT.
The Contractor shall submit a FAT report with accept/reject opinion of the FATs results of each
shipment lots for Owner’s review in advance of the product rejection period as permitted by the
equipment supply contract. The FAT report shall include data as recorded including valid
calibration certificates (dating back no more than twelve (12) months for temporarily installed
performance test instrumentation, unless a more restrictive validity period is imposed by the
applicable standards), and at least, the following information:

● The type of test, applicable test procedure and test standards;

● The date and time of each test, including the start and completion time of the test;
● A description of conditions under which the test was conducted;
● A summary of the quality control procedures, instrumentation used, and instrument.
Calibration instructions from the Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”), historical and up-
to-date calibration certificates;
● A summary of test results;
● A comparison of test results to relevant contractual values where applicable;
● The conclusion from test results, including whether the acceptance criteria were met; and
● The identification of any abnormal conditions presents during the test period.
Upon successful completion of each FAT in accordance with the Owner, a Factory Certificate
shall be provided. The successful completion of all FAT shall be a condition precedent for the
issuance of the Final Completion.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 176 of 277

5.3.1 Instrument calibration

All test instrumentation used shall be calibrated by a calibration laboratory accredited by ILAC 1
using ISO/IEC 170252 or other broadly recognised international standards, or other ISO/IEC
17011 compliant accreditation bodies. The time between such initial calibration and recalibration
during FAT should be kept to a minimum, at least in accordance with the manufacturer
recommendations, to limit calibration drift.

All reference data and inputs for each test instrument shall be calibrated as specified by the
manufacturer, as long as the reference data are valid and/or can be adjusted at the moment of
calibration. Historical calibration data shall be taken into consideration in order to identify any
calibration drift and adjust the accuracy of the reference input during any calibration period.

Prior to and following any test, all the instrumentation used to measure shall be properly
recalibrated, and if any instrumentation is suspected to be not in compliance with calibration
standards, the test shall not be conducted or shall be repeated.

5.3.2 PV modules Factory Acceptance Tests (“FATs”)

During the production and delivery stage, PV module manufacturing’s quality control and FATs
at the factory shall include the following:

● Manufacturing process and product quality inspection;

● Pre-shipment test; and
● Batch sampling test.
Pre-shipment test shall be performed based on the Lot of modules, and batch sampling test
shall be based on the Batch of modules. The Lot of modules is defined as a quantity of modules
sequentially produced during an agreed period (e.g., 24-hour) as identified and agreed with the
supplier, and the Batch is defined by 1MWp of PV modules produced in the same workshop,
and, ideally, same Bill of Materials (“BOM”) combination. Lot and Batch definition could be
adapted to be coincident with the corresponding shipments.

The details of each item as listed above testing as part of the FATs shall contain and
demonstrate:

● The manufacturer’s safety requirement specifications are at par with IEC or other
international standards;
● In-house testing parameters, procedures and pass/fail criteria which are at par with general
operating practices; and
● Performance parameters which are at par with the MFS.
The PV module manufacturer shall implement a clear traceability procedure between single
module identification and its corresponding batch, and modules packing box with its
corresponding batch.

The requirement under this section shall be considered as high-level requirements where the
detailed criteria and description will be further populated and agreed at later stage.

1
The International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation started as a conference in 1977 with the aim of
developing international cooperation for facilitating trade by promotion of the acceptance of accredited test and
calibration results.
2
ISO/IEC 17025: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 177 of 277

5.3.2.1 Manufacturing process and product quality inspection

The PV module manufacturer shall perform a complete manufacturing workshop pre-production
production inspection to the module manufacturer’s factories and workshops officially assigned
for the fabrication of the modules for the Project. Any additional workshop assigned during the
production of the Project modules shall be subject the same production inspection.

Pre-production workshops inspection should be conducted, at least, 30 calendar days prior to

the official manufacturing commencement. The PV module manufacturer shall provide the
Owner with detailed production and shipment plans no later than 20 calendar days before
official manufacturing commencement.

The inspection shall consist of checking and evaluating the following processes and
procedures. Examples of inspection tasks and checkpoints are listed below:

● Incoming inspections and preparation of materials – warehouse and laboratory;

● Sorting and test of cells;
● Solar cell tabbing and connection to strings;
● Interconnection of strings;
● Compilation of material layers (module sandwich);
● Lamination and curing process;
● Trimming;
● Junction box attachment and potting;
● Electrical connection;
● Framing;
● Electrical safety tests;
● Control of quality and performance;
● Evaluation of all equipment and procedures used in quality control and safety tests (such as
EL. Wet Leakage. Hi-pot);
● Packaging process;
● Quality assurance/control (storage and handling of materials, production areas, rework
stations, staff training, claim handling);
● Handling of test and calibration equipment;
● Documentation of process data;
● Directing of faulty products; and
● Conditioning of the finished product.
The inspection may be performed by third party inspector as Contractor’s/ Owner’s
Representative. During the inspection, a list of valid quality standards, manufacturing
certification, relevant module certification and BOM shall be available via email before pre-
production inspection completion. The Inspector shall be allowed to verify whether all materials
used by the supplier conforms to BOM as included in the modules IEC certificates, CDF
documents and test reports will be used as BOM validation documents.

A report of this inspection shall be issued to the Owner and in case of findings or deviations are
found, the Contractor shall be responsible for the claim process and feedback to the supplier, so
that preventive or corrective actions shall be further implemented for the manufacturing of the
remaining modules for the Project, including additional (on-factory/off-factory) testing agreed by
the parties needed to find the root cause analysis and overcome any quality issues during the
duration of the entire module production for the Project.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 178 of 277

5.3.2.2 Pre-shipment test

Pre-shipment test shall be conducted at the module manufacturer’s manufacturing facility using
the module manufacturer’s equipment, unless otherwise specified by the Owner to be
conducted at a third-party facility.

The sampling plan per Lot shall be based on the standard “ISO 2859-1 Sampling Procedures
for inspection by attributes – Sampling schemes indexed by Acceptance Quality Limit (“AQL”)
for lot-by-lot inspection”.

The list of tests, Lot sample size, applicable standards for the tests is shown in Table 5.1: Pre-
shipment test list below, while the AQL level is to be agreed with the supplier at a later stage.

Table 5.1: Pre-shipment test list

Test Sample size Test as per standard

Visual Inspection (“VI”) As per ISO 2859-1 As per module manufacturer internal
procedure and visual inspection criteria,
which must cover at least, quality
requirements set out in IEC 61215-2
Maximum power at Standard As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2
Test Conditions (“STC”) and IV
test.
Electroluminescence Test (“EL”) As per ISO 2859-1 As per module manufacturer internal
procedure and criteria for EL inspection,
which must cover at least, quality
requirements set out in IEC 60904-13
Insulation test As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2

Specifically, for the visual inspection and electroluminescence tests, the defect classification on
Critical (“Cr”) / Major (“Ma”) / Minor (“Mi”) shall be agreed between the Contractor and the
Owner, nonetheless the following criteria shall be considered:

● Critical (“Cr”): A latent of overt defect that is likely to result in a hazardous or unsafe
condition for the individual using the module, contravenes mandatory regulations and/or may
cause damage to other products or property;
● Major (“Ma”): A latent or overt defect that could impair the usability or result in under-
performance or premature failure of the module; and
● Minor (“Mi”): A latent or overt defect that does not impair the usability of the PV module, but
is nevertheless considered a workmanship defect beyond normal, acceptable quality
standards.
The PV module manufacturer shall submit the post-production flash test reports for each PV
module at STC in electronic format (Excel files) as part of the as-built documents. The PV
module manufacturer shall provide a summary spreadsheet containing all the documentation on
the PV modules, including the Bill of Material, and the full installed capacity.

5.3.2.3 Batch sampling test

During the production or shipment process, the Owner, Contractor or delegated third party
inspector shall be entitled to conduct batch sampling test on randomly selected modules where
the supplier shall facilitate the process as described under this subsection. The batch sampling
test shall be performed at an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited laboratory, either at the module
manufacturer’s facilities or on a 3rd party laboratory as agreed with the supplier.

The sampling plan per the selected Batch shall be based on the standard “ISO 2859-1
Sampling procedures for inspection by attributes – Sampling schemes indexed by AQL for lot-
by-lot inspection”.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 179 of 277

The lists of tests, Batch sample size, applicable standards and pass/fail criteria for the Batch
sampling test is shown in Table 5.2 below.

Table 5.2: Batch sampling test list

Test Sample size Test as per standard (latest Acceptable Quality Levels (AQL)
edition)
Light As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2 (MQT 19) AQL (0)
Induced Normal Inspection, 3.0% maximum drop in absolute Maximum
Degradation Special Inspection level Power values before and after LID testing.
Test (“LID”) S-1 No test tolerance nor uncertainty will be
considered for this requirement.
Potential As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2 (MQT 21) AQL (0)
Induced Normal Inspection, Pass/Fail requirements as per IEC 61215-
Degradation Special Inspection level 2:2021 and also 5.0% maximum drop in
Test (“PID”). S-1 absolute maximum power values before
and after PID testing. No test tolerance nor
uncertainty will be considered for this
requirement.
Wet Leakage As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2 (MQT 15) AQL (0)
Current Test Normal Inspection, Pass/Fail requirements as per IEC 61215-2
Special Inspection level and also 5.0% maximum drop in absolute
S-1 maximum power values before and after
PID testing. No test tolerance nor
uncertainty will be considered for this
requirement.
Light and As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2 (MQT 23) AQL (0)
Elevated Normal Inspection,
Temperature Special Inspection level
Induced S-1
Degradation
(“LeTID”), if
applicable
Peel-off test 2 modules per Batch IEC 61730-2 (MST 35) AQL (0)

Robustness As per ISO 2859-1 IEC 61215-2 (MQT 14) AQL (0)
of Normal Inspection, Pass/Fail requirements as per IEC 61215-2
termination Special Inspection level and also 5.0% maximum drop in absolute
S-1 maximum power values before and after
PID testing. No test tolerance nor
uncertainty will be considered for this
requirement.

All modules from the batch being inspected must be quarantined at the manufacturer’s facility
during inspection. Once the inspection has been successfully passed inspection and testing, the
quarantined modules may be released for shipment.

None of the non-compliant modules (irrespective of the defect class: minor, major, critical, and
irrespective of the test) shall be shipped and delivered to the Owner. Any non-compliant module
shall be replaced by a compliant module without additional cost to the Owner prior to shipping.

5.3.3 BESS Factory Acceptance Tests

This section describes the FATs of the BESS to be performed by the BESS manufacturer and
witnessed by the Contractor, if applicable, in the manufacturers’ facilities for the main
components and equipment of the BESS prior to shipment. It is assumed that the integrated
BESS system as a turn-key equipment will be tested in FAT. The key components and/or
equipment are:

● Power conversion system (“PCS”);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 180 of 277

● Battery system, including battery cells, battery modules and batter racks;
● Battery management system (“BMS”);
● DC circuit and protection;
● Thermal management system;
● Energy management system (“EMS”) & SCADA;
● Fire suppression system;
The following subsections describe FAT procedures, instrument calibration and schedule
requirements.

5.3.3.1 FAT Procedures for BESS

As part of the BESS FATs, the manufacturer shall complete a documented test procedure to
test all required functions of the BESS and guarantee compliance with the specifications. These
are according to, but not limited to, all the applicable standards as listed below:

● UL 9540 – Standard for Safety of Energy Storage Systems and Equipment

● UL 9540A – Test Method for Evaluating Thermal Runaway Fire Propagation in Battery
Energy Storage Systems
● IEC 60529 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)
● IEC 60664 - Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage systems –All relevant
parts
● IEC 62040 - Uninterruptible power systems (“UPS”)
● IEC 62933-2-1 - General specification for unit parameters and testing methods
● IEC62933-5-2 - Safety requirements for grid-integrated EES systems
● IEC 62619 - Secondary cells and batteries containing alkaline or other non-acid electrolytes -
Safety requirements for secondary lithium cells and batteries, for use in industrial
applications with the exception of the SIL 2 requirement
● UL 1642 - Certification for Safety of Lithium Batteries
● UL 1973 - Energy storage for stationary applications such as for PV: Non-chemistry Specific
(applicable to all secondary battery types)
● UL 1741 - Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use
with Distributed Energy Resources.
Regarding the quantity of test samples, unless otherwise specified, the sample or samples
under test shall be representative of the equipment the Client would receive or shall be the
actual equipment ready for shipment.

The Contractor shall also provide all relevant FAT procedures, which shall include, at least, the
following information:

● Test program (dates, location and duration of each test);

● Test standards;
● Type of inspection and tests;
● Approved design drawings/document relevant for the test;
● Material certificates that will be attached to the FAT reports and technical data sheets
relevant for the tests;
● Methodology of tests;
● Check lists including process data to be recorded;
● Equations for process data where applicable;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 181 of 277

● Description of the instrumentation to be used (including but to not limited to KKS code 3, type
of instrument, measure range and accuracy) including calibration certificates of testing
equipment;
● Forms of test records and test report template; and
● Complete factory QA/QC dossier of the inspections performed prior to the respective FAT;
In addition, all materials and parts shall be new, of current manufacture, and shall not have
been used in a prior service, except as required during factory testing. The system manufacturer
shall conduct inspections on incoming parts, assemblies and final products.

5.3.4 Transformers Factory Acceptance Tests

For power and earthing transformers, the manufacturer shall provide evidence of type tests for
transformers of similar rating and construction as specified in IEC 60076 - all applicable parts,
including:

● Temperature-rise type test (IEC 60076-2);

● Dielectric type tests (IEC 60076-3);
● Determination of sound level (IEC 60076-10) for each method of cooling for which a
guaranteed sound level is specified;
● Measurement of the power taken by the fan and liquid pump motors; and
● Measurement of no-load loss and current at 90% and 110% of rated voltage.
Evidence of a short-circuit withstand test as per IEC 60076-1 11.1.4 and IEC 60076-5 or a rated
short-time neutral current withstand test as per IEC 60076-6 (for earthing transformers) shall be
available for transformers of similar rating and construction as specified in IEC 60076 / EN
60076. Otherwise, demonstration of the transformer’s thermal ability to withstand short circuit
and the ability to withstand the dynamic effects of short circuit is required either by test or by
calculation and design and manufacture considerations.

The routine tests according to the Section 11 (Tests) of IEC 60076-1 and the following tests are
required in the factory for all transformers to be supplied:

● Voltage ratio & Vector group verification

– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers Part 1 (Clause 11.3)
● Winding resistance test
– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers Part 1 (Clause 11.2)
● Insulation resistance test
– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers Part 1 General (Clause 11.1.2.2)
● No-Load test and magnetising current
– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers - Part 1 General (Clause 11.5)
● Short circuit impedance and load losses
– IEC 60076-5: Power Transformers - Part 5 Ability to withstand short circuit
– IEC 60076-20: Power Transformers – Part 20 Energy Efficiency
● Leak testing with pressure for liquid-immersed transformers (tightness test)
– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers – Part 1 General (Clause 11.8)
● Applied Voltage (“AV”) test

3
Kraftwerk Kennzeichen System, indicating process plant designation system, is one if the nomenclature used to
identify and classify equipment and components in process plant.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 182 of 277

– IEC 60076-3: Power Transformers - Part 3 Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
clearances (Clause 11)
● Line Terminal AC ("LTAC") withstand voltage test
– IEC 60076-3: Power Transformers - Part 3 Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
clearances (Clause 12)
● Induced voltage test with partial discharge measurement IVPD
– IEC 60076-3: Power Transformers - Part 3 Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
clearances (Clause 11)
● Capacitance windings-to-earth and between windings and Dissipation Factor (Tan δ)
– IEC 60076-1: Power Transformers – Part 1 General
● Measurement of dissolved gasses in dielectric liquid from each separate oil compartment
except diverter switch compartment.
– Before all tests
– After temperature rise ONAF test
– After temperature rise ONAN test
– After impulse test
– After all electrical tests
● Ratio and Polarity Test of internal CTs
– IEC 61869-2: Instrument Transformers - Part 2 Additional requirements for current
transformers
● Operation of on-load tap changer
– IEC 60076-1: Clause 11.7
● Wiring 2kV insulation test
– IEC 60076-3: Power Transformers - Part 3 (Clause 9)
● Bushings
– IEC 60137 Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V
● Dimensions, general assembly, painting and documentation.
Special tests according to the Section 11 (Tests) of IEC 60076-1 shall be quoted and offered by
the Contractor as part of optional and additional tests to be carried out in the factory. The Owner
shall decide later final special tests to be carried out.

5.3.5 MV switchgear
MV switchgear shall be factory tested as per IEC 62271 “Standards for high voltage switchgear
and control gear”.

A certificate from an independent party shall be available to demonstrate that all equipment
(and its component parts) has been fully type tested in accordance with the appropriate IEC
standards and the specified ratings. In the absence of satisfactory evidence, type tests shall be
carried out by the Contractor. Type test shall not be repeated, however valid Type Test report &
certificate for the similar type of switchgear shall be provided.

Switchgear system shall be routine tested, in accordance with IEC 62271 “Standards for high
voltage switchgear and control gear”.

5.3.6 MV cable
MV cable shall be factory tested as per IEC 60502-1 “Power cables with extruded insulation and
their accessories for rated voltages from 1kV (Um = 1.2kV) up to 30kV (Um = 36 kV)”.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 183 of 277

A certificate from an independent party shall be available to demonstrate that MV cables have
been fully type tested in accordance with the appropriate IEC Standards and the specified
ratings. In the absence of satisfactory evidence, type tests shall be carried out by the
Contractor. Type test shall not be repeated, however valid type test report & certificate for the
similar type of switchgear shall be provided.

Routine tests shall be carried out on each type of manufactured cable drum. The number of
lengths can only be reduced if approved by the Owner according to the agreed quality control
procedures. The routine tests shall include but not necessarily be limited to:

● Non-electrical tests (radial dimensions, thickness of insulation, embossing and marking);

● Hot set test of insulation;
● AC high voltage test and/or spark test;
● Conductor resistance;
● Insulation resistance;
● Capacitance test measurement;
● Partial discharge test; and
● DC test on outer sheath.

5.4 Construction inspections

On arrival of goods and materials at the site, the Contractor shall conduct thorough inspection of
all items to prevent any delays in construction, installation and commissioning that may result
from defects, damage, and deterioration of parts. The Contractor shall submit material reception
report to the Owner for review and approval. The Owner retains the right to participate in the
inspection process and review the material reception report submitted by the Contractor.

Materials reception and warehouse management procedure shall be issued by the Contractor
as part of the Quality Plans. As a minimum criterion for all mechanical and electrical equipment
received on-site, the following shall be checked:

● Identification and traceability data is provided;

● Equipment certifications and type test certificates are provided; and
● Visual inspection shall be performed including packaging.

5.4.1 PV modules on-site inspections

All PV modules containers and pallets delivered to the Project shall be visually inspected by the
Contractor and Owner’s representative for any damages as per the agreed inspection criteria
with the supplier.

On-site inspection is not intended to replace factory acceptance quality measures but is
intended to improve overall quality. Inspections are required pre and post installation.

The Contractor shall perform a visual inspection for the 100% of the PV modules once installed
on the mounting structure.

The containers must be in good condition (no water ingress, debris or damage). No indication of
pallets or packaging being damaged as per the manufacturer’s criteria.

The Contractor should include shock sensors within the PV modules containers and further
executive visual test, flash test and EL testing shall be carried out, in case the shock sensor of
the container is activated.

With respect to the PV modules, the Contractor shall:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 184 of 277

● Inspect PV modules as installed and verify absence of any breakages, frame distortions and
bending/warping or any other signs of incorrect or incomplete installation of each PV module;
● Visual inspection of the PV modules for potential damage or discolouring;
● Verify that each PV module string cables have been marked and numbered and are in
accordance with respective cable schedules provided by the Contractor to the Owner;
● Inspect DC cabling between each PV module and verify cable types, sizes and lengths as
well as cable connector types in test reports;
● Verify integrity of surge protection devices and all earthing connections;
● Verify the expansion spacing between the modules;
● Verify the installation of correct claps as per the Owners technical requirements; and
● Verify correct orientation for the PV modules.

5.4.2 Inverter on-site inspections

All inverter containers delivered to the Project shall be visually inspected by the Contractor and
Owner’s representative for any damages as per the agreed inspection criteria with the supplier.

With respect to the inverters, the Contractor shall:

Visual inspection of the structural parts for any potential damage;

Inspect indicator lights, signal lamps, display devices (voltage, current, loads), mechanical
components, circuit boards, and contactors;
Inspect the connection of the cables (i.e., DC and AC cable connection, and communication
cable connection);
Verify integrity of groundling connection; and
Verify vacant terminals are properly sealed.

5.4.3 Mounting structure on-site inspections

Thickness of the galvanisation of mounting structures and its compliance with structure shop
drawings and soil corrosion results of the geotechnical reports shall be verified. A report
verifying the thickness of galvanising shall be provided for all hot dip galvanised components. A
report verifying the thickness of anodising shall be provided for all anodised components.
Welding reports shall be provided for any welded material. The tightness of all module clamps
and fasteners shall be verified. The proper alignment of the array frame, module rows and the
inclination of the modules shall be confirmed. The Contractor shall provide with survey reports
of the pile which shall meet the requirements of the manufacturer installation manual.

With respect to mounting structure, the Contractor shall:

● Verify overall set-out distances, tilt differences, surfacing, alignment and completeness of the
assembly;
● Verify galvanisation thickness and galvanisation and rectify “scratches” or defects;
● Verify proper alignment of mounting structure, of module rows;
● Verify that all module fasteners have been installed properly;
● Verify torque of all bolts as per supplier’s specifications;
● Verify that the supplier quality certificates of steel and galvanisation of the structures are in
accordance with applicable standards included those defined in the Owner’s Requirements;
and
● Verify earthing of mounting structures (including connections between piles and rotating
components).

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 185 of 277

5.4.4 Visual inspection of the BESS upon delivery

Upon the on-site delivery of BESS product, the status of the BESS container shall be inspected
by the Owner or any such party appointed by the Owner including the electrical contractors and
third-party engineering consultants.

In general, the visual inspection covers the exterior visual inspection and interior visual
inspection of the BESS and PCS containers.

The exterior visual inspection checklist includes, but not limited to:

● The door lock is intact and secured.

● No damage observed on the doors, door hinges, and door handles.
● No damage observed on the body of the battery and PCS containers.
● Nameplate, BESS supplier logo, and equipment serial number are visible and undamaged.
● The cover plates of ventilation holes are in place.
● The interior visual inspection checklist includes, but not limited to:
● All equipment placed in the designated locations.
● No leakage or water accumulations observed in the BESS enclosure
● The door lock of each battery/PCS rack is intact and secured.
● The doors of BESS container and each batter/PCS rack can be opened and closed
smoothly.
● Tightness check of main internal connections
● The portable fire extinguishers and the safety equipment are in place
● The gas level in the fire suppression system is within the specified range
● Risk, danger, and hazard labels are placed at the right places.
After the visual inspection, an inspection results report with pictures and descriptions will be
generated and transmitted to the Contractor with regards to any noted damage or abnormal
status of the BESS.

5.4.5 On-site inspections for electrical and civil works

The inspection and testing activities shall be performed in a logical and sequential manner,
including the division of the Project into different systems and sub-system, which shall undergo
different quality control levels allowing for all items identified during the initial quality control
levels to be traced through the entire quality control and testing process until they have all been
completed.

During the construction and erection period, the Contractor shall undertake all installation
checks, preliminary mechanical and electrical checks, proving the integrity of all connections
(mechanical and electrical), safety systems, and verification that all plant is functionally
complete. Such inspections and tests should be done upon partial completion of the relevant
components.

A detailed field quality plan for installation shall be developed by the Contactor, with the
approval of the Owner or its representatives.

Throughout construction, all incomplete work and deficiencies shall be recorded in a punch list,
which latest version (i.e., only non-rectified items) shall be included in the Transfer of Package
documentation.

Inspection and tests during construction for electrical and civil works shall include and not
limited to the following:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 186 of 277

● Trenches;
● Roads;
● Fences;
● Foundations;
Battery containers;
Power Conditioning Systems (“PCSs”).
● DC wiring;
● String combiner boxes;
● Inverters;
● AC cabling;
● AC boards and switchgear;
● Power and earthing transformers;
● Current transformers;
● Voltage transformers;
● Disconnector and earthing switches;
● Surge arrestors;
● PV SCADA/BESS SCADA/Monitoring Equipment/EMS;
● Meteorological station;
● Security system;
● Firefighting system;
● Earthing system;
● Lightening protection system;
● MV switchboards and RMUs;
In performing the inspection and tests during Construction, the Contractor must verify that all
systems and components of the Project comply with the Contract, and that all equipment has
been installed according to their manufacturers' installation manuals and guidelines.

For the avoidance of doubt, the tests during construction shall not require any connection to the
grid.

The Contractor shall perform any additional tests which may be required by the equipment
suppliers. All test belonging to civil and mechanical installation quality check, will be executed
according to design and suppliers’ installation manuals and specifications.

Successful completion of these tests together with the delivery to the Owner of the associated
test reports or checklists is a requirement for the achievement of the Mechanical Completion
milestone.

5.4.5.1 Trenches
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the civil works drawing:

● Trench routing; and

● Position of the trench traps.
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the trench drawing:

● Depth;
● Length

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 187 of 277

● Width;
● Thickness of the bottom sand layer;
● Diameter, position and colour of the sleeves;
● Thickness of the top sand layer;
● Quality and composition of the backfill material;
● Presence, position and colour of the warning net; and
● Presence, type of material and size of the earth cable.
The Contractor shall check the correct installation:

● Sleeves have not been damaged; and

● Connection between sleeves is fully tightened.

5.4.5.2 Roads
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the roads routing with the civil works drawing.
Further, the Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the civil works
technical specification:

● Length, width and thickness of the roads;

● Presence and type of the geotextile layer (if applicable);
● Size of the material (gravel, stones, etc.); and
● Completion of compaction.

5.4.5.3 Fences
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the fence technical
specification:

● Type of fence;
● Dimensions of the fence;
● Mesh size;
● Thickness of the galvanisation on fence poles; and
● Colour.
The Contractor shall check on the whole length of the fence:

● The fence has been installed according to the drawing;

● The fence is not damaged;
● The fence is vertically installed;
● Proper distance between the ground level and the bottom of the fence;
● Distance between rods;
● Depths of driving in of the rods;
● Quantity of concrete on the rods foundations by a visual inspection;
● The gates have been vertically installed;
● The correct opening/closing of the gates; and
● The correct locking/unlocking of the gates.

5.4.5.4 Foundations
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following foundation items with the drawings:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 188 of 277

● Position;
● Length;
● Width;
● Depth;
● Thickness;
● Presence, type of material and size of the earth cable;
● Thickness and depth of the sand layer; and
● All cables entrance inside the inverter transformer station basement are sealed and
waterproofed according to the inverter transformer station specification.
For the respective concrete foundations:

● Compliance of the iron framework with the iron framework drawing or to the calculation note;
● Quality of concrete through a visual inspection; and
● Concrete cube test results.

5.4.5.5 Battery containers

With respect to the Battery containers, the Contractor shall perform and record the following
verification actions:

 Verify the Battery containers are properly installed on the foundations;

 Verify correct battery modules in the correct quantities are installed;
 Verify all connections are properly made and any quality assurance markings are visible;
 Verify location and tightness of all grounding lugs; and
 Conduct system checks per manufacturer’s recommendations.

5.4.5.6 BESS PCS

With respect to the PCS, the Contractor shall perform and record the following verification
actions:

 Verify all sources of AC power to PCS are per drawings;

 Verify DC conductors are proper sizing and adequately installed;
 Verify DC fuse sizing;
 Verify AC fuse sizing;
 Verify AC and DC disconnect sizing per drawing;
 Verify all arc flash shielding is present and installed;
 Verify PCS nameplate and model; and
 Conduct system checks per manufacturer’s recommendations.

5.4.5.7 DC wiring
With respect to DC wiring, the Contractor shall:

● Verify cable identification is in place and correct for identification and durability according to
the specifications in section;
● Verify condition of cable;
● Verify cables are landed and lugs are torqued to appropriate value in accordance with
manufacturer’s data;
● Verify that all electrical safety certificates have been issued by the relevant authority;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 189 of 277

● Verify that all cabling is installed as per design with service loops and cable protection
conduits as a UV barrier;
● Cabling must not be exposed to the sun;
● Verify that all the cables are fastened at regular intervals and that no sharp edges may affect
the cables; and
● Verify that all cable transitions (e.g., above ground to below ground, etc.) are appropriately
fastened using weather resistant jointing elements which are also rodent barriers for
prevention of egress into the cable conduits.

5.4.5.8 String combiner box (if applicable)

With respect to the string combiner boxes, the Contractor shall perform and record the following
verification actions:

● Visual inspection of the combiner box;

● Earthing terminations;
● Proper installation, configuration and number of cablings, overcurrent protections,
overvoltage protections, DC fuses rates, etc.;
● Proper IP rating;
● Proper internal ventilation features;
● Proper local isolation of the combiner box and individual points of insolation;
● Proper communication printed circuit boards and necessary electrical protection devices, if
any;
● Protection screen against each electrical live component;
● Door and locking system;
● Proper SLD and folder;
● Proper internal and external labelling;
● Proper location of the surge production device; and
● Proper torque level and marks.

5.4.5.9 DC and AC Cabling

For the AC cabling, both Low-voltage and Medium-Voltage cables, the Contractor shall:
● Compare cable data with drawings and specifications;
● Verify cable identification is in place and correct for identification and durability;
● Verify condition of cable; and
● Verify cables are landed and torqued to appropriate value in accordance with manufacturer’s
data.

5.4.5.10 AC boards and switchgear

With respect to commissioning tests for AC boards and switchgear, the Contractor shall:

● Inspect AC cabling and switches and verify that types, sizes and lengths are in accordance
with the Agreement requirements, are correctly labelled and in line with respective diagrams;
● Verify lightning protection controls, if applicable;
● Verify voltage controls;
● Verify protection device calibration; and
● Verify compliance to requirements and standards.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 190 of 277

5.4.5.11 Power and earthing transformers

The Contractor shall execute the following actions and checks, where devices are installed and/or
where applicable:

● Visual inspection;
● Check correct earthing;
● Check tightening torque of bolted connections after completion of all tests;
● Check oil leakages;
● Check oil level;
● Check of protection devices;
● Check of alarms and trip initiation (oil level, Buchholz, temperature, overpressure valve); and
● Check saturation of dehumidifying salt.

5.4.5.12 Current transformers

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items:

● Visual inspection including corrosion and alignment;

● Check not used windings are short circuited and earthed;
● Check earthing;
● Completeness of installation and cleanliness of insulators;
● SF6 pressure or oil level;
● Check connections; and
● Check ratios and data sheet parameters.

5.4.5.13 Voltage transformers

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items:

● Visual inspection including corrosion and alignment;

● Check not used windings are open circuited and earthed in one end;
● Check earthing;
● Check tightening of bolts;
● Completeness of installation and cleanliness of insulators;
● Oil level;
● Check connections; and
● Check ratios and data sheet parameters;

5.4.5.14 Disconnector and earthing switches

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items:

● Check grounding;
● Check tightening of bolts;
● Completeness of installation and cleanliness of insulators; and
● Verify greasing of main contacts and moving parts.

5.4.5.15 Surge arrestors

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 191 of 277

● Check grounding of supports;

● Check grounding of dischargers;
● Check grounding of counter;
● Check tightening of bolts; and
● Completeness of installation and cleanliness of insulators.

5.4.5.16 Earthing
The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the earth grid drawing or
calculation note:

● Position of the earth cables and rods;

● Dimensions and type of material of the earth cables and rods;
● Welding of the earth cables and rods together, through a visual inspection; and
● Position of the earth plugs above ground level.

5.4.5.17 Meteorological station

The following items shall be inspected on the meteorological equipment:

● Calibration certificates for meteorological station components, including anemometers and

anemometers connected to the pyranometers, temperature sensors and calibrated cells
have been provided;
● Meteorological station has been installed at location according to the layout;
● The meteorological station support has been secured;
● The pyranometers support plate has been oriented according to tilt (tolerance ±0.1°) and
orientation (tolerance ±0.1°);
● For the pyranometer, a space is available on the same supporting plate to allow the
installation of a second pyranometer for test purposes;
● The pyranometer are clean and not damaged;
● A UV sheath has been installed around pyranometer cable;
● The pyranometers have been installed in a shading free zone;
● The PV module temperature sensor has been installed at location according to the layout;
● The PV module temperature sensor has been solidly pasted to the module; and
● The PV module temperature sensor has been installed in the middle of a cell of a PV module
located in the middle of a table, away from any building fan exhaust.

5.4.5.18 Security system

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the security CCTV
and anti-intrusion drawings:

● Position of the CCTV cameras and perimeter floodlights which are integrated in the IDS
functionality as described in Section 2;
● Height of the cameras & floodlights support poles;
● Installation of the intrusion detection system along the full length of the fence (mounted on
fence and buried along the outer boundary of the fence;
● Installation of the intrusion/detection system on/off switch;
● Installation of magnetic contact switches at all perimeter gates and key entrances in the PV
plant; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 192 of 277

● Ensure there are no blind spots.

The Contractor shall check the compliance of the following items with the anti-intrusion
technical specification:

● Type and accuracy of the cameras; and

● Type of intrusion detection system for the perimeter fence.

5.4.5.19 PV SCADA/BESS SCADA and Monitoring Equipment

With respect to the inspection and tests for the SCADA system, the Contractor shall:

● Verify compliance to requirements and standards;

● Verify accuracy classes are within requirements and inspect calibration certificates;
● Verify that all electricity meters (input and output) and corresponding circuits are sealed;
● Verify communications equipment is installed per drawings;
● Verify latest firmware is installed and settings are in accordance with design;
● Verify communication wiring is installed and indicator lights are indicating successful;
● Verify redundancy of the SCADA server, power plant controller, power supply and
communication links; and
● The door lock is intact and secured.

5.5 Tests on Completion

The Project shall be commissioned and tested in compliance with this MFS, Department
Circular No. DC2021-06-2013, NGCP’s practice, applicable local regulations, internationally
recognised codes and standards and the current best commissioning practice of solar PV plants
and BESS plants.

The Tests on Completion shall include but not limited to the following:

● Pre-Commissioning (Cold commissioning):

– Visual inspection
– Functional tests
– Electrical safety tests
● Commissioning (Hot commissioning):
– MV inverter transformers energisation
– Inverters’ commissioning
– BESS commissioning
– SCADA and monitoring system commissioning
● Philippine Grid Code Compliance Test
● Performance Tests of the PV plant
– Thermographic inspection
– PR test
Performance Tests of the BESS plant
Performance guarantee tests

5.5.1 Personnel
The Contractor shall procure the services of an Authorised Person during testing and
commissioning of the Project for all switching, linking, safety testing and earthing operations.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 193 of 277

5.5.2 Testing and commissioning compliance

It is the Contractor’s obligation to ensure that the Mechanical Completion will be achieved prior
to application for Provisional Certificate of Approval to Connect (“Provisional CATC”) with
NGCP. The Provisional CACT is referred to the certification issued by NGCP, allowing the
commencement of test and commissioning as specified under the Department Circular No.
DC2021-06-2013.

The test and commissioning refer to the procedures to determine and certify that a generation
unit was connected to the grid in accordance with the PGC, PDC, and other relevant guidelines
and specifications and to determine readiness to deliver energy to grid distribution networks for
the purpose of securing the Certificate of Compliance (“COC”) from Energy Regulatory
Commission (“ERC”). The Test and Commissioning including the capability tests as specified in
the PGC, PDC and other relevant tests required such as grid compliance test, ancillary service
capacity test, and all other activities which require synchronisation to the Grid.

It is the Contractor’s obligation to also ensure that the Project have achieved the following key
certificates and key milestones (in accordance with the Department Circular No. DC2021-06-
2013, NGCP’s practice, and applicable ERC guidelines for the issuance of the COC or any
equivalent documents):

● Mechanical Completion;
● Provisional Certificate of Approval to Connect (“Provisional CATC”);
● Energisation as Load Completion;
● Energisation as Generator Completion (for Testing and Commissioning (“T&C”) purposes);
● Energisation as Generator Completion (for commercial purposes);
● Final Certificate of Approval to Connect (“Final CATC”); and
● COC or other equivalent documents.
As per the NGCP’s requirements, the plant T&C will involve injection of power to the Grid which
consists of two (2) main phases:

● The Project Company conducts the internal testing and commissioning of the generation;
and
● Completion of the grid compliance test (to be witnessed by NGCP).
The Contractor shall be obliged to ensure that the testing plan and sequences of the Project are
performed in a timely manner and in compliance with the Department Circular No. DC2021-06-
2013, NGCP’s requirements, and applicable ERC guidelines for the issuance of the COC or any
equivalent documents.

5.5.3 Pre-Commissioning (Cold commissioning)

5.5.3.1 General
The Pre-commissioning shall include but is not limited to the following:

● Visual inspection;
● Functional tests; and
● Electrical safety tests.

5.5.3.2 Visual inspection

The envisaged scope of the visual inspection will consist of but is not limited to:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 194 of 277

● The Project is free from any defect other than minor defects that do not exceed one (1%) of
the EPC Contract Price, not including those defects that have an adverse effect on the
safety, operation and performance of the Project;
● The component has been installed and wired in accordance with the approved design;
● Usage of adequate materials;
● The readiness of the installation and of the calibration of all protection and signalling
equipment;
● The availability of electrical drawings, safety manuals and usage handbooks and factory test
reports or quality test reports from manufacturer, when applicable;
● Spare parts available on site;
● Labelling and identification of cables, fuses, panels cubicles etc.;
● Adequate protection from live parts;
● Contractor to provide a PV module register, including the following for each and every
installed PV module:
– Serial number;
– Geolocation in the Project; and
– Location in the electrical configuration including location in the string, string number,
combiner box number, inverter number, transformer number, and subfield number.
The PV module register will be stored in a cloud-based software platform, and it shall be able
to be accessed and interrogated by office and site personnel using standard devices. Site
personnel should be able to use mobile applications to direct themselves to a specific
module easily and obtain the relevant module data from the PV module register.
Visual checks are applicable on all the components that form part of the Project, and shall
include as a minimum the following parts:

● Inverters;
● Foundations;
● PV modules and DC installation;
● BESS installation, including BESS inverter station;
● Trenches, cabling, electrical boxes and protection devices;
● Monitoring system including any UPS;
● Low voltage installation, including protection equipment;
● Medium voltage installation, including transformers and protection equipment;
● Safety equipment such as surge arrestors and earthing;
● Fire alarm/protection system;
● Security system;
● Equipment labelling; and
● Health and safety signage.

5.5.3.3 Functional test

The functional tests shall be in accordance with IEC 62446-1 (Grid connected photovoltaic
systems – Minimum requirements for system documentation, commissioning tests, and
inspection). The following tests shall be included as a minimum as part of the functional tests:

PV system
● Polarity test (100% of the strings);
● Combiner box test;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 195 of 277

● String open circuit voltage (“Voc”) tests (100% of the strings);

● String short circuit current (“Isc”) tests (100% of the strings);
● Insulation resistance of the DC circuits (100% of both strings and arrays); and
● PV string IV curves (100% of the strings).
IV curve testing and both current Isc and voltage Voc of the inputs, as seen at the string level.
No string may have a measured Voc that differs by more than 5 % from the average Voc of the
strings connected to one inverter, a measured Isc that differs by more than 10 % from the
average Isc of the strings connected to one inverter, or an incorrect polarity. All strings that do
not meet these requirements shall be considered as non-operational, and the test must be
repeated. All test methods and test criteria shall be according to the IEC 62446-1.

Inverter station
● Check operation of circuit breakers and ancillary equipment;
● Verify operation of ventilation system;
● Verify operation of mechanical and electrical interlocks;
● Verify operation of auxiliary equipment;
● Point to point wiring and insulation resistance checks of all interconnecting wiring; and
● Tests as per the manufacturer recommendations.

BESS
● Verify rack open circuit voltage;
● Check operation of circuit breakers and ancillary equipment;
● Verify operation of auxiliary equipment, including but not limited to thermal management
system, fire protection system, UPS (if any), battery management system (“BMS”);
● Measure for stray voltages on frames and near grounding lugs; and
● Open and close DC disconnects to verify operation.

Power and earthing transformers

● Power transformers shall be commissioned by the transformer manufacturer or an
authorised representative of the manufacturer using the manufacturer’s specified
procedures. Commissioning reports shall be issued in a format provided by the
manufacturer.

SCADA and security system

● Verification of the security system;
● SCADA integrity test;
● Verification of all communication cable signals;
● Continuity Test (“OTDR”) for fiber optic cable & control/monitoring cables;
● Tests for insertion loss (power meter and light source test) for fiber optic cable &
control/monitoring cables;
● Obtain attenuation measurements on all optical fibres;
● Test communications with inverters up to string combiner boxes
● Verify format and handling of acquired data set;
● Check threshold alarm controls;
● Inspect UPS operation and correct dimensioning;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 196 of 277

● Inspect the site communication systems - broadband cable distribution and Global System
for Mobile Communication (“GSM”) if applicable;
● Control of remote system access and data downloading; and
● System is ready for on-load commissioning.

5.5.3.4 Electrical safety tests

The electrical safety tests shall include but not be limited to:

LV system
● Low-voltage DC (PV string and PV array cables) and AC cables shall be tested for insulation
resistance in accordance with IEC 60364-6, IEC 60364-7, and IEC 62446-1;
● Continuity testing of all DC and LV AC cables;
● Verify the polarity and voltage of each pair of conductors at the combiner box and inverter;
● Tests on LV protections and switchgear and other control apparatus where provided; and
● Verification of hot spots in electrical connections.

MV system
● MV protections and switchgear tests;
● Verification of hot spots in electrical connections;
● Perform and record conductor continuity testing;
● Perform and record insulation resistance testing;
● Perform dielectric strength testing;
● Perform Very Low Frequency (“VLF”) testing; and
● Perform partial discharges testing.

Power and earthing transformers

● Insulation check (with measurement of insulation resistance) (primary to secondary –
primary to earth – secondary to earth);
● Measurement of voltage ratio at each tap setting and vector group;
● Measurement of no-load losses and current;
● Measurement of short circuit impedance and load losses;
● Measurement of winding resistance at each tap setting;
● AC voltage withstand test;
● Tan delta tests performed on all bushings with test taps;
● Test tap changer manual and electrical operation;
● Dielectric tests;
● Functional tests (feedings and auxiliary circuits, ventilators, cooling fans, oil pumps);
● Swept Frequency Response Analysis (“SFRA”); and
● No-load test (when applicable).

Current transformers
● Measurement of winding resistance;
● Ratio and polarity test;
● Turn ratio test;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 197 of 277

● Check saturation curves of protection cores; and

● Verification by injection of current to the primary.

Voltage transformers
● Measurement of winding resistance;
● Check voltage ratio; and
● Verification by injection of voltage to the primary.

Disconnector and earthing switches

● Check setting of limit switches;
● Check interlocking between earthing and disconnector;
● Perform electrical maneuvers;
● Perform mechanical maneuvers;
● Functional tests; and
● Measure resistance of main contacts.

Surge arrestors
● Measure insulation resistance;
● Register number of discharges recorded by the counter before activation; and
● Measure residual resistance before activation.

Earthing
The Contractor shall supply to the Owner results of all tests associated with the earthing system,
including without limitation results of:

● Low-Ohm-measurements (transmission of PE including metal parts like mounting system);

● Earth resistance tests for each combiner box and inverter station;
● Earth conductor continuity tests and resistance tests; and
● Electrical continuity of the Project earthing and/or equipotential bonding conductors (all
metallic and electrical equipment).
Full compliance with relevant local standards shall be verified by way of current injection tests
and step and touch voltage measurements and analysis.

The earth grid shall be tested in accordance with IEEE Std. 81 2012, NESC Rule 011A2 and IEEE
2778-2020.

Validation tests shall be undertaken including:

● Conductor tests of all the earth grid;

● An ‘off-frequency’ current injection test to determine the impedance and earth potential rise
of the complete earthing system.;
● Voltage gradient tests to determine the extent of earth potential rise contours; and
● Step, touch, and transfer potential measurements throughout the Project to determine the
performance of the installed earthing system under simulated fault conditions.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 198 of 277

5.5.4 Commissioning (Hot commissioning)

5.5.4.1 General
For safety reasons, hot commissioning activities shall only start when the earthing system
commissioning has been completed and results accepted by the Owner.

The Commissioning shall include but is not limited to the following:

● Inverters’ commissioning;
● BESS commissioning;
● Switchgear Relay Testing;
● AC (MV station to Inverter stations) 24h soaking tests;
● Switchgear System test;
● Tests for Auxiliary Systems; and
● SCADA and monitoring system commissioning.

5.5.4.2 Inverters’ Commissioning

Each inverter shall be commissioned according to manufacturer specifications and industry best
practice.

These tests on the inverters shall be performed after passing the manufacturer installation
protocol and the following shall be performed:

● Loss of control power;

● Loss of array;
● Anti-islanding;
● Harmonic distortion;
● Power factor;
● Active/reactive power;
● Closed loop Project controller; and
● Test of basic grid management functions (frequency and automatic voltage regulation).
Inverter station Site Acceptance Test (“SAT”) shall be conducted as per suppliers
commissioning procedure and documentation. Supplier to provide internal Inspection Test Plan
(“ITP”), Quality Check Procedures (“QCP”) and SAT for review, integration and approval.

5.5.4.3 Switchgear system test

● Functionality SAT;
● Circuit breaker and disconnect contact resistance;
● Circuit breaker tripping time;
● Current transformer; and
● MV Switchgears.

5.5.4.4 Tests for auxiliary systems

● Security system tests;
● Firefighting system tests;
● Fire protection system tests; and
● HVAC system tests.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 199 of 277

5.5.4.5 SCADA and monitoring system tests

The SCADA and monitoring system, including monitoring of weather station, shall be
commissioned according to manufacturer specifications and approved commissioning
procedure. The Contractor shall provide ITP/QCP, SAT plan and commissioning procedure for
review and approval by the Owner.

Every instrument required for the measurement of data shall have been previously calibrated
and certified by third party experts. Calibration certificates shall be provided for the instruments
at the time of test. The costs involved in preparation of calibration certificates shall be borne by
the Contractor.

The commissioning of SCADA system shall include tests required by NGCP in compliance of
Philippine Grid Code, including but not limited to:

SCADA network connectivity and signal exchange with Grid Operator;

● SCADA voltage control;
● SCADA active power control;
● SCADA local and remote control; and
● Dispatch capability test.
Prior to the perform the Performance Tests of the PV plant tests, every test instrument required
for the measurement of test data shall be checked and recalibrated if necessary.

The Owner shall review the calibration certificates of each sensor and all related documentation
like certifications and installation manuals.

5.5.4.6 BESS hot commissioning and Site Acceptance Test

Pre-sync check outline

Once the checks and verifications mentioned in previous sections have been successfully
performed, the Contractor shall conduct all pre-sync checks and tests for the battery control
panel, PCS, and energy storage listed in Table 5.3 to Table 5.5 below and others as
recommended by manufacturer or as necessary to ensure safe start up without damage to
equipment.

Table 5.3: Battery control panel pre-sync checks

Item Description

Insulation resistance  The insulation resistance shall be no less than 1MΩ between the follow locations, with
test no less than 1000volts.
 Between DC input circuit and the ground.
 Between AC input circuit and the ground.
 Between DC input circuit and AC input circuit.

Insulation strength  There shall be no electric arc or breakdown for 1min, and the leakage current shall be
test less than 10mA during the following test.
 Test positions:
- Between DC input circuit and the ground;
- Between AC input circuit and the ground;
- Between DC input circuit and AC input circuit.

Earth resistance test Set the test current at 30A, the resistance shall be no more than 0.1Ω between all
accessible metal parts and ground nut.

Fan test Fan works normally without noise; the direction of the wind is per design.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 200 of 277

Item Description

LCD display and The button shall be operated normally and consist to the LCD interface. The context,
button operation language shall be displayed correctly.

DC/AC distribution Circuit is correct, circuit breakers are working normally, and circuit breakers have a one-to-
channel on-off test one correspondence with the output circuit. The output voltage of the switching power
supply and UPS are normal.
SPD faults detect Cable connection of SPD is correct, when pull out one of the SPD modules, LCD can
report alarm normally. After recovery the SPD module, SPD alarm disappeared.
Breaker off detect If the breaker with the function of on-off state detection, disconnected. LCD can report
alarm normally.

Fuse faults detect Simulated fuse failure by triggering the detection switches, LCD can report alarm normally.

Transformer over Simulated transformer over temperature by changing the state of the transformers over
temperature alarm dry contact, LCD can report alarm normally.
Input/Output dry Simulated abnormal signals to each pair of input dry contacts, LCD can display the
contacts detect abnormality, the output dry contact can normally be turned on or off according to the
control instructions
Default setting Remove operation, failures history and calibrate clock, reset to default setting. If there are
any special requirements for parameter setting in protocols or technical documents, set the
parameters of the product as required. Break off all the circuit breakers and turn off the
UPS power.

Table 5.4: PCS pre-sync checks

Test item Description
Insulation The insulation resistance shall be no less than 1MΩ between the follow locations:
resistance  Between input circuit and the ground; and
test
 Between output circuit and the ground;
 Between input circuit and output circuit.

Electrical Short the DC+ and DC- busbar, apply the basic test voltage (according to IEC 60950 or equivalent)
strength test between DC to the ground. The test duration is 60s, no insulation flashover, breakdown or other
destructive discharge shall be detected, and the change of the leakage current is within the
predictable range.
Earth The resistance shall be no more than 0.1Ω between all accessible metal parts and ground nut.
continuity test
On/off switch The PCS shall be able to switch among difference working modes and power on; the PCS shall be
bottom able to stop working from different working modes.

Table 5.5: Energy storage system pre-synch checks

Test item Description
Cabinet and All accessories related to the device assembly meet their technical requirements respectively;
mechanical painting and electroplate are secure and smooth without peeling, corrosion, or cracks; rack
structure quality plate is smooth, texts and signals are legible, clean, correct and standard; labels, nameplates
and signs are clear and intact; all switches are flexible and easy to operate.
Insulation The insulation resistance shall be no less than 1MΩ between the follow locations tested at
resistance test 1000V or more.
Test positions DC test voltage (Volt)
Between DC input circuit and the ground; >=1,000
Between AC input circuit and the ground; >=1,000
Between DC input circuit and AC input circuit. >=1,000
Insulation There shall be no electric arc or breakdown for 1min, and the leakage current shall be less than
Strength Test 20mA during the following test.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 201 of 277

Test item Description

Test positions DC test voltage (Volt)
Between DC input circuit and the ground; According to IEC 60950 or equivalent
Between AC input circuit and the ground; According to IEC 60950 or equivalent
Between DC input circuit and AC input circuit. According to IEC 60950 or equivalent
Earthing Set the test current at 20A, the measured resistance shall be no more than 0.1Ω between all
resistance accessible metal parts and ground nut.
System circuit System cable connection are correct; cable and devices are connected firmly.
Check the lamp Close the lighting power supply switch of power distribution cabinet, interior lighting the lamp,
and emergency emergency light charging; Disconnect the power supply switch, internal lights extinguished,
lamp emergency lights light up.
Fire suppression Close the Fire suppression system power supply, system can pass self-check, simulate a fire-
system signal, system can alarm and start the extinguisher normally.

Schedule and notification

Without prejudice to other provisions in the EPC Contract, the Contractor shall submit the
Owner a detailed test schedule for all the commissioning tests at least fifteen (15) days prior to
the proposed commencement date of such tests and shall report, if any changes to the testing
schedule initially submitted.

Within seven (7) days after receipt of each test procedure, the Owner has the right to require
amendments to such test procedure, including setting forth additional tests which in the opinion
of the Owner are required to prove that the system is installed and capable of being operated
according to the design, performance and operation requirements specified in the EPC Contract
and is capable of achieving the requirements, and the Contractor shall include any such
reasonable requests into the test procedures.

Energisation and hot commissioning

After all pre-sync and energisation procedures have been successfully performed according to
the BESS supplier’s instructions, recommendations and requirements, the BESS hot
commissioning and SAT will be performed. It should be noted that the Contractor may also
conduct the SAT before hot commissioning without energisation of the entire system if they
choose to use grid emulators and load banks for such tests.

This system-level functional test shall include, but not be limited to, all items mentioned in Table
5.6 below.

Table 5.6: BESS site acceptance testing

Item Description
Communication The architecture of the communication function between the product and host computer, and
function rack and BMS shall be straightforward and seamless.
Emergency stop Upon initiation of an emergency stop command (remote and local automated control, and
local stop manual hand control), the energy storage system must shutdown immediately.
Once reset, the energy storage system shall start normally after the required shutdown
period.
Indicator light The indicator light of the power supply lamp, running lamp and fault lamp of the equipment
shall be properly linked with the remote monitoring system.
Operational control The operational control must send the following instructions by the local controller: operation
mode, starting up, active power value, reactive power value, power factor value, shut down.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 202 of 277

Item Description
The controlled power device can start and stop normally, the operation mode, active power
value, reactive power value and power factor of controlled power device should be
consistent with the send value.
The BESS shall have a function of default output and charge setting.
Battery over In the event where the system shows battery (or State of Charge ("SoC”)) over discharge
discharge and during operation, the affected battery must be disconnected until it goes to recovery state.
recovery
Default setting This refers to the revert of the whole system that includes but not limited to operation
settings, recorded failure history and calibrated clock return to reversion, and any special
requirements required by the PPA, IA or ISO.
Full trip Safe shutdown upon trip of each main POI breaker without tripping the other POI breaker.
Automatic start-up Demonstrate automatic the facility starts up upon remote signal and upon AGC signal.
Output setpoint Stable control to a kW output setpoint as set by remote controller and by ISO AGC.
operation DC current injection shall be no more than 0.5% of the rating output current,
when the PCS is working at rating power connecting to grid.
Power quality Demonstrate the facility can operate within the full range of power quality parameters
operating range required by the utility. Parameters shall include at a minimum; frequency, power factor,
voltage, and output level.
Automatic charging  Demonstrate the facility can automatically charge to 100% and to lower SoC setpoints,
and SoC control as initiated by remote control and by automatic schedule. Provide (after review and
approval by the Owner) capability to offset the SoC with the amount of overbuild. SoC
must be presented in terms of both 0-100% and actual available kWh.
 Demonstrate that system can operate with a voltage buffer at top and bottom SoC so
battery strings remain online when limits are reached and not at risk of under/over-
charging.
Charge/Discharge Demonstrate facility can safely operate within charge/discharge limits for the system based
limits on SoC so as to not cause the battery to trip offline on high/low voltage. These limits should
be set by the Owner, or a representative appointed by the Owner for the specific warranty
limits (or other operating limits) for a given site.
ESS round trip Demonstrate the round-trip efficiency (charge/discharge) of each subsystem is measured at
efficiency the utility POI.
PCS inversion The max efficiency shall be no less than supplier’s specification when the PCS is working in
efficiency charging and discharging mode.
AC over/under When the AC output voltage is out of the required ranged, the PCS shall disconnect from the
voltage grid and alarm. The requirement is applied to each phase.
Polarity reverse When the input polarities are connected reversely, the PCS shall protect without any
connection damage. And the PCS shall work normally after polarities are connected correctly.
protection test
Overload protection Adjust the power of resource until it exceeds the max allowed charging/discharging power,
test the PCS shall be automatically limited to work at allowed max power.
Over/Under If frequency is out of the required range, the PCS shall disconnect from grid within required
frequency test interval. After grid frequency recover to required range, the inverter shall restart and operate
normally.
Reactor over When simulating the reactor over temperature, the PCS shall protect. After remove over
temperature temperature, the PCS shall work normally.
protection
DC over/under When the DC input voltage is over required voltage range, the PCS shall not start or stop
voltage protection working (for PCS in working) and alarm.
Synchronisation test Demonstrate the system can detect grid voltage and automatically synchronise and start-up.
UL 9540 & NFPA Demonstrate compliance with UL 9540 and/or NFPA 855.
855

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 203 of 277

5.5.5 Philippine Grid Compliance Tests

It is the Contractor’s obligation to ensure that the design and installation of the Project is in
compliance with all applicable requirements and regulatory approvals including national grid
code requirements. Responsibility is on the Contractor to support and drive all required
permitting and application process for grid interconnection and compliance.

The Contractor shall ensure all required hardware that is to be specified to allow for grid
interconnection is included in its scope. All required SLD’s and layouts shall be submitted as
part of the design package in support of the grid interconnection application.

The results of the electrical grid tests shall be presented in a manner that will be acceptable to
the System Operator and the Owner.

5.5.5.1 Tests required for Variable Renewable Energy (“VRE”) Generating Facilities
Tests required for Variable Renewable Energy (“VRE”) Generating Facilities as listed in ERC
Resolution No. 7, Series of 2013 and Chapter 4 of the Philippine Grid Code.

● Maximum generation (Pmax);

● Reactive power capability;
● Voltage control system;
● Active power control system;
● Power quality generating unit power output;
● Frequency withstand capability; and
● Performance during network disturbance/ Low-Voltage Ride Through Test.
After the required tests above are completed, NGCP shall then conduct/witness the VRE
SCADA remote test.

5.5.6 Performance Tests of the PV plant

5.5.6.1 General
Prior to commencing the Performance Tests of the PV plant, the cold commissioning and hot
commissioning activities shall have been completed and passed, and energisation has been
achieved.

The Performance Tests of the PV plant shall include but is not limited to the following:

● Thermographic inspection; and

● Performance Ratio (“PR”) test of PV plant.
At the conclusion of the tests, the Contractor shall perform calculations to determine the
performance relative to the guaranteed values and will issue a report covering the entire testing
activity. This report shall contain all raw data used in the calculations in sufficient detail to allow
the Owner to repeat any calculation.

The Contractor shall develop a test protocol for each of the test with concepts included under
this document. The Contractor shall submit each test protocol to the Owner for review and
approval no later than 30 days prior to the commencement of the test for Owner’s review
following the review period stipulated in the Contract. The test protocol shall include a
calculation spreadsheet in Excel format implementing the methodology and requirements
defined in the test protocol for the assessment of the outcome of the test.

The Owner and Contractor shall have agreed the test protocols before the commencement of
any test.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 204 of 277

During the Performance Tests of the PV plant, all pyranometers installed in the Project shall
remain unshaded and shall be cleaned on a daily basis at the commencement of each testing
day.

5.5.6.2 Thermographic inspection

A thermographic inspection shall be also performed by the Contractor to the PV modules to
detect non-conformities such as hotspot and diode failure. The thermographic inspection shall
be evaluated on 100% of the plant modules. Remedial action plan required under the
thermographic inspection results shall be submitted for Owner’s approval.

The Contractor shall perform a drone thermographic inspection to the 100% of PV modules
while the Project is in operations, which could coincide fully or partially with the period in which
the PR test is done, in order to detect non-conformities such as hotspot and diode failure.
Remedial action plan required under the thermographic inspection results shall be submitted for
Owner’s approval.

The thermographic inspection shall be carried out according to the following requirements:

● Thermal camera specification:

– Thermal camera resolution: 640x512 or better;
– Thermal camera lens: 13mm lens or better; and
– Thermal camera framerate – 30Hz or higher.
● Flight planning:
– Flying altitude: A maximum of 23m from the module surface to comply with IEC 62446-3;
– Flying speed: A slow flight speed (i.e., 4.4m/s) to provide a better image quality and
ensure no blurred images; and
– Image capturing: The thermal camera set up with the correct thermal parameters for
emissivity, reflected apparent temperature, ambient temperature at operational altitude.
● Irradiance:
– Target irradiance to perform the thermographic inspection shall be 600 W/m2; and
– Thermographic inspection shall not be carried out with irradiance below 400W/m2 (except
with prior approval by the Owner).
● Wind Speed:
– Maximum 8.5m/s unless otherwise approved by the Owner and allowed by the drone
provider.
● Radiometric thermal Images, JPEG and TIFF format:
– Radiometric images allow for adjusting to be made to the data post-flight; and
– RGB Digital Images captured alongside the thermal images. RGB images shall assist
with classifying specific faults such as soiling shading and broken modules.
● Image analysis, reporting and fault classification:
– Identification of the location of potential faults to be done automatically by a dedicated
software (i.e., no human visual analysis of the images needed);
– Classification of the fault / thermal anomalies – cell fault, substring fault, junction box,
broken module, local soiling (i.e., bird droppings), general soiling (i.e., pollen, dust,
leaves), open circuit module / string / inverter, etc.;
– For each fault, measured global irradiance (via sensor on the drone) converted to
irradiance to the Plane of Array (PoA) irradiance with a mathematical model using
location, installation angle;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 205 of 277

– Measured temperature gradient (DTm) for each fault is recalculated by normalising to the
irradiance of 1,000 W/m2 (DTn) based on the calculated PoA irradiance nearest to that
anomaly;
– Fault location – List of faults with the location for each of the faults, giving at minimum the
string number and location of the module within the string (i.e., SUB1-INV1-STRING1
Module 5 from the west);
– Classification of faults by root cause (i.e., soiling);
– Report format. Tabulated file format including all relevant fault and location information;
– Report images. Anomaly images to be saved with reference linking back to report (RGB
and thermal);
– Mapping data. Faults and anomalies to be mapped on the site layout drawing, or
accurate representation, linking the report data and the anomaly images;
– Recording irradiance in module plane throughout the inspection and using this data to
normalise the thermal gradient to STC; and
– Quality assurance on each report from a level 1 thermographer, according to ISO 9712.

5.5.6.3 Performance Ratio (“PR”) test for PV plant

The PR test shall have at least a seven (7) consecutive days’ duration and shall comply with
IEC 61724 and also with the following criteria:

● Periods when irradiance is >50W/m2 will be included for the test.

● Any single day of the testing period, the daily total irradiation on the plane of the array shall
exceed 3 kWh/m².
● In case the irradiation conditions above are not achieved the test will be extended
accordingly by the relevant number of days until the required number of days satisfying the
condition is achieved.
● The availability of the PV Plants and the grid must be no less than 100% over the duration of
the test. Should events occur resulting in Project unavailability other than events which are
outside of the Contractor’s control, the testing period will be extended accordingly by the
relevant number of days.
● In the event that the test is carried out across two consecutive months, then the weighted
average temperature will be considered using the number of days of each respective month
for which the test has been performed.
The PR shall be calculated on the basis of operating data recorded by the SCADA System as
follows:

Ej
meas, j

PRmeas 
 Gj   
Pnom     1   (Tmod  Tmeas, j )  

j  Gref  100  

Where:

● Emeas,j = Energy measured (in kWh) over each metering interval j at the meter.
● Pnom = Nominal DC power of the Project in kW P. Sum of the individual module power of all
installed modules as per the flash test of the corresponding PV module model.
● Gj = Average irradiation in kWh/m² measured per each metering interval j with on-site
secondary standard pyranometers with an identical inclination as the modules and subjected
to negligible shading. If significant instrument data quality issues exist (i.e., deviations to

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 206 of 277

daily average higher than 3%), the highest interval reading will be taken. In case of bifacial
PV modules, irradiation on the rear side shall be considered with the respective the bifaciality
factor, according to the following formula for the average irradiation:

𝐺𝑗 = 𝐺 +𝐺 ·𝜑

Where:
– GPOA = in-plane front-side average irradiation in kWh/m² measured per each metering
interval j with on-site secondary standard pyranometers with an identical inclination as the
modules.
– Grear = rear-side plane-of-array irradiance average irradiation in kWh/m² measured per
each metering interval j with on-site secondary standard pyranometers with an identical
inclination as the modules.
– ΦPmax is the bifaciality factor of maximum power obtained from PV module datasheets
and should be measured according to IEC 60904-1-2.
● Gref = 1 kW/m2, irradiance at the reference STC conditions.
● PRmeas = the average Project PR during the testing period.
● TMeasj = the average module temperature measured during each metering interval j by the
temperature sensors placed on the reverse side of the modules (in °C). When several
module temperature sensors are installed then the average measurement of the installed
module temperature sensors will be considered.
● TMod = the average monthly PV module temperature corresponding to the month that test
would be performed stated in the Contract.
● β = Maximum power temperature coefficients of the PV modules as per the relevant
datasheets. For the avoidance of any doubt β shall be a negative value.
● j = 15 minutes interval or less.
The PR test shall be considered successfully passed once the following condition has been met:

PRmeas
1
PRGUARANTEED
Where:

● PRmeas = PR at the Performance Ratio test as calculated above.

● PRGUARANTEED = Guaranteed PR by the Contractor according to the Contracts.
The data recorded shall comply with the requirements as per Table 5.7 below.

Table 5.7: Data recorded requirements

Item Specifications
Data to be Energy output at the electricity meter.
recorded Module temperature.
In–plane irradiation.
Ambient temperature.
Project availability.
Visible weather observations (cloudy, raining, clear sky, wind, etc.).
Time and date at which the data is recorded.
Sampling The sampling interval for all parameters shall be consistent with the capability of the instruments and
interval shall be as close as practicable to 30 seconds for all parameters which vary directly with irradiance.
The averaging interval is set at 15 minutes or less.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 207 of 277

Item Specifications
Visible weather observations will be taken every two hours.
Data quality All recorded data shall be checked for consistency, any gaps shall be identified, and obvious
anomalies recorded prior to any detailed analysis being conducted. A reasonable set of limits shall
be defined for each recorded parameter, based on the known characteristics of the parameter, the
Project and the environment.
Data format Processed data shall be prepared in an Excel spreadsheet of 1 minute interval values recorded in
each row.
Each row of data shall contain the information (columns) consisting of the monitored signals listed
above.

If an event beyond the Contractor’s control or responsibility, the test shall be suspended during
the period of non-operation and, following restoration of operation, the test shall resume for the
remaining period until the test has run for the required duration of the test. Contractor shall
maintain a log of any such event, including the cause, duration and times at which the test was
suspended and resumed. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Owner within 24
hours following each such test suspension and resumption. Tests may only be resumed if the
test pre-requisites remain satisfied.

If the Contractor determines that it is unlikely to pass a test, the Contractor shall notify the
Owner and may discontinue performing such test. After an investigation is performed and the
cause of underperformance is fixed, the Contractor may subsequently commence a new test,
subject to Owner’s approval, compliance with this testing procedure and all applicable contract
requirements.

5.5.7 Performance Tests of the BESS plant

5.5.7.1 General
Prior to commencing Performance Tests for the BESS plant, the cold commissioning and hot
commissioning activities shall have been completed and passed, and energisation has been
achieved.

The Performance tests shall include but is not limited to the following tests of BESS plant:

● Installed energy capacity

● Useable energy capacity
● Power capacity
● Round-trip efficiency.
The BESS Plant shall be tested under the standard testing condition to comply with IEC62933-
2-1. Testing phases shall comply with operational constraints set by the suppliers and shall not
void the warranties.

Table 5.8: Standard testing conditions

Item Condition

Ambient air temperature inside BESS container 25ºC

Altitude ≤1000m
Humidity ≤95% with no condensation
Source: IEC 62933-2-1

The Table 5.9 presents the main tests to be conducted for BESS, their frequency and the
reference criteria.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 208 of 277

Table 5.9: List of performance tests

Test name Frequency Reference criteria

Installed energy capacity At Substantial Completion GIEC

Useable energy capacity At Substantial Completion, annually GUEC

Power capacity tests At Substantial Completion, annually GDP, GCP

Round-trip efficiency tests At Substantial Completion, annually GRTE

Availability tests During operation GAC

5.5.7.2 Performance tests for BESS Plant

Installed energy capacity tests
The Installed energy capacity of the BESS Plant is measured at the DC side of each PCS with
0.1% of the DC cable loss factor (or as calculated from the design, but the smaller shall be
applied), according to a dedicated test described in Table 5.10 below:

Table 5.10: Testing methodology of installed energy capacity tests

Testing phase Operation Condition Phase completion
phase description criteria
0 Initial phase Discharge of BESS plant at Fully discharge the  SoC = 0%, or
Guaranteed Discharge Power BESS  Low SoC limit
(“GDP”) or agreed Discharge reached, or
Power  Available Discharge
Power is zero as per
BESS SCADA
1 Stand-by Stand-by state Stand-by mode Duration: 60min
2 Fully charge Charge BESS plant at Charging to be done at  SoC = 100%, or
Guaranteed Charge Power a designed constant  High SoC limit
(“GCP”) or agreed Charge nominal power reached
Power

The tests shall be performed at the beginning of the project. Testing shall utilise the power
control mode in BMS and EMS software, in particular tests shall not be carried out with altered
cooling for BESS. Testing phases shall comply with operational constraints set by the Suppliers
and not void the warranties.

The charge power shall at all times be at the GCP for the Test, unless otherwise agreed by the
Owner. The discharge power shall at all times be at the GDP for the test, unless otherwise
agreed by the Owner. The Installed Energy Capacity is defined as:

Installed Energy Capacity = (1 − 0.1%) ∗ 𝐵𝑎𝑡𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑦 𝐼𝑚𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝑎𝑡 𝑃𝐶𝑆 𝐷𝐶 𝑠𝑖𝑑𝑒

Useable Energy Capacity tests

The Useable Energy Capacity (“UEC”) of the BESS Plant is measured as the volume of energy
that can be charged at the Point of Connection (“POC”) in accordance with the methodology as
described in Table 5.11 below:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 209 of 277

Table 5.11: Testing methodology of useable energy capacity tests

Testing Phase Operation Condition Phase completion
phase description criteria
0 Initial phase Discharge of BESS Fully discharge the BESS  SoC = 0%, or
plant at GDP or agreed  Low SoC limit
Discharge Power reached, or
 Available Discharge
Power is zero as per
BESS SCADA
1 Stand-by Stand-by state Stand-by mode Duration: 60min
2 Charging Charge at GCP or Change to be done at a  SoC = 100%, or
agreed Charge Power designed constant nominal  High SoC limit
power @ POC. reached
 Record Total Charge
Energy Ein @ POC
3 Stand-by Stand-by state Stand-by mode Duration: 60min
4 Discharging Discharge at GDP or Discharge to be done at  SoC = 0%, or
agreed Discharge designed constant nominal  Low SoC limit reached
Power power @ POC.  Record Total
Discharge Energy Eout
@ POC
Note: MV transformer loss
factor shall be considered for
calculating the discharge
energy.

The tests shall be performed at the beginning of each Contract year. The value of UEC shall
vary as agreed in the energy capacity degradation profile. Testing shall use the power control
mode in BMS, BESS SCADA and BESS EMS software, in particular tests shall not be carried
out with altered cooling for BESS Plant. Testing phases shall comply with operational
constraints set by the suppliers and not void the warranties. Auxiliary consumption is excluded
from the test.

The charge power shall at all times be at the GCP for the Test, unless otherwise agreed by the
Owner. The discharge power shall at all times be at the GDP for the Test, unless otherwise
agreed by the Owner.

For each of the testing phases, the objective is to ensure that the UEC at POC is equal or above
the Guaranteed Useable Energy Capacity. For each of the testing periods:

UEC = (1 − MV transformer loss%) ∗ 𝐸

Power capacity tests

The BESS Plant shall be designed and optimised such that its rated active power shall meet the
GDP and GCP during the constant power states, maintaining these values at the beginning and
during its full lifetime. The Contractor shall guarantee these values for the duration of the EPC
Contract. Testing phases shall comply with operational constraints set by the suppliers and not
void the warranties.
Testing for this shall be carried out as part of useable energy capacity test for measured Charge
Power and measured Discharge Power.
Round-trip efficiency tests
The round-trip efficiency of the BESS Plant will be tested annually. The test shall follow the
same steps for useable energy capacity test. The Actual Tested Round Trip Efficiency
(“ATRTE”) is defined per the following formula:
𝐸
𝐴𝑇𝑅𝑇𝐸 =
𝐸

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 210 of 277

where:

● 𝐸𝑖𝑛 = 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑡 𝑃𝑂𝐶

● 𝐸𝑜𝑢𝑡 = 𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑔𝑒 𝐸𝑛𝑒𝑟𝑔𝑦 𝑚𝑒𝑎𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑡 𝑃𝑂𝐶

5.6 Punch list

A punch list is generated during inspection and commissioning to document deficiencies, items
that need to be corrected, adjusted or replaced, and to track completion of punch list items as
each is address. Categories on level of the punch items shall be agreed between the Contractor
and the Owner during the Project execution phase.

Any minor defects or pending Work detected which does not adversely affect the correct
operation, production or performance yield of the Project and the safety of persons or property
shall be included as Punchlist items, subject to approval by Owner.

5.7 Tests after Completion

During the tests after Completion, typically the annual PR guarantee is provided under the EPC
Contract whilst the annual availability guarantee is included in the O&M Contract (or the EPC
Contract depending on negotiation and agreement between the Parties). In this document the
annual availability guarantee is presented as one of the requirements in the EPC Contract,
which can be changed to the O&M Contract subject to negotiation results as mentioned.

5.7.1 Annual PR tests for PV plant

For a period of 2 years post the date of Final Completion, the data required to determine the
annual PR will be measured on a continuous basis. The aggregate PR shall be determined at
the end of each guaranteed year.

Periods of force majeure and periods during which the grid connection characteristics fall
outside the agreed technical parameters for normal internal or external grid operation shall not
be considered in the determination of the aggregate PR for each guaranteed year (i.e.,
Irradiance values during those periods will not be considered in the PR calculation formula
below).

The concept of annual Project PR calculation shall follow that outlined in the section 5.5.6.3

The Tests after Completion shall be considered successfully passed once the following
condition has been met:
𝑃𝑅
≥1
𝑃𝑅
Where:

● PR = The average Project PR at the at the end of each guaranteed year.

● PRGUARANTEED = Guaranteed PR by the Contractor according to the EPC Contract for each
guaranteed year, including PV module degradation factor.

5.7.2 Annual availability test for PV plant

The annual availability test shall be carried out during each guaranteed year following the Final
Completion. The Contractor shall perform the annual availability test for the entire facility; no
partial testing is allowed.

Only periods during which the average irradiance measured by the plane of the array
pyranometers is above 10W/m2 (Irradiance threshold) shall be considered. If significant

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 211 of 277

instrument data quality issues exist (i.e., deviations to daily average higher than 3%), the
readings from the deviating pyranometer shall be disregarded.

Force majeure events or any other event that outside the Contractor’s control and scope (i.e.,
grid unavailability) shall not be considered for availability calculations purposes. Nonetheless,
the Contractor shall document each instance of excluded unavailability events with respect to
duration of occurrence, affected equipment, cause of unavailability and responsible entity. Any
undocumented excluded unavailability will not be considered as excluded.

The Annual availability test shall be calculated on the basis of operating data recorded by the
SCADA system at the strings level as per the following formula:

∑ 𝑃𝑎
𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 =
∑ 𝑃

Where:

● j = 15 minutes interval or less.

● k = number of time steps during the test period (i.e., Force majeure periods shall not be
considered);
● Paj = sum of the time intervals (accumulated in the testing period) during which the string
current output is greater than 0.
● Pj = sum of the time intervals (accumulated in the testing period) during which the measured
solar irradiance is equal or higher than the 10W/m2 irradiance threshold.
For the avoidance of doubt, a PV string will be considered unavailable in the respective Time
Step if the irradiance is equal or higher than Irradiance threshold and the string is not
conducting any current (which means it’s current is 0.0A)

Annual availability shall be calculated as follow:

∑ 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 ∙𝑃 , ,
𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 =
∑ 𝑃 , ,

Where:

● n = each of the strings installed in the Project;

● m = total number of strings installed in the Project; and
● Pnom,string,n = nominal DC power of the string n as sum of the individual module power of all
installed modules as per the flash test of the corresponding PV module model.
For the avoidance of doubt, if an inverter is completely unavailable, the sum of the modules
nameplate power of all strings connected to that inverter shall be considered unavailable.

5.7.3 Annual performance tests for BESS Plant

Annual performance tests as listed in Section 5.5.7 shall be carried out during each guaranteed
year.

5.7.4 Annual availability test for BESS Plant

The Contractor is responsible for the performance and availability of the BESS Plant. The BESS
Plant availability shall encompass all equipment’s up to the BESS switchgear.

The objective of the BESS plant availability test is to assess if; regardless of the Owner’s
effective dispatch instructions during the testing period, the BESS Plant is technically capable of
operating at all times without restrictions subject to sufficient energy capacity or power capacity.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 212 of 277

Planned and unplanned maintenance operations are included in the availability.

The Guaranteed Average Availability (“GAA”) value is 98%.
The potential underperformance causes include but are not limited to, the following:
● Any technical issue imputable to the Contractor that may lead to a decrease of the BESS
Plant power availability or the BESS Plant energy availability as defined below and
● Any technical issue imputable to the Operator that may lead to a decrease of the BESS Plant
power availability or the BESS Plant energy availability as defined below.
Irrelevant interruption events are as follows:

● Voluntary stops from the Owner;

● Testing periods requested by the Owner;
● System unavailability event (if any);
● Operation out of agreed conditions, as approved by the Owner;
● Corrective or updating maintenance operations requested by the Ownerr;
● Preventive maintenance operations requested by the Owner; and
● Force Majeure
The Operational Average Availability (“OAA”) of the BESS Plant (in %) is defined as:
𝐺𝐶𝑃 ∗ 24ℎ ∗ 365 − 𝑈𝑛𝑎𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 ∗ 𝑈𝑛𝑎𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝐷𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑂𝐴𝐴(%) =
𝐺𝐶𝑃 ∗ 24ℎ ∗ 365
With:

● Unavailable Power = The lost power capacity due to power components failure
● Unavailable Duration = The duration before failure clearance or maintenance completion
Note: Preventive maintenance will be scheduled annually and validated by the Owner or its
representative.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 213 of 277

6 Performance Guarantees

6.1 General requirements

The Contractor shall provide guarantees and warranties as defined in the EPC Contract.
The Contractor shall undertake all tests that are required to demonstrate that each Project
meets the defined Performance Guarantees as required by the EPC Contract and this MFS.

6.2 General guarantees

The Contractor shall guarantee that each plant and equipment shall be completely new,
advanced in technology and superior in quality, free from any defect in design, material, and
workmanship, suitable for the use and purpose specified in the MFS.

The Contractor shall warrant the plant against defects and provide the Performance Guarantee
for the Project for two (2) years from the date of Final Completion.

6.3 PV Performance Guarantees

6.3.1 AC capacity guarantee

The Contractor shall guarantee the capacity at the inverter level with power factor 1 and 50ºC of
operational temperature following the inverter’s specification.

6.3.2 Installed DC capacity guarantee

The Contractor shall guarantee the installed capacity (DC peak power) of the Project as set out
in the EPC Contract.

The sum of the peak power of all installed PV modules as stated in the factory flash test list (to
be provided by the Contractor in an electronic format to the Owner) shall be equal to or greater
than the guaranteed installed capacity. The Owner shall retain the right to verify the correctness
of the PV module peak power by requesting sample PV modules to be tested at independent
laboratories (as agreed by the Owner and the Contractor).

If the Contractor breaches this obligation, the Contractor shall either provide and install
additional solar panels to achieve the guaranteed capacity to reflect the actual installed capacity
as determined from the flash test list.

6.3.3 Guaranteed Project PR during tests on completion

The Contractor shall guarantee that the PR of the Project as measured at the electricity meter
during the Performance Tests of PV plant shall be equal to or greater than the guaranteed value
set out in the EPC Contract.

The Contractor shall provide the guaranteed PR data for the Performance Tests of the PV plant
in the monthly breakdown format for the monthly Guaranteed Performance Ratio (“PR”) and the
monthly Contractor’s expected average PV module temperature which will be used in the PR
calculation by the Contractor. These guaranteed PR values for the Performance Tests of the PV
plant will be included in the EPC Contract.

The Project PR guarantee shall be tested as part of the Performance Tests of the PV plant
under the Tests on Completion as described in section 5.5.6.3. If the Contractor breaches this
obligation, the Contractor shall be liable for liquidated damages for performance shortfall as
described in the EPC Contract.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 214 of 277

In the event that the PR test at the Performance Tests of the PV plant is carried out across two
(2) consecutive months, the weighted average (depending on the number of measurement days
in each month) of the guaranteed PR values of the respective months will be used to confirm
that the plant has achieved its guaranteed performance.

6.3.4 Guaranteed annual PR and availability during the tests after completion
The Contractor shall guarantee that the PR and Availability of the Project as measured at the
electricity meter at the interface points with HV facilities (e.g., within switchgear prior to the
cable termination point at the 34.5/230kV transformer) or equivalent during each guaranteed
year from the date of Final Completion, shall be equal to or greater than the guaranteed value
set out in the EPC Contract.

The Contractor shall provide the guaranteed annual PR and availability for the two (2)
guaranteed years from the date of Final Completion, in the format following Table 6.1 below,
which will be included in the EPC Contract along with other details of the performance
guarantee provisions (e.g., testing procedure and requirements, calculation, excluded events,
liquidated damages rate and cap for each performance guarantee, liquidated damages
payment, etc.).

Table 6.1: Guaranteed annual PR and availability

Operational year Guaranteed PR [%] Degradation factor
1 […] […]
2 […] […]
Operational year Guaranteed Avail [%]
1 […]
2 […]

Where:

 Guaranteed PR = the guaranteed annual PR in [%] including the degradation factor;

 Guaranteed Avail = the guaranteed annual availability in [%]; and
 The degradation factor applied in the Guaranteed PR values calculated by the Contractor.
The annual Project guarantees shall be tested on an annual basis. If the Contractor breaches
this obligation, the Contractor shall be liable for liquidated damages as described in the EPC
Contract.

6.4 BESS Performance Guarantees

6.4.1 BESS Performance Guarantees

The fully installed BESS shall comply with the following criteria and parameters, as outlined in
Table 6.2.

Table 6.2: Overview of BESS performance guarantees

Requirements Description Definition
Guaranteed Installed The Installed Energy Capacity (kWhDC) is to be Discharged energy as measured at
Energy Capacity (“GIEC") tested at the start of the Project (BOL). the PCS DC-terminals at continuous
@ Beginning of Life In case the Installed Energy Capacity is lower nominal discharge power.
(“BOL”) than the GIEC as defined in the Contract, the SoC-range: 0 - 100%.
Contractor shall put in place an augmentation
strategy to meet the requirements of the plant.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 215 of 277

Requirements Description Definition

Guaranteed Useable The Guaranteed Useable Energy Capacity GUECi to be proposed by the
Energy Capacity (kWhAC) is the minimum measured discharge Contractor with consideration of
(“GUECi”) energy capacity at Point of Connection (“POC”) BESS degradation, losses and the
while taking into consideration the applicable augmentation plans. (i stands for the
Depth-of-Discharge (“DOD”). year in which the GUEC is
The GUECi is determined on a yearly interval measured)
by the installed energy capacity, system
efficiency and battery degradation, and to be
proposed by the Contractor with consideration
of any augmentation and replacement plan if
applicable.
In the case of a Useable Energy Capacity is
lower than the GUEC for that year, the
Contractor shall put in place an augmentation
or replacement strategy to meet the
requirements of the Project.
Guaranteed Discharge Average power output for discharging the GDP is to be proposed by the
Power (“GDP”) BESS plant at POC. Contractor as the average discharge
power measured at the POC.
Guaranteed Charge Average power input to charge the BESS plant GCP is to be proposed by the
Power (“GCP”) at POC Contractor as the average charge
power measured at the POC.

Guaranteed Round Trip Rate between the energy charged into battery
GRTE =
Efficiency (“GRTE”) and the energy discharged into the grid at POC
over a one-year period. Auxiliary consumption As measured at the POC
is included in this calculation.
Guaranteed Average This availability value does take into account GAA = 1 – (Normalised unavailable
Availability (“GAA”) any maintenance operation approved by the discharge power * unavailable
Owner but excludes other 3rd party downtime duration) / (8760 – non-imputable
events not imputable to the Contractor (e.g., unavailability duration)
grid downtime).

The Contractor shall conduct system Performance Tests to verify the Performance Guarantees,
ensuring the process is consistent with manufacturers’ recommendations and in accordance
with design documents.

6.4.2 Guaranteed Useable Energy Capacity over Project lifetime

The Contractor shall propose a guaranteed usable energy on an annually basis, with
consideration of the BESS degradation and augmentations plan, if any, throughout the intended
Project lifetime, such that the Project can meet its technical requirements (e.g., GUEC for Year
0). The Contractor shall provide the GUECi, in the format following Table 6.3, which will be
included in the Contract.

Table 6.3: Annual useable energy capacity over Project lifetime

Year (i) Guaranteed SoHi (%) GUECi (MWh) Augmentation (if any)
0 100% […] […]
1 […] […] […]
…
10 […] […] […]
…
EoL […] […] […]

The annual usable energy capacity should be evaluated based on the proposed average daily
cycles the Project lifetime. A flexible performance warranty should be applicable in case the actual

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 216 of 277

annual throughput exceeds the designed value. The flexible performance warranty shall be
provided by the Contractor.

A Minimum Usable Energy Capacity (“MUEC”) should be defined for each year in respect to the
GUEC:

MUEC = 98% x GUECi

Should the BESS fail to achieve the Performance Guaranteed but exceed the minimum
performance, the Contractor and/or BESS vendor will be liable for Performance Liquidated
Damages (“PLD”) as defined in EPC Contract. If the performance is below the minimum
performance, in addition to the PLD, Contractor and/or BESS vendor shall carry out feasible
rectification methods, through either replacement or augmentation, which should be mutually
agreed between the Owner and the Contractor and/or the BESS vendor. The Owner shall not
be liable for cost of such rectifications; rather, the Contractor and/or the BESS vendor shall be
responsible for it.

The Contractor, at all times during the Project period, shall replace or repair each BESS unit or
module if it is broken, defective, fails to be available, or has an error or malfunction which
causes such BESS to be unable to perform according to the guaranteed specifications.
Replacement or repairment of such BESS shall not reduce the Contactor’s liability to remain in
compliance with its obligation to maintain the guaranteed performance specifications.

6.5 Equipment warranties

The Contractor shall negotiate a warranty on the equipment. The equipment warranties continue
for all the periods set forth in Table 6.4. No equipment warranty shall limit another warranty or
otherwise.

Table 6.4: Key equipment – minimum warranty period

Equipment Minimum warranty

PV modules Product warranty of 12 years

Performance warranty of 30 years
Availability of serial defect warranty
Inverters 5 years with an option to secure an extended warranty
2 Year Warranty for the rest of the inverter components
Battery cells/modules/racks Product warranty 2 years [with option to secure an extended warranty]
Performance warranty covering Project lifetime
Battery racks 2 years
Battery Management System (“BMS”) 2 years
PCS Product warranty 5 years [with option to secure an extended warranty]
Performance warranty covering Project lifetime
HVAC system 2 years
Power plant controller, if applicable 2 years
Power transformers 2 years

Switchgears 2 years
Electrical devices 2 years
Module mounting structures 10 years

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 217 of 277

6.5.1 PV module warranty terms

The PV module supplier shall provide warranties commencing at the earliest 6 months from the
delivery of the PV modules to the Project site and minimum warranty terms under the supply
contract.

Product defects shall include, without limitation, one or more of the following to the criteria for
any individual PV module:

 IEC 61215 non-compliance;

 Glass fracture, crack, or break;
 Chips in the edge of glass that impairs structural stability or sealing or deeper than 2mm;
 Foreign material except tin/strip residues which larger than 10mm inside the laminate, or
conductor foreign material connect with live part;
 Delamination of the laminate;
 Cord plate (junction box) damages that impairs proper function or seal;
 Lead wire or connector damage that impairs proper function;
 No serial number on the module;
 Damage to the module frame that impairs structural stability or function;
 Gaps or damage to the edge seal;
 Failure of the bypass diode;
 Improper or damaged cell connections;
 Any cracks, pinholes, broken cells, discoloration, or edge “V” chips exceeding either 0.1mm
in length or 20% of wafer thickness;
 More than six instances of cells in a given module with edge breakages or cracks affecting
10% or more of a cell area; or any instances of dark cells; and
 At electroluminescence (“EL”) test any instances of dark cells.
The power measurement uncertainty which is considered for the determination of the actual
power of a module shall not exceed 3%.

The PV module supplier shall commit in principle to agree with the Owner a method for on-site
performance measurement, to compare with the guaranteed minimum annual module linear
performance.

If a PV module fails to exhibit the guaranteed power output in any given warranty year, the PV
module supplier will either :

 Deliver additional PV module(s) to replace the loss of power output with no change in
module dimensions; or
 Compensate the Owner with an amount equivalent to the loss of revenue which shall be
calculated on Net Present Value (“NPV”) of amount of loss of revenues from such year.
Responsibility of costs for removal of suspected defective modules, laboratory testing in support
of a claim, PV module supplier/ Contractor personnel and transportation costs, shipment of
additional PV modules and other associated costs will be borne by the PV module supplier/
Contractor in case of a valid claim.

The PV module supply contract shall at least include the response times of the following claim
activities:

 Ticket opening and claim receipt acknowledgement;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 218 of 277

 Response on the validity of the claim;

 PV module replacement and delivery to the site; and
 Defective module removal.
Apart from the product and performance warranties, the Contractor should, at its best effort,
negotiate with the PV module supplier for the PV module serial defect warranty with a
reasonable failure threshold.

In the event of disagreement on the defect/serial defect claim validity between the Owner
and the PV module supplier / the Contractor, a third-party consultant shall be engaged by the
Owner and paid by the PV module Supplier/Contractor. The third-party consultant shall be
granted access by the PV module supplier to all PV module manufacturing and delivery data
including Bill of Material (“BOM”), raw material supplier, production lines, manufacturing
equipment, testing equipment, factory indoor environment, involved labour in each operation,
quality records, etc. The study result outcomes of the third-party consultant shall be binding on
all relevant parties.

6.5.2 Battery warranty terms

The battery supplier shall provide warranties commencing from the Substantial Completion, or at
least 6 months from the delivery of the battery cell/module/rack to the Project site, whichever
comes earlier, and minimum warranty terms under the Supply Contract.

Product defects shall include any attributable to or consequent upon manufacturing, storage,
transport, or installation.

Responsibility of costs for removal of suspected defective battery cells/modules, laboratory

testing in support of a claim, BESS supplier and/or Contractor personnel and transportation costs,
shipment of additional BESS components and other associated costs will be borne by the BESS
supplier and/or Contractor in case of a valid claim.

Should the BESS fail to achieve the Guaranteed Performance but exceeds the minimum
performance, the Contractor will be liable for PLD. If the performance is below the minimum
performance, in addition to the PLD, Contractor and/or BESS vendor shall carry out feasible
rectification methods, through either replacement or augmentation, which should be mutually
agreed between the Owner and the Contractor and/or the BESS vendor. The Owner shall not be
liable for cost of such rectification; rather, the Contractor and/or the BESS vendor shall be
responsible for it.

The BESS supply contract shall at least include the response times of the following claim
activities:

 Ticket opening and claim receipt acknowledgement;

 Response on the validity of the claim;
 Defective module removal; and
 BESS replacement and delivery to the site.
Apart from the limited warranty, the Contractor should, at its best effort, negotiate with the
Seller of the battery energy storage system for a serial defect warranty with reasonable
failure thresholds, which shall commerce on the date after the Substantial Completion.

The Contractor shall engage an independent consultant to perform a root cause

investigation in the cases upon the Owner’s request from time to time during the Serial
Defects Liability Period, or in the event defects occur in more than 5% of BESS cells.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 219 of 277

7 Operation and Maintenance (“O&M”)

requirements

7.1 General requirements

The O&M of the Project shall include the following, but not be limited to:
 O&M (corrective, preventative and predictive) of all equipment of the Plant, including
electrical infrastructure up to the terminal points at the Satellite and Gapan substations;
 Statutory inspections and testing as required under the relevant regulatory requirements;
and
 The services require resources such as staff, vehicles, tools, spare parts, consumable
products, security measures, overhaul procedures, specialist repair services, etc. This
includes the replacement of parts after the expiration of the EPC DLP or manufacturer’s
warranty, unless specifically stated otherwise in the O&M Contract.
The O&M services shall be carried out in accordance with the O&M manuals and all other
relevant documentations of the Project including EPC Contractors and equipment
manufacturer’s manuals as well as the Owner’s requirements and instructions as necessary.

The O&M Operator’s key scope of works include:

● Employing, training, supervising, and managing qualified personnel in carrying out the O&M
routine in accordance with Good Industry Practice;
● Carrying out overhaul and specialist repair services;
● Prepare each annual operating budget for the Plant;
● Prepare equipment log sheets, fault and outage reports, plan performance reports,
consumable materials reports, work order systems, and tag-out documents;
● Prepare and maintain a document control system and an inventory control system;
● Assist the Owner with the management of government, environmental and regulatory affairs
(such as renewing permits and licenses);
● Treating and disposing of all waste (hazardous, oils, chemical and trash) generated by
operations in accordance with applicable law, on behalf of the Owner;
● Test the net energy output of the Plant at the grid connection point, in accordance with the
requirements of the agreement including any other applicable Project’s documents;
● Plan, manage, and execute all planned and unplanned outages and equipment inspections;
● Provide a monthly and annual reports on the performance of the Plant, incidents, failures,
and the general operation of the Plant;
● Assist the Owner in the preparation of monthly invoices for net electricity deliveries on behalf
of the project company;
● Maintain accurate books, records, and accounts for the operating period;
● Participate in audit of records and books to answer any questions in regard to the handling of
such information;
● Provide vehicles and equipment necessary for operation and maintenance of the Plant;
● Assist the Owner, if required, in any dispute or other proceedings with third parties relating to
the Plant;
● Obtaining and renewing the insurances, managing the administration and compliance to the
insurance policies, and administering and progressing insurance claims;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 220 of 277

● Maintaining the O&M insurances and the O&M permits;

● Provide guarantees and warranties as defined in the O&M Contract. This typically include
the services warranty against defects (including repair and replacement of spare parts and
workmanship) and the performance warranty (e.g., plant availability or project Performance
Ratio (“PR”) warranty) during the extended O&M term;
● Perform O&M routine in compliance with the required code, regulations and applicable
standards [More details on the minimum requirements are included in Section 7.2];
● Preparation of necessary O&M management plans and obtaining Owner’s prior approval. It
also involves providing appropriate reporting and communications with Owner to
appropriately manage Project operations [More details on the minimum requirements are
included in Section 7.3];
● Preparation and submission of the monthly and annual O&M reports [More details on the
minimum requirements are included in Section 7.3];
● Operation and monitoring of the Project, either on-site or through remote monitoring,
including 24/7 remote operations and/or defined periodic on-site works in accordance with
the relevant Project documents [More details on the minimum requirements are included in
Section 7.4];
● Perform necessary management and control works to minimise Project downtime and
ensure performance of the Project is maintained at the agreed level as stipulated in the O&M
Contract between the contractor and the Owner [More details on the minimum requirements
are included in Section 7.4];
● Perform preventive maintenances activities, including scheduled maintenances in
accordance with equipment manufacturer’s recommendations and industrial practice [More
details on the minimum requirements are included in Section 7.5];
● Perform corrective maintenances activities including repair and/or replacement of
components affected by defects, failure and damage [More details on the minimum
requirements are included in Section 7.5];
● Perform predictive maintenance for parts or equipment which are not part of the preventive
maintenance but forecasted in advance to be repaired or replaced at certain time.
● Procurement and management of spare parts inventory [More details on the minimum
requirements are included in Section 7.6];
● Performing testing on the electrical system and its components in accordance with the
component manufacture manuals and HSSE procedures [More details on the minimum
requirements are included in Section 7.7];
● Health, Safety, and Environmental (“HSE”) management includes appropriate planning and
performance control measures to ensure the health and safety of Project personnel and
minimise impact to the site (and surrounding) environment [More details on the minimum
requirements are included in Section 7.8]; and
● Provision of the security systems of the Project includes ensuring appropriate protection and
security of the Project site and assets, O&M Contractor’s tools and equipment, consumables,
and personnel [More details on the minimum requirements are included in Section 7.8].
● Provision of CMMS and renewal of license thereof for maintenance management.

7.2 Compliance with laws, regulations, codes, and standards

The O&M services for the Project shall, at a minimum, be complied with the reference standards
and regulations as listed below:

2. Local regulation and codes

- Philippine Electrical Code (“PEC”);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 221 of 277

- National Electrification Administration (“NEA”);

- Department of Energy (“DOE”); and
- Public Utilities (“PU”).
- Department of Labor and Employment (“DOLE”)
3. International Electrotechnical Commission (“IEC”) Standards
- IEC 62446:2020: Photovoltaic (“PV”) systems – Requirements for testing, documentation
and maintenance;
o Part 1: Grid connected systems – Documentation, commissioning tests and inspection
o Part 2: Grid connected systems – Maintenance of PV Systems
o Part 3: Photovoltaic modules and plants – Outdoor infrared thermography
- IEC 61724-1:2021: Photovoltaic system performance – Part 1: Monitoring;
- IEC 62933-2-1: Electrical Energy Storage (“EES”) systems – Part 2-1: Unit parameters
and testing methods – General specification;
- IEC TS 62933-5-1: EES systems – Part 5-1: Safety considerations for grid-integrated
EES systems – General specification;
- IEC TS 62933-3-1: EES systems – Part 3-1: Planning and performance assessment of
EES systems – General specification; and
- IEC TS 62933-3-2: EES systems – Part 3-2: Planning and performance assessment of
EES systems – Additional requirements for power intensive and renewable energy
sources integration related applications.
4. Best practice guidelines
- SolarPower Europe – O&M best practice guidelines;
- NREL – Best practices in photovoltaic system operations and maintenance; and
- NREL – Best practices for operation and maintenance of photovoltaic and energy
storage systems.
5. Safety standards
- NFPA 855: The installation of stationary energy storage systems and
- UL 9540A: Testing the fire safety hazards associated with propagating thermal runaway
within battery systems.
6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (“IEEE”) standards
- IEEE Std 2030.2.1™-2019: IEEE Guide for design, operation, and maintenance of
battery energy storage systems, both stationary and mobile, and applications integrated
with electric power systems
7. Quality, safety, and environmental management standards
- Safety and environmental management standard
o ISO 9001:2015 Quality management systems
o OHSAS 18001 Occupational health and safety management
o ISO 14001:2015 Environmental management systems
o IOSH: International Occupational Safety and Health

If any deviation from the Owner requirements with respect to outdated standards, etc., the
contractor shall clarify to the Owner and receive approval prior to proceeding with the
deviations.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 222 of 277

7.3 Documentation requirements and reporting

7.3.1 Documentation requirements

The Operator shall ensure its conformity with relevant code, standards, regulations and Good
Industry Practice with respect to Project operation and management competency; team
qualifications; and HSE. The Operator shall prepare the O&M related documents for the Project,
which shall at a minimum include the following list:

Plan for the transition from construction and commissioning phase to the O&M phase;
● Project guarantees;
● O&M management methodology aligned with the Project O&M plan and manual prepared by
the Owner and/or the EPC Contractor;
● The Operator are required to continuously update and provide a comprehensive set of O&M
manual to the Owner;
● Organisational structure and human resource policy;
● Qualification, training record, and organogram of the proposed O&M team. If any changes
occur during the term of the O&M Contract, the Operator is required to notify the Owner and
update the relevant documentation within two weeks of the change;
● HSE plan;
● Quality Assurance and Quality Control (“QA/QC”) plan; and
● Document control plan.
The documentation shall be available in two versions of electronic and hardcopy, one in English
and one in Filipino. The details of the required documents outlined above shall be in accordance
with the relevant industry good practice, local and international standards as outlined in this
document.

The Project O&M Plan

The Contractor shall develop the Project O&M plan and carry out the O&M routine in
accordance with such plan until the completion of the DLP. Relevant sections of the Project
O&M plan shall be periodically updated on an annual basis and approved by the Owner.

The first O&M plan will be provided for the Owner’s review at least three months prior to
scheduled achievement of Project commercial operation with the power off-taker, while
subsequent annual O&M plan will be provided for Owner review at least one month prior to the
respective anniversary of Project commercial operation.

The Operator shall ensure that the Project O&M plan, at the minimum, includes or appropriately
references the following items. This is to facilitate the Operator’s execution of its O&M routine in
line with the requirements outlined in this document:

● List of contact information of the relevant parties including Owner, grid utility, local
jurisdiction/authority, local land Owner, as well as emergency numbers;
● Project system documentations include:
- As-built drawings, specifications, site plans, as-built photo documentation, electrical
single-line diagrams, and schematics
- Installed electrical components and equipment information sheets and warranties
(including warranties from system installer, EPC Contractor, and component
manufacturer) and special safety considerations. The Operator shall maintain an
updated log of the warranties of the equipment and components
- Energy Yield Assessment (“EYA”) report with performance estimates and forecasts

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 223 of 277

- Insolation/shade studies (including record of nominal conditions)

- Operation manuals of the equipment (including emergency shut-down and normal
operating procedures)
- Key information from the contracts for maintenance services between the Owner and the
EPC Contractor (or other third-party service providers) including contacts for each
service, and specified response times and availability for specific maintenance services
● Manufacturers’ maintenance measures and schedules under its warranty terms. These
details include the cost and the involvement of any sub-supplier/contractor for each
maintenance measures. Special instructions, such as the specific hours when work is to be
performed, and access requirements for parking of vehicles and staging of equipment, are
also included;
● Component operations information including manuals, operational indicators, meters, and
error messages. Details of monitoring setup and procedures by which performance data are
to be archived and reported, and procedures by which data are regularly examined for
system diagnostics and analytics;
● Inventory list of spare parts onsite and offsite, component failure record and estimated
replacement timeline;
● Defined Project availability and Project PR, and clear definition of exclusion events for
availability calculation and PR;
● Training program for all O&M staff on required operation and maintenance processes, and
specific equipment to be used;
● Chronological O&M log structure: work order and task tracking to include initial commission
report, inspection reports, and ongoing O&M history;
● Established procedure for responding to incident alerts from monitoring diagnostics and error
messages. Monitoring system provider or component provider to provide relevant
troubleshooting guide and diagnostic manuals;
● List of all equipment with make, model, and serial numbers and map of placement in system.
For each equipment piece, a supplier of replacement parts should be listed;
● Defined criteria to assess whether to repair or replace a component;
● Procedures for the commissioning tests and establish procedures for re-acceptance testing
following a repair; and
● Budget for O&M program including costs for monitoring and diagnostics, preventive
maintenance, corrective maintenance, and maximum response intervals if replacement of
inverter or more expensive corrective maintenance is required.
In the case of shortfalls and gaps in the third-party documentation included within the above
listed items, the Operator shall support the Owner to obtain missing items, as necessary.

The items listed above may relate to information that is provided under confidentiality between
the Owner and the relevant third parties, as such, the Owner shall determine if any such
information may not be disclosed to the Operator, or if disclosure can be made subject only to
specific contractor confidentiality commitments, as applicable.

7.3.2 Reporting
The Operator shall provide at minimum the daily, monthly, quarterly and annually O&M reports
with the required contents, format and delivery procedure as agreed between the Owner and
the Operator. The O&M reports shall include at minimum the summary of the following items.

● Production of active and reactive energy, and Project’s PR with analysis of trend and
comparison with expected Project performance;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 224 of 277

● Weather conditions including rainfall, cumulative irradiance levels in the plane of the PV
modules (and in the horizontal plane, if applicable), ambient temperature, and average
temperature of the PV modules during the period;
● Incidents and Project downtime: describing incidents that have occurred, downtime related to
such incidents, estimated energy loss due to the downtime, cause of the incidents,
associated completed/planned actions, and summary of key issues during the period.
Timestamps when each downtime starts and stops shall be also recorded for plant
performance analysis and further investigation if required;
● Calibration schedule of key instrumentation;
● Curtailment time (including period that have occurred) and estimated energy loss due to the
curtailment;
● Summary descriptions of both planned and completed maintenance activities;
● Spare parts: Record of spare parts stocks and replacements during the period;
● HSE report, security related issues, and accident statistics during the period;
● Recommended activities for the forthcoming month (or other interval);
● Budget performance with respect to planned expenditure and commitments by the O&M
Operator;
● Staff and industrial relations information including staffing levels for the relevant period;
● Manufacturer warranty status of key equipment/component of the Project;
● Routine testing schedule and guarantee related record;
● Revenue received from power sales during the period; and
● A description of any other noteworthy events.
The reporting format shall be electronically available in English and Filipino languages.

7.4 Operation

7.4.1 Project operation and monitoring

The Operator shall ensure smooth and safe operation of the Project and carry out required
monitoring works of the Project, both on-site and/or remote monitoring, including 24/7 remote
operations and/or defined periodic on-site monitoring works, in accordance with the O&M plan
as outlined in Section 7.3.1, agreement with the Owner and other relevant Project documents.

The Operator shall at minimum meet the following requirements:

● The Operator is responsible for continuously monitoring and supervising the Project power,
Project conditions, and its performance and shall conduct system monitoring in accordance
with IEC 61724-1;
● The Operator shall use the Project monitoring system provided by the Owner and may elect
to integrate and use its own monitoring software system or defined operations and
monitoring approach that integrates the SCADA system from relevant components and
equipment, Closed-Circuit Televisions (“CCTVs”), system, and weather information from
weather stations as applicable;
● The Operator shall have full access to all data collected from the site in order to perform data
analysis, providing direction and visual supervision to its maintenance team (or third-party
service providers);
● The Operator is responsible for being the main interface between the Owner (as the Project
Owner), the grid operator (e.g., NGCP), regulator (if applicable), and other authority bodies
over the lifetime of the O&M Contract. The Operator’s responsibilities include managing
production data and necessary works in accordance with the regulatory requirements

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 225 of 277

included in the applicable laws and regulations as outlined in Section 7.2 regarding grid
dispatch works;
● The Operator’s operations team should be staffed to perform 24/7 operations and monitoring
including services during daytime, when the system is expected to generate electricity, and
any night-time maintenance, and is responsible to coordinate accordingly with its
maintenance team or the third-party service providers when required;
● The Operator shall maintain the monitoring system and assess data to remain informed on
system status, metering for revenue, alarms and incident handling, diagnostics and
troubleshooting (minimum requirements outlined in Section 7.4.2), and security monitoring;
● The Operator shall compare results and output of the system monitoring to benchmark
expectation and providing reports to the Owner and facility stakeholders as necessary;
● The Operator shall periodically prepare reports outlined in Section 7.3.2 and as required by
O&M Contract; and
● The Operator shall monitor the security of the Project site in accordance with Section 7.8.7
and through the Project security monitoring systems (including CCTV cameras, intruder
alarms, etc.) to ensure site security and protect against theft and vandalism.

7.4.2 Incident handling/troubleshooting

7.4.2.1 General
Occurrence of failures in a PV and BESS systems are detected through the Project’s monitoring
system or scheduled maintenance and inspections. The Operator shall perform troubleshooting
steps to identify the problem, determine the root cause and appropriately manage the detected
incident. Once the problem is determined, the Operator shall appropriately plan corrective
maintenance procedures (as scheduled or unscheduled maintenance as applicable) to mitigate
the problem or failure and prevent re-occurrence.

Requirements of the corrective maintenance works are outlined in Section 7.5.2.

Troubleshooting procedures should at minimum comply with the requirements outlined in the
sections below.

7.4.2.2 Hazardous failures

In the event where the failure or incident detected relates to safety or fire hazards, immediate
actions must be taken to mitigate the problem. Where an on-going corrective action is required
to mitigate the hazardous failure, emergency shut-down procedure shall be performed.

Emergency shut-down procedures and BESS emergency response guides are both outlined in
Section 7.8.4, and shall be developed with a copy of the procedure appropriately kept at the
Project site. Once emergency conditions are cleared, normal isolation locking procedure
outlined in Section 7.8.4 shall be followed prior to works on the electrical equipment.

7.4.2.3 Non-hazardous failures

In the event where the failure or incident detected are non-hazardous related and corrective
action is required where relevant personnel will work on live parts of the PV system or BESS
system, normal isolation locking procedure outlined in Section 7.8.4 shall be followed prior to
works on the electrical equipment.

7.4.2.4 Event-Triggered Incident

In the event where the incident or failure is detected through the event-triggers in the Project’s
monitoring system, diagnostic procedures should be carried out in compliance with Health,

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 226 of 277

Safety, Security and Environment (“HSSE”) requirements outlined in Section 7.8 and in
accordance with the component manufacturer’s manual and guidelines.

Where required, testing procedures outlined in Section 7.7 shall also be carried out by the
Operator to identify and mitigate failures.

Diagnostic procedure for the Data Acquisition System (“DAS”) required for performance
triggered incidents are further detailed in this Section below. Regular checks for DAS are carried
out as part of the preventive maintenance works outlined in Section 7.5.2.

7.4.2.5 Performance Triggered Incident

In the event where the incident or failure is detected through the Project’s performance
monitoring system including predefined DAS alert and periodic monitoring procedures as
outlined in Section 7.4.1, troubleshooting procedures should be taken to determine the cause
and appropriately manage the incident.

The Operator shall as appropriate:

● Review the monitored data to identify sub-system performance changes;

● Dispatch field technician and perform the tasks below:
- Check sub-array and string currents in sub-array and combiner boxes
- Check on-site performance meters
- Verify array maximum power point voltage is within the maximum power point tracking
range of inverter
- Check for external causes of production drop including unexpected shade, vegetation
growth etc.
- Inspect for signs of animal activity (including signs of gnawing on insulation etc.) and
other irregular/unexpected damages or connectivity issues
● Perform other necessary general system checks to identify problems;
● Perform diagnostic procedures for DAS as per manufacturer’s manual and guidelines;
● Perform fuse test (testing procedures outlined in Section 7.7.2) and replace damaged or
blown fuses as necessary;
● Perform IV curve traces in accordance with IEC 62446-1;
● Validate weather sensors;
● Check for soiling and perform necessary cleaning procedure;
● Take IR images of PV cells in accordance with IEC 62446-3; and
● For material incidents/failures or were requested by the Owner, perform detailed root-cause
analysis by using an appropriate industry method agreed by the Owner (i.e., an 8D
investigation analysis) to determine the root causes of the incident or failure and identify
solutions and mitigation measures in case of recurrence of such problem in the future.

7.5 Maintenance

7.5.1 Preventive Maintenance

7.5.1.1 General
The Operator shall perform preventive maintenance tasks for the Project system and its
components. This section describes the general requirements the Operator is required to meet
at a minimum. These include:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 227 of 277

● Visual and hands-on inspection and maintenance procedures and works carried out on a
periodic basis to ensure Project system and components’ life targets;
● Ensure all Project installations and their constituent equipment remain in a satisfactory
condition for safe use;
● Plan, execute, and manage preventive maintenance activities based on recommendations
and warranty requirements of component manufacturers;
● Carry out preventive maintenance activities in advance of detecting failures on site and in
response to specific triggers and avoid long downtime periods due to unplanned repairs;
● Schedule preventive maintenance activities during non-production hours where possible
(which may include early morning, late evening, night-time, and periods of grid maintenance)
and minimise planned downtime for PV system;
● Perform inspection and maintenance activities using a checklist agreed and approved by the
Owner;
● Safety related activities to be performed by certified and authorised electrical personnel in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations outlined in Section 7.2 (i.e., to be performed
by the certified electrical engineer and in accordance with the Electricity Law No.30/2009);
● Where it is agreed and approved by the Owner to perform preventive maintenance activities
on representative samples for specific components or equipment, the sample shall include
appropriate sub-samples and ensure representative conditions of the Project are duly
covered; and
● Disposal of all waste and co-products from the Project including sending defective
components back to the manufacturer under the relevant warranty terms in accordance with
Section 7.5.2. The disposal and management of waste are to be carried out in accordance
with the relevant laws and regulation outlined in Section 7.2.

7.5.1.2 General site visual inspection

General site visual inspections shall be performed on a monthly basis and, at minimum, include
the following activities:

● Safety and Security check: Confirm electrical system and components are appropriately
enclosed and secured and only accessible to authorised personnel. Confirm Project site
protection boundaries are intact, secured from openings and have restricted access signage.
Safety and security check to be carried out on a weekly basis;
● Cleanliness check: Confirm there are no debris on site. Confirm no items are stored under
the arrays and in locations where obstructions will impede airflow and associated cooling of
electrical components. Ensure no flammable items are stored around the inverters, battery
containers, and other key electrical components and equipment. Cleanliness check to be
carried out on a monthly basis;
● Corrosion check: Check support structures, footings of ground mount systems, and outside
of enclosures for signs of corrosion on a monthly basis;
● Vegetation and pest control check: Check for signs of excessive vegetation, and animal or
other pest activity under the array, in BESS enclosure, and around key electrical
components and equipment. Vegetation check to be carried out with the drainage inspection
detailed below;
● Cable check: Check robustness of cable management especially at critical locations to
ensure outages can be mitigated in event of cable failure on a monthly basis;
● Drainage check: Ensure drainage system is robust and clear of clogs and other
obstructions. Check for signs of excessive water pooling in the surroundings of key electrical
components. Check robustness of conduit for rooftop systems, ensure no signs of wear and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 228 of 277

stress. Drainage checks to be carried out on a weekly basis during none-raining seasons
and daily during rainy seasons, and pro-actively after a heavy rain event; and
● Key electrical component and equipment check: Perform a general visual check of the
key electrical components including PV modules, combiner boxes, cables (inter-array and
export), inverter, battery containers, PCS, and control and communication devices.
Equipment visual checks should follow manufacturer and other applicable industry guidance.
Daily checks to be carried out for major components including MV switchgear panels and
transformers. Other key electrical component and equipment checks to be carried out on a
monthly basis.

7.5.1.3 Key components and electrical equipment

Operator shall at minimum perform the following preventive maintenance tasks for key
components and electrical equipment. The works are to be performed in accordance with
manufacturer requirements and recommendations. When necessary and approved by the
Owner, the O&M Operator shall procure maintenance services from qualified third parties
including and not limited to the Project equipment and components suppliers and/or service
providers recommended by such equipment and components suppliers.

PV modules
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on PV modules at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

Inspect for and component defects including checking for burn marks, distortions, micro
fracturing (also known as "snail trails"), discontinuity or separating between glass and frame,
discoloration, delamination, or broken glass;
● Check for any soiling build-ups on the modules including dirt build-up or animal droppings;
● Carry out sample-based thermal imaging to identify any reverse-bias cells, bypass diode
failure, solder bond failure, any poor internal connections, and check temperature variations
to check partially and non-operating modules;
● Implement replacements of modules or parts of modules in accordance with the
manufacturer specification in case of identifying broken glass, separated components, signs
of arcing or burning, cracked cells, pinched pigtail cables, signs of leakage paths into
structure, signs of heat damage on the back sheet, junction box, or terminations; and
● Inspect PV connectors and perform tightness checks and visual checks for any signs of
thermal damage, corrosion, or moisture ingress.
The sample rate and method for thermal imaging checks of PV modules, as noted above, shall
be specified in the O&M plan. All modules in the Project shall be undergo a thermal imaging
check (i.e., drone thermal scanning) at least once during a year period.

Combiner boxes, disconnects and isolators

Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on combiner boxes at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

Inspect all electrical connections. Perform integrity checks, ensure the torque marks are aligned
(where applicable) and periodically tighten/re-torque connections as necessary according to
manufacturer and O&M manual specifications. Check for any arcing discoloration on the
terminals, boards, and fuse holders. Check for deposits on contact surfaces that could reduce
effective electrical spacing;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 229 of 277

● Check for debris inside the boxes and cabinets and signs of water intrusions and animal,
pest intrusions (i.e., rodents and insects). Check for the existence of water or water line
marks at the bottom of enclosures. Check robustness of door gaskets. Identify and seal off
any entry points;
● Perform corrosion and deterioration checks. Check enclosures for signs of corrosion and
deterioration and check hinges and locking mechanisms. Significantly degraded enclosures
should be replaced. Check disconnectors, switch disconnectors or isolators for signs of
degradation especially on polymeric based materials;
● Perform electromechanical mechanisms check. Ensure disconnectors, isolators, circuit
breakers, and other electromechanical protection and control components are maintained
according to manufacturer instructions; and
● Thermal imaging may also be required by Owner and/or manufacturer to inspect for heated
(resistive) connections.
Cables
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on cables and wires at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly or annual basis,
and include the following activities at a minimum:

● Check PV string conductors and routed to combiner boxes for signs of insulation wear and
nicks along the routing path;
● Perform integrity check on array cable securement and wire clips/guides. Check for signs of
improper securement, insulation damages, significant aging, etc. Correct and replace as
appropriate for identified issues;
● Check conductor sheaths for signs of movement wear, stress against the conduit or fittings,
or damage from pests (i.e., rodents);
● Verify critical spacing between wiring of different voltage classes (including AC and DC) and
spacing created by use of wire ties or other wire management are maintained;
● Inspect equipment earthing (grounding) connections for signs of deterioration, corrosion,
torque-mark slip, etc. and re-tighten and/or replace as appropriate in accordance with
manufacturer instructions; and
● Check integrity of conduits and cable trays (if applicable). Check support is proper, including
bushings, damaged gaskets, and expansion joints. Inspect for excessive wear, cracking,
corrosion, and deterioration that could reduce the mechanical protection to the cables and
loose fittings. Inspect cable arrangements, cable integrity and animal (rodent) activity.
Inverter and main electrical equipment pad
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on inverters at intervals according
to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly or annual basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

● Inspect equipment pads of inverters and main electrical equipment. Check for signs of
excessive cracking, wear, erosion, and animal activities;
● Check bolts for inverters to pad connections. Ensure inverters are bolted to the pad at
mounting points per manufacturer installation requirements. Check for loose or damaged
bolts and replace as required;
- Perform visual inspection of inverters including the interior and exteriors. Check for signs
of water, animal, and dust intrusions. Perform all necessary inspections and routine
maintenance tasks as per manufacturer manual and instructions including:
- Record and validate voltages and production values
- Record last logged system error

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 230 of 277

- Clean filters
- Clean the cabinets (mainly interior)
- Test fans for proper operation
- Check fuses
- Check torque on terminations
- Check gasket seal(s)
- Confirm warning labels are in place
- Check for discoloration from excessive heat build-up
- Check integrity of lightning arrestors
- Check continuity of earthing system and connections
- Check mechanical connection of the inverter to the wall or ground
- Check internal disconnect operation
- Verify that the latest or applicable software is installed
- Contact installer and/or manufacturer about any issues found
● Perform security and safety checks. Ensure installed locks and other relevant tools are intact
to prevent unauthorised access. Ensure warning placards are present and intact. Comply
with warning placards when carrying out works and document any missing, faded, or
unusable placards.
Monitoring system components (SCADA and DAS systems)
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on the monitoring system
components including the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (“SCADA”) and Data
Acquisition System (“DAS”) systems at intervals according to manufacturer recommendation,
or, if unspecified, on a quarterly or annually basis and include the following activities at a
minimum:

● Conduct checks on the SCADA and DAS of the monitoring components. Validate existing
components and determine whether the reading is within acceptable range to ensure
accuracy of all instruments;
● Verify the system is regularly recording results and ensure reliable history of system
performance;
● Perform testing at relevant components and the values measured by the DAS must be
verified against values from devices with traceable calibration records;
● Repair components not up to specifications and perform replacement works as necessary
and at defined intervals based on Owner’s replacement policy as determined by manufacture
guidelines and cost benefit assessment; and
● Perform calibration works at intervals no longer than the certifications and manufacturer
recommendations.
Weather station
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on weather station at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly or annually basis,
and include the following activities at a minimum:

● Perform routine calibration, verification works and replacements as necessary for the
weather station, metering equipment and sensors in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendation and ensure accurate readings;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 231 of 277

● Check to ensure all sensors are in correct location and alignment (tilt and azimuth). Global
horizontal irradiance sensor should be flat. Plane of array irradiance sensor should be
installed to the same pitch and orientation as the array;
● Perform at minimum weekly cleaning of the weather station including cleaning the irradiance
sensors to remove soiling (i.e., dirt, bird droppings) and clean ambient temperature radiation
shields to ensure adequate airflow for the temperature sensor; and
● Perform calibration works at intervals no longer than the certifications and manufacturer
recommendations.
Mounting structure
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on the mounting structures at
intervals according to manufacturer recommendation and no less than once a year, or, if
unspecified, on a monthly basis, and include the following activities at a minimum:

● Inspect module alignment;

● Inspect the support structures for any defects including signs of rust, corrosion, sagging,
geometric distortion, and missing or broken clips or bolts;
● Inspect the bolts by verifying the torque of a sample of bolts to confirm tightness, especially if
shifting is suspected;
● Check signs of corrosion of metal, fatigue or deterioration of wood or other materials,
especially at locations where earth contact is made for ground systems; and
● Examine system for settling of the structural supports due to uneven soil conditions and/or
expansive soils. Inspect and identify signs of land subsidence and scouring.
Battery containers
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on battery containers at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

● Check the temperature and humidity inside BESS container;

● Inspect for the condition of battery container, including checking for smoke, smells of
chemistries, leakage, water infiltration, mould (due to high humidity) and condensing inside
BESS container, and corrosion of BESS container;
● Check door hinges and locks;
● Check gasket greasing of BESS container;
● Check all lighting systems operation (indoor, outdoor);
● Check the distortions of mechanical structure (bent, rusty or cable wear); and
● Check power and communication cable connections.
Battery systems
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on battery system at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a monthly basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

● Check and tighten cable and wirings;

● Check daily & total accumulated stored/released energy;
● Check max charge/discharge power;
● Check Max & Min State of Charge (“SoC”) and Max & Min State of Health (“SoH”) of each
rack;
● Check Max & Min voltage of each cell and each rack;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 232 of 277

● Check open circuit voltage of each cell, module, and rack;

● Conduct battery balancing if needed;
● Check battery internal resistance;
● Check alarm & trip information;
● Conduct SoH and SoC calibration;
● Check cell self-balancing;
● Check DC contactors operation;
● Check warning/alarm/fault events log; and
● Check voltage and current sensors accuracy and calibrate if needed.
PCS
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on PCS at intervals according to
manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly basis, and include the following
activities at a minimum:

● Perform visual inspection of PCS including the interior and exteriors. Check for signs of
water, animal, and dust intrusions. Perform all necessary inspections and routine
maintenance tasks as per manufacturer manual and instructions including:
- Check tightness of power cable connections;
- Check tightness of control circuit terminals;
- Check grounding;
- Check isolation;
- Check protections and inter-locking;
- Check the protection functions (over/under voltage/current protections);
- Check relays, fuses, contactors, etc.;
- Check and verify inverter measurements;
- Filter cleaning/replacement;
- Check LED indicators;
- Check fans speed in accordance with the temperature;
- Check local and remote control;
- Screws tightening at terminal and connections;
- Check capacitor banks;
- Internal cleaning of converters if needed;
- Cleaning of PCS racks;
- Check warning/alarm/fault events log; and
- Check emergency stop button.
● Perform security and safety checks.
Auxiliary system
Inspection and preventive maintenance should be performed on Auxiliary System at intervals
according to manufacturer recommendation, or, if unspecified, on a quarterly basis, and include
the following activities at a minimum:

● Check all alarming systems operation (strobe lights, buzzers);

● Check the status and function of Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”);
● HVAC inspection; and
- Inspect the operation of all lighting system (indoor, outdoor)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 233 of 277

- Inspect the operation of ventilation fans

- Inspect the cooling refrigerant level
- Clean fans if needed
- Inspect the performance of the air-condition system
- Clean AC filters
- BESS Liquid Cooling:
- Check the circulation pump status
- Check the cooling pipe for any distortion or leakage
- Check the heat exchanger fins
- Check the cable status and terminals
● Fire suppression system Inspection.
- Connection check and tightening
- Check smoke detector & fire detection system
- Check off-gas detector
- Check fire extinguisher pressure
- Operational check for fire-fighting system
- Water supply and wastewater treatment system:
- Check the pump status and check abnormalities
- Check any leakages in the pipe system
- Check the electric cables and control panel including terminals.

7.5.1.4 Security and fire alarm system

Confirm electrical system and components are appropriately enclosed and secured and only
accessible to authorised personnel. Confirm Project site protection boundaries are intact,
secured from openings and have restricted access signage.

Perform regular checks to ensure the fire prevention system including fire extinguishers, fire
alarm and detection system is in appropriate condition and functions properly.

7.5.1.5 Drainage system

Ensure drainage system is robust and clear of clogs and other obstructions. Check for signs of
excessive water pooling in the surroundings of key electrical components. Check robustness of
conduit and ensure no signs of wear and stress.

7.5.1.6 Shade evaluation and control

Operator should perform shade evaluation and control on a regular basis as required by the
Owner or as agreed within the O&M plan, and include the following activities at a minimum:

● Perform regular verification works during maintenance visits of the shade conditions of the
sites against the as-built baseline conditions for sites impacted by trees, vegetation or other
sources that may vary over time;
● Record assessed conditions during maintenance visits against baseline and perform
necessary control measures; and
● Perform shade evaluation and control works as necessary for events triggered by a
measured reduction in performance.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 234 of 277

7.5.1.7 PV module cleaning

Operator shall perform cleaning of the PV system on a regular basis as required by the Owner
or agreed within the O&M plan to avoid soiling and damage of the components. The Operator
shall perform the following activities at a minimum:

● Produce cleaning regime depending on local sources of dirt (i.e., agricultural and
construction dust, bird and animal droppings, industrial sources, etc.), seasonal rainfall
characteristics, and other relevant conditions to carry out site-specific cost-benefit analysis;
● Perform cleaning works in low irradiance conditions to the extent possible to avoid possible
damage to hot modules or from partial shading;
● Cleaning of PV modules to use plain water or mild dishwashing detergent, similar to window
glass and prohibit the use of methods/equipment that can potentially damage the modules
and other components including high-pressure water, brushers, any types of solvents,
abrasives, or harsh detergents. In all cases any manufacturer requirements and guidance
will be followed; and
● In the event of excessive or abnormal soiling is observed, it shall be notified to the Owner.
An interim cleaning may be conducted prior to the regular schedule as necessary.

Cost-benefit driven cleaning solutions

The below cleaning options shall be considered and proposed as alternative options with cost
and benefit analysis report for the Owner’s consideration:
● Option 1: Automated cleaning solution using cleaning machine;
● Option 2: Truck cleaning (specialist vehicle-mounted cleaning equipment); and
● Option 3: Semi-automated cleaning using machines and humans.

7.5.1.8 Vegetation management and pest control

Operator shall ensure vegetation and pests are controlled around areas of the key electrical
component and equipment.

● Check for signs of excessive vegetation, and animal or other pest activity under arrays and
around key electrical components and equipment;
● During inspection and maintenance visits, record the amount of vegetation growth and
identified animal activity and document it through pictures;
● Carefully remove or cut vegetation that is currently shading or will before the next inspection
grow to shade parts of the array; and
● Ensure identified pest and animal activities are controlled (i.e., rodents damaging cables,
bird nests in open cracks between panels etc.).

7.5.2 Corrective maintenance

7.5.2.1 General
In the event of failures in the Project the Operator shall perform troubleshooting and incident
management procedures as outlined in section 7.4.2 to identify problems and root cause. Once
determined, the Operator shall perform corrective maintenance works to mitigate the problem,
rectify the failure, and apply appropriate measures to prevent re-occurrence.

The Operator shall at minimum comply with the following principals in carrying out corrective
maintenance activities:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 235 of 277

● Carry out all repair, rectification and replacement work in response to identified failures in the
Project system and components;
● Ensure safety of all Project personnel and minimise impact to Project performance in
carrying out maintenance works;
● Safety related failures require immediate response and performance related/non-critical
issues should be appropriately managed to ensure operational impacts are minimised and
guaranteed performance levels are maintained;
● Classify and categorise the identified problem in the event of failure at the first instance of
incident identification. Determine the importance of the required rectification works and
assign corrective maintenance to take place during regularly scheduled maintenance visits
or as an unscheduled procedure. Repairs should only be delayed if there is an opportunity to
do the repair more efficiently as part of scheduled maintenance and where Project
performance impact as a result of delayed repair is negligible;
● In the event where the works require the support of third parties including
equipment/component manufacturers, the Operator is responsible for triggering, executing
and managing the activities and relevant parties involved;
● The Operator should carry out root cause analysis for the identified failures and provide
appropriate communications and reporting to the Owner;
● Corrective maintenance works shall be completed within the agreed response time and
repair time defined in the O&M Contract; and
● The Operator shall be responsible for the cost and work for replacing the tools and
consumables, including fuses, filters, screws, nuts and bolts and other supplies, used to
carry out the corrective maintenance works.

7.5.2.2 Management of warranties

For defects identified in the event of failures in the Project PV system, the Operator shall
manage claims on the warranties for the rectified/replaced components to the respective
manufacturer, on behalf of the Owner. The Operator shall provide appropriate communications
and information to the Owner and manage warranty claims on defects in the Project
equipment/components that require rectification works by the EPC Contractor, oversee the
remedial activities, and support the Owner in discussions with the EPC Contractor.

The Operator shall at minimum meet the following requirements.

● The Operator shall act as the Owner’s representative for any warranty claims by the Owner
against the original equipment manufacturers of such components;
● The Operator shall direct its maintenance team or third-party service providers to perform
warranty related works on site;
● The Operator shall ensure any formal procedures for claiming process provided by the
warranty provider are followed and archive all communications and reports for compliance
and traceability purposes;
● During the warranty period of relevant Project components, it is the responsibility of the
Operator to monitor, calculate, report and follow-up the values of guaranteed performance
warranties including PR, guaranteed availabilities and other KPIs;
● The Operator shall manage the intervention works done by the EPC Contractor or respective
manufacturers of relevant components within the scope of the warranty;
● The Operator shall periodically inform the Owner about the condition of the contracted
performance indicators;
● Immediately alert the Owner whenever the levels of the performance indicators present
values or tendencies that could indicate a risk of failure;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 236 of 277

● The Operator shall, if required by the Owner, act as the Owner’s representative for any
insurance claims towards the insurance provider; and
● The Operator is responsible for the coordination of site visits by an insurance provider’s
representative or technical/financial advisors in connection with the information collection
and damage qualification, as well as for the drafting of technical notes to support the
reimbursement procedure.

7.6 Inventory of spare parts

A preliminary spare part list, including but not limited to commissioning requirements, warranty
repairs, and planned and unplanned plant maintenance during the term of the Power Supply
Agreement (“PSA”), is required to be submitted to the Owner.

The Operator shall be responsible for the spare parts management of the Project, in
collaboration with the EPC Contractor if applicable. The Operator shall ensure that spare parts
are available in a timely manner for corrective maintenance in order to minimise the downtime of
the Project.

The Operator shall at minimum meet the following requirements:

The Operator is responsible for the storage of the spare parts of the Project and where
applicable following the spare part lists recommended by the EPC Contractor;
● The responsibility for insurance of the spare parts shall be mutually agreed by the Operator
and Owner;
● The Operator shall act as the main interface for the spare parts management. The Operator
shall have access to the spare parts inventory books and is responsible to order spare parts
and goods for the replenishment of the spare parts inventory;
● The Operator shall work with the Owner to define the stocking level as part the spares
management based on appropriate cost benefit analysis. The following parameters shall be
accounted for in defining the stocking levels:
- Frequency of failure;
- Impact of failure;
- Cost of spare part;
- Degradation over time; and
- Possibility of consignment stock with the manufacturer
● The Operator shall ensure critical spare parts (including consumables) are kept at the
required stocking level as determined and agreed with the Owner and/or the EPC
Contractor. If a spare part is consumed, the Operator shall immediately begin a process of
replenishing the stock so that that the initial quantity of the spares is maintained. The
minimum list of critical spare parts (non-exhaustive) should include:
- Fuses for all equipment (e.g., inverters, PCS, combiner boxes, battery modules, etc.)
and fuse kits;
- PV modules;
- Inverter and PCS spares;
- BMS spares;
- Battery modules (if applicable);
- HVAC or thermal management spares;
- Fire suppression system spares;
- Uninterruptible Power Supply (“UPS”);
- Voltage terminations (if any);

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 237 of 277

- Power Project controller spares (if any);

- SCADA and data communication spares;
- Transformer and switchgear spares;
- Harnesses and cables;
- Screws and other supplies and tools; and
- Security equipment (e.g., cameras).
● The Owner is required to provide a covered area for storage of spare parts on-site if
necessary. Alternatively, the O&M Operator shall propose its spare part storage centre,
ensuring prompt delivery to the site for O&M services. The Operator is responsible for
ensuring appropriate storage conditions required by the EPC Contractor and/or equipment
manufacturer for the spare parts are maintained. The Operator shall ensure the locations for
storage and warehousing should be located where the spare parts cannot be damaged
(including from humidity or high temperature variations) and with appropriate security
measures; and
● The Operator may further elect to purchase and keep spare parts at an external location in
order to meet its contractual obligations. Such spares shall not become the property of the
Owner.

7.7 Testing and Guarantee

The Operator shall follow the test procedures outlined in this section in carrying out the required
testing works for operation and maintenance activities outlined in Sections 7.4 and 7.5. Apart
from the minimum requirements set out in the section, the Operator shall consider the selected
equipment as installed by the EPC Contractor and establish a comprehensive testing plan as
recommended by relevant suppliers and RfP/PSA as well as providing guarantee as outlined in
this section.

7.7.1 PV Module string or cable harness testing

Module string or cable harness testing shall be carried out regularly with the periodic preventive
maintenance activities for key components and electrical equipment as outlined in Section 7.5.1.
The testing procedure shall at minimum comply with the following:

Record and document test procedures and baseline values from commissioning tests;
● For voltage check, perform open circuit voltage measurements to check module strings and
harnesses remain correctly wired and balanced and/or to identify loss of a module. Test shall
be conducted according to the procedures from commissioning test or in accordance with
section 6.4 or 7.2 of IEC62446-1;
● For operational current check, test shall be conducted according to the procedures from
commissioning test or in accordance with section 6.5.3 of IEC62446- 1; and
● IV Curve testing are recommended for systems that do not incorporate module level
electronics and shall be conducted according to section 7.2 of IEC62446-1. String I-V curve
testing should not be performed on systems with module level electronics unless approved
by the manufacturer and performed in alignment with manufacturer instructions.

7.7.2 Electrical faults related testing

For potential electrical faults as detected in the incident handling and troubleshooting
procedures outlined in Section 7.4.2, required steps to identify the cause of the electrical faults
shall include the following tests:

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 238 of 277

● Perform earth faults test following manufacturer manual and safety procedures and in
accordance with IEC 62446-2. Isolation procedures as outlined in Section 7.8.4 shall be
followed at a minimum in carrying out testing works;
● Perform fuse tests following manufacturer manual and safety procedures and in accordance
with IEC 62446-2. Fuses should not be replaced or tested while the circuit is energised.
Isolation procedure as outlined in Section 7.8.4 to be followed at a minimum; and
● Perform bypass diode tests in accordance with IEC 62446-2.

7.7.3 Performance and guarantee related testing

7.7.3.1 Annual availability tests for solar system

The annual availability test shall be carried out during each guaranteed year following the
Taking Over (as defined in the EPC Contract). The Operator shall perform the annual availability
test for the solar system; no partial testing is allowed.

Only periods during which the average irradiance measured by the plane of the array
pyranometers is above 20W/m2 (Irradiance threshold) shall be considered. If significant
instrument data quality issues exist (i.e., deviations to daily average higher than 3%), the
readings from the deviating pyranometer shall be disregarded.

Force Majeure events or any other event that are outside the Operator’s control and scope (i.e.,
grid unavailability) shall not be considered for availability calculations purposes. Nonetheless,
the Operator shall document each instance of excluded unavailability events with respect to
duration of occurrence, affected equipment, cause of unavailability and responsible entity. Any
undocumented excluded unavailability will not be considered as excluded.

The annual availability test shall be calculated on the basis of operating data recorded by the
SCADA system at the strings level as per the following formula:

∑ 𝑃𝑎
𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 =
∑ 𝑃

Where:

● j = 1 minute interval.
● k = number of time steps during the test period (i.e., Force Majeure periods shall not be
considered);
● Paj = the sum of the time intervals (accumulated in the testing period) during which the string
current output is greater than 0.
● Pj = sum of the time intervals (accumulated in the testing period) during which the measured
solar irradiance is equal or higher than the 20W/m2 irradiance threshold.
For the avoidance of doubt, a PV string will be considered unavailable in the respective time
step if the irradiance is equal or higher than Irradiance threshold and the string is not conducting
any current (which means it’s current is 0.0A)

Annual availability shall be calculated as follow:

∑ 𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 ∙𝑃 , ,
𝐴𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙 =
∑ 𝑃 , ,

Where:

● n = each of the strings installed in the Project;

● m = total number of strings installed in the Project; and

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 239 of 277

● Pnom,string,n = nominal DC power of the string n as sum of the individual module power of
that string as per the relevant datasheets.
For the avoidance of doubt, if an inverter is completely unavailable, the sum of the modules
nameplate power of all strings connected to that inverter shall be considered unavailable.

Detailed procedures for measurement, recording, and calculation of parameters related to

measured availability will be developed and agreed between the Operator and Owner either as
part of the technical appendices to the O&M Contract or at latest 2 months prior to scheduled
Project COD.

The Solar Guaranteed Average Availability (“SGAA”) value is 98%.

7.7.3.2 Annual performance tests for BESS plant

Annual performance tests as listed in the table below shall be carried out annually during each
guaranteed year. The reference criteria for each testing, augmentation or maintenance plan
shall follow the requirements and criteria as established from the EPC Contract.

Test name Reference criteria

Useable energy capacity GUEC

Power capacity tests GDP, GCP

Round-trip efficiency tests GRTE

7.7.3.3 Annual availability test for BESS plant

The Operator is responsible for the performance and availability of the BESS plant. The BESS
plant availability shall encompass all equipment’s up to the BESS switchgear.

The objective of the BESS plant availability test is to assess, if regardless of the Owner’s
effective dispatch instructions during the Testing Period, the BESS Plant is technically capable
of operating at all times without restrictions subject to sufficient energy capacity or power
capacity.
Planned and unplanned maintenance operations are included in the availability.
The BESS Guaranteed Average Availability (“BGAA”) value is 98%.
The potential underperformance causes include but are not limited to, the following:
i. Any technical issue imputable to the Operator that may lead to a decrease of the BESS
plant power availability or the BESS plant energy availability as defined below and
ii. Any technical issue imputable to the Operator that may lead to a decrease of the BESS
plant power availability or the BESS plant energy availability as defined below.

Irrelevant interruption events are as follows:

i. Voluntary stops from the Owner;

ii. Testing periods requested by the Owner;
iii. System unavailability event (if any);
iv. Operation out of agreed conditions, as approved by the Owner;
v. Corrective or updating maintenance operations requested by the Owner;
vi. Preventive maintenance operations requested by the Owner; and
vii. Force Majeure.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 240 of 277

The Operational Average Availability (“OAA”) of the BESS Plant (in %) is defined as:
𝐺𝐶𝑃 ∗ 24ℎ ∗ 365 − 𝑈𝑛𝑎𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝑃𝑜𝑤𝑒𝑟 ∗ 𝑈𝑛𝑎𝑣𝑎𝑖𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑙𝑒 𝐷𝑢𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
𝑂𝐴𝐴(%) =
𝐺𝐶𝑃 ∗ 24ℎ ∗ 365
With:

● Unavailable Power = The lost power capacity due to power components failure
● Unavailable Duration = The duration before failure clearance or maintenance completion

7.7.3.4 Annual dependable capacity test

Under the PSA the Project is required to undertake Net Dependable Capacity (“NDC”) test. The
NDC test will be conducted in accordance with the procedure set out in Appendix J of the PSA.

7.8 Health, Safety, Security and Environment (“HSSE")

7.8.1 General
The Operator shall provide sufficient level of practical and effective schemes, processes,
systems, together with experienced staff to ensure that best practice health and safety operation
is achieved and maintained during all activities associated with the works.

The Operator shall maintain a positive health and safety culture throughout the site team, and
will demonstrate this through initiatives, targets, use of appropriate KPIs, and/or any other
effective health and safety methodology. The Operator will be expected to work closely with all
other parties involved with the works to ensure that the safety ethics are continuously
emphasised, and health and safety maintains a high profile throughout the Project’s lifetime.

The Operator will propose a template for the reporting of monthly health and safety statistics to
be completed and submitted with the monthly report. Details will include hours worked, incident
rates, lost time incidents, environmental incidents and near misses.

The Operator shall undertake to co-operate fully with all parties involved with the works,
including any Owner independent Health and Safety Advisor (“HSA”). In case of any significant
health and safety incident, the Operator shall notify the Owner within 30 minutes or at the
earliest.

The Operator’s proposed procedures shall comply with national laws and regulations and
relevant best practice as outlined in Section 7.2.

7.8.2 Qualified personnel

Due to the special characteristics of the PV systems in which shock and flash hazards could
occur, the Operator shall ensure relevant personnel of its O&M team have received the
appropriate and adequate training, used standard protective equipment, and followed safety
procedures.

The qualified personnel of the O&M team shall be at least instructed and trained to:

● Identify the nominal voltage of the exposed or lived parts of the electrical equipment and able
● determine the safe working distances, where applicable;
● Be familiar with the characteristics of all equipment used in the PV system;
● Be familiar with the local code related directly to the works; and
● Perform the verification, operation, and inspection of the equipment and the components to
be tested.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 241 of 277

As outlined in the previously in this section, the Operator shall, at minimum, ensure all activities
performed under the O&M routine are in compliance with the required code, regulations and
applicable standards as stipulated in Section 7.2, and in accordance with the O&M Manual and
all other relevant documentations of the Project including EPC Contractor and equipment
manufacturer’s manuals and recommendations, and Owner’s requirements and instructions as
necessary.

The O&M team shall have qualified personnel including (but not limited to) the following.

● Authorised electrical personnel in accordance with applicable laws and regulations outlined
in Section 7.2 including certified electrical engineer in accordance with the Electricity Law
No.30/2009;
● Qualified personnel with appropriate level of technical training and relevant certifications as
required by O&M manual and all other relevant documentations of the Project including EPC
Contractor and equipment manufacturer’s manuals and recommendations; and
● Qualified services technicians.
In cases where the Operator fails to comply with the requirements for qualified personnel as
stipulated in this section, the Operator shall be responsible for costs and damage incurred and
shall be responsible to reinstate any warranties under the EPC Contract that are voided by the
equipment manufacturer as a result of the Operator’s compliance failure.

7.8.3 Safety procedures

The Operator shall conduct regular safety audits of the Projects and ensure the conformity with
best practice, relevant local and international standards (namely NFPA 400), and HSE
guidelines. A report on any significant safety issues identified shall be provided to the Owner as
a high priority and be included in the monthly Project progress report to the Owner. The
Operator shall ensure all subcontractors on the Project perform their work in accordance with
their site-specific safety policy and any other safety documentation which has been reviewed
and approved by the Owner.

Inspection and care attention must be taken strictly with the use of warning labels reading “DO
NOT DISCONNECT AFTER LOAD” (in English and in Filipino) located on the equipment which
are not designed for load-break operation in order to prevent instrument malfunction, arcing,
fires, and personnel injuries.

The Operator shall ensure all signage and warning labels required on site shall be in the English
and Filipino languages and are in line with the requirements of applicable codes, standards,
laws, and regulation as stipulated in Section 7.2.

The minimum steps to be followed for safe operating conditions are as follows:

● The personnel shall always read the instructions together with the system documentation of
any products or components prior to performing any operation and follow the isolation safety
procedures as outlined in Section 7.8.4 and as stated in relevant local code or international
standard as outlined in Section 7.2;
● For AC circuits, appropriate measuring equipment must be used to ensure the circuit is dead
before carrying out further actions;
● To de-energise inverters, both DC and AC inputs must be removed before further steps are
performed; and
● All enclosure doors should be kept closed with latches tightened except for during
maintenance and testing purpose.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 242 of 277

7.8.4 PV isolation procedures

During any isolation procedures, the personnel shall wear proper Personal protective equipment
(“PPE”) and shall take into consideration much care to use the proper technique and sequence
for operating switch disconnectors. It is essential that the manufacturer guidelines together with
the basic instruction for the main equipment stated in IEC 62446-2 and applicable laws and
regulations as outlined in Section 7.2 shall be followed strictly.

7.8.4.1 Emergency Shutdown

Inverter
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below for inverter shutdown and
isolation are followed:

● Find the safe operating area with no discernible safety hazard;

● If there is an emergency stop button, push them in on each inverter;
● If there is no emergency button, in general, the available upstream load-break AC switch or
circuit breaker shall be opened first; and
● Once the system is off, the other remaining isolators can be opened and locked out until the
fault condition is repaired and the system is safe to turn on.
Disconnect switches
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below for disconnect switched
shutdown and isolation are followed.

● Do not open disconnectors or switches labelled “Do not disconnect under load” until the
load-break switch disconnected is opened and there is no current flow;
● Open the available upstream load-break AC switch or circuit breaker; and
● Once the system is off, the rest of isolators can be opened, and the system can be locked
out.
In case of fault and failure, it shall be ensured that there is no voltage or overheating on metallic
switch cabinets or handles before proceeding to further operation.
Combiner box
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below for combiner box shutdown
and isolation are followed.

● Check if there is no discernible safety hazard in the work area and no voltage on any
exposed metallic part;
● Before opening the cabinet, check if no overheating remains;
● Follow the switch disconnector procedure described above; and
● If it is necessary to open the individual string, ensure that there is no current flowing.
Module and string wiring
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below for module and string wiring
shutdown and isolation are followed.

● Shut off the power or fault current flowing by the inverter or isolating switch before isolating
any string or module wiring;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 243 of 277

● Perform current flowing check to ensure the safety isolation; and

● Open the PV connectors or inter-module level to isolate the individual string circuits.

7.8.4.2 Non-emergency shutdown

Inverter
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below are followed.

● Check the existence of insulation and earth fault of PV array at the inverter and DAS;
● Turn off the inverter and its remaining AC and DC switches connected to the inverter; and
● Install the lockout devices on all disconnecting switches in the open of off position.
Transformer
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below are followed.

● Turn off both AC and DC inputs of the inverters connected to the transformer;
● Install lockout devices on all the disconnectors;
● Turn off transformer switch at the switchgear, which is either a circuit-breaker or switch
disconnector; and
● Install a lockout device on the transformer switch.
Combiner box
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below are followed:

● De-energise the upstream inverters as described above;

● Turn the handle of the switch disconnector to the off position, if an isolator is used, ensure
that there is no current flowing in the DC output conductors;
● Use the DC clamp meter to check if there is no current passing through the combiner box
then open all fuses;
● In case the further isolation is needed, use the string diagrams to locate the end connectors
of the PV strings;
● Confirm that the homerun does not have current passing through by use of DC clamp meter,
open the homerun positive and negative connectors, and then put on caps on the source
circuit connectors; and
● Go back to the combiner box and use the voltage detector to ensure that each string is
successfully disconnected
Module and string wiring
The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the component supplier,
or if unspecified, ensure IEC 62446-2 procedures as outlined below are followed.

Turn off the inverter, isolate the combiner boxes, and disconnect individual modules from the
string;
● Use the DC clamp-on meter to confirm there is no current passing through the string;
Disengage the module connector with the appropriate unlocking tool;
● Repeat the above procedures for all modules to be isolated from the system; and
If removal is required for the modules, personnel must ensure that the earthing system remains
complete for the rest of modules.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 244 of 277

7.8.5 BESS emergency response

The procedure shall conform with the guidelines and instructions from the BESS supplier, or if
unspecified, ensure BESS emergency response guides in IEC TS 62933-3-2 are followed.

In case of abnormal operating conditions:

● The BESS shall stop due to a system failure in the power system; operations shall be
executed in accordance with the dispatching instructions;
● If any abnormality such as alarm or protection actions occurs during the operation of the
BESS, all components of the BESS system shall be inspected one by one to ensure the
integrity of the EES system; and
● When warning signals are triggered, the EES system shall not be shut down immediately;
instead, real-time monitoring of the EES system operation shall be performed and on-site
inspection and handling shall be organised.
In case of accidents:
● In the case of serious errors during operation (e.g., fire, explosion, natural disaster), it is
recommended to execute an emergency stop and disconnect the circuit breakers; inform the
responsible persons in accordance with local regulations.

7.8.6 Site access

The Operator shall maintain the access control of the Projects including:

● Monitoring ingoing and outgoing movements of authorised visitors;

● Keeping up-to-date entry logs of all visitors; and
● Request permission from Owner where external personnel request to enter the Projects.
The Operator shall ensure that roads can accommodate emergency vehicles such as fire trucks
and their condition must be periodically inspected and maintained on a quarterly basis as a
minimum or at the earliest if there is any observed obstruction or other limitation to accessibility.

7.8.7 Security system

The Operator shall operate and maintain the security system of the Project including managing
the database and footage of security CCTV systems and shall utilise the available security
CCTV system and access control system to fulfil its obligations under the O&M Contract.
The Operator shall conduct a periodic review of the system functionality to ensure that the
security system and exterior lighting operate effectively and report any fault together with the
following corrective maintenance in the monthly incident report. The illuminance of the exterior
lighting must be maintained in compliance with the local or relevant international standards. The
Operator shall propose the cyber security measure regarding the data collected from the
security system for the Owner to approve prior to putting in place.
The recommended good principle of the surveillance system are as follows:

● Before the surveillance system is in use, clear procedures, rules, and policies must be in
place and be informed to the personnel who need to conform to them;
● The use of surveillance system must take into account its effect on individuals and their
privacy;
● The specific purpose of use must always be in order to achieve a legitimate aim and reach
an identified urgent need;
● Images and information from the surveillance system should be subject to appropriate
security measures to prevent against unauthorised access and use;

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 245 of 277

● Access to stored images and information should be restricted and there shall be rules on
who can gain access and the purpose of access granting;
● The responsibility and accountability for the surveillance system activities including
information collected, held, and used must be clear;
● No information should be stored other than the purpose of the surveillance system and must
be deleted if their purposes have been discharged; and
● The purpose of use for the information collected from the surveillance system must be
clearly defined and subject to as much transparency as possible.
Security and access control outside the scope of the Project (as defined in the EPC Contract)
shall be the responsibility of the grid operator.

7.8.8 Site and surrounding environment protection

The O&M Operator shall ensure that the plants are operated in compliance with all HSE
management procedures required by the Owner’s and the O&M Operator’s insurers, the PSA,
Good Industry Practice, the environmental requirements, the HSE management system, all
applicable laws, the annual operating budget, any applicable long term plan, and the operating
manuals intended to prevent accidents or injuries to persons or damage to property on the plant
sites (the “HSE Management System Requirements”). The O&M Operator shall propose an
environmental management plan demonstrating how the O&M Operator intends to satisfy the
environmental and ecological requirements of the O&M Contract, with respect to the relevant
laws, codes, and regulations.

The Projects that are equipped with security fences, gates, CCTVs, intruder alarms with
necessary equipment, patrolling roads and all other security and safety installations to the
applicable standards in compliance with the applicable laws.

The O&M Operator shall comply with and shall ensure that all of its employees, agents, and
subcontractors comply with the provisions of the HSE management plan and shall require all
other personnel and visitors at the plant and the easements (if applicable) to comply with the
HSE management system and plans.

The O&M Operator shall minimise any impact on the environment caused by operation and
maintenance activity and shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges and effluents are kept
to a minimum and below any limits of the consents and any applicable regulations. The O&M
Operator shall obtain any licences or permits required in relation to any emissions or discharges
that may result from the works. Burning of materials on site is prohibited.

The Owner may carry out environmental monitoring of the Projects and the O&M Operator shall
cooperate with the environmental monitors and afford them all reasonable opportunities to carry
out their duties.

Any waste material must be identified prior to generation and appropriate handling methods and
facilities arranged. This must be documented in a waste management plan, which is submitted
to the Owner for comment. Removal of any waste is the O&M Operator’s responsibility at its
own cost.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 246 of 277

8 Owner’s studies and surveys

Table 8.1: List of permits and surveys

Responsible Required Data
Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
Environmental and social
Environmental Compliance Project Received on 9 N/A N/A The ECC has been provided, however, the N/A
Certificate (“ECC”) company February 2024 relevant ECC only covers lands in San Miguel,
Document reference: Bulacan, and San Pedro, Rio Chico, Pias and
R03-09082021-5138 Nazareth, General Tinio, Callos, Sinasajan B
Date of permit issue: 8 and Las Piñas B, Penaranda and Makabaklay,
Gapan City, Nueva Ecija, and Region 3. This
September 2021
aggregates a total of area of 2,563 hectares of
land, instead of the Project’s required 3,600
hectares.
This certificate is automatically revoked if the
project is not commenced within five (5) years
from the date of issuance, or if the project
operation is suspended or stopped for a period
of five (5) years or more.
Addendum ECC (if required) Project To apply when there The Client is recommended 3 months Should there be any deviation or updates to the N/A
company are changes to the to consult the Department of before start of current ECCs, a new/updated EIA report may
current approved Environment and Natural construction have to be submitted to address the changes to
ECC. Resources (DENR) the Project in order for the re-issuance of an
Environmental Management updated or new ECC.
Bureau (EMB) Region 3 A new permit will be required should the study
case handler of the Project boundary extends beyond the approved 2,563
regarding any changes to hectares.
the ECC.
Environmental Impact Project Received on 28 N/A N/A The EIS has been provided. However, it is to N/A
Statement (“EIS”) company February 2024 note that any deviation or modification to the
Document reference: project description/components, activities,
R03-09082021-5138 location and/or specification as stipulated in the
Date of certification EIS will be subjected to an ECC or EIA
amendment.
issue: 16 June 2021

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 247 of 277

Responsible Required Data

Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
Certificate of Non-Overlap Project Partially Received on The Client is recommended 3 months The CNO issued to the Project covers an N/A
(“CNO”) company Document reference: to obtain the CNO coverage before start of approximate area of 648 hectares. However, this
RIII-CNO-11-11-0031 for the 2,952 hectares of construction coverage is insufficient to encompass the
land not covered under the Project’s 3,600 hectares. There is a remaining
Date of certification
issue: 11 November current CNO issued. 2,952 hectares of land not covered under the
2021 Confirm if the CNO CNO issued.
certificates for the San Additional certificates with document reference:
Rafael and San Ildefonso, RIII-CNO-19-08-0029 and RIII-CNO-19-08-0030
Bulacan areas received are have been provided for the Bulacan Municipality,
part of the Terra Solar covering 162 and 567 hectares of land
project area. respectively. However, the project locations for
these certificates are in San Rafael and San
Ildefonso, Bulacan respectively.
Additional certificates with document reference:
RIII-CNO-12-07-0013 have been provided for
the Zambales province.
Municipal Council Resolution Project Received on 9 Provide the council 3 months These resolutions are issued by the N/A
Expressing Support of the company February 2024 resolution for the remaining before start of Municipal/City LGU to determine that there is no
Project (power plant) municipalities of: construction objection regarding the project development.
Gapan, Nueva Ecija Several documents showing the LGU’s
General Tinio, Nueva resolution for support have been provided. This
Ecija includes Penaranda Municipality.
However, the resolution of support for Gapan
San Miguel, Bulacan
Municipality, General Tinio Municipality in Nueva
Ecija Province, and San Miguel Municipality in
Bulacan Province has not been received.

Barangay resolution Project Received on 9 Provide the council 3 months These resolutions are issued by the Barangay N/A
expressing support for the company February 2024 resolution for the remaining before start of LGU to determine that there is no objection
Project (power plant) barangays of Nueva Ecija construction regarding the project development.
Province: Several documents showing the LGU’s
San Pedro resolution for support have been provided.
Nazareth However, the resolution of support for
Barangays San Pedro, Nazareth, Sinasajan B
Sinasajan B
and Las Piñas B of Nueva Ecija Province have
Las Piñas B yet to been received.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 248 of 277

Responsible Required Data

Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
Barangay resolution Project Received on 9 N/A N/A These resolutions are issued by the N/A
expressing support for the company February 2024 Municipal/City LGU to determine that there is no
Project (transmission line) objection regarding the project development.
Several documents showing the LGU’s
resolution for support have been provided.
Tree cutting permit / coconut Project Pending If trees / coconuts will be Prior to cutting Required if there are trees affected by the The guidelines in the
cutting permit company cleared, a cutting permit of any tree / project, that measure 15cm or more in diameter- processing and
must be applied for from the coconut tree. at-breast height. This applies to both naturally issuance of permits
DENR and Philippine grown trees within private lands, or in public or for the cutting,
Coconut Authority (PCA), forest lands. removal, and
respectively. relocation of naturally
growing trees from
DENR Administrative
Order (“DAO”) 2021-
114 should be
followed.
Land use conversion permit / Project Pending If any land procured were 3 months Land use conversion in the Philippines is the act N/A
order / zoning / locational company originally for purposes other before start of or process of changing the current physical use
clearance (if required) than the Project’s intended construction of a piece of agricultural land into some other
use, a Land Use Conversion use or for another agricultural use.
from the Department of This includes endorsements from the LGUs,
Agrarian Reform is required. National Irrigation Authority (“NIA”), Housing and
Land Use Regulatory Board (“HLURB”),
Department of Agriculture, DENR, Philippine
Coconut Authority (“PCA”) / Sugar Regulatory
Administration (“SRA”) / Fiber Industry
Development Authority (“FIDA”);
Wastewater discharge permit EPC Contractor Pending Obtain a WWDP from the 3 months All establishments in the Philippines that Procedures for the
(“WWDP”) DENR. before start of discharge wastewater into water bodies outside new EMB wastewater
construction the Laguna Lake region must obtain a WWDP discharge permit
from the DENR (EMB). should be followed5.

4
DAO-2021-11 (fao.org)
5
Wastewaster-Discharge-Permit-New.pdf (emb.gov.ph)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 249 of 277

Responsible Required Data

Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
Water Permit Application EPC Contractor Pending Obtain a Water Permit from 3 months Permit is required for water use in power The requirements for
(“WPA”) the National Water before start of generation. securing a WPA from
Resources Board (NWRB). construction the NWRB should be
followed6.
Registration for generation of EPC Contractor Pending All waste generators as well 3 months All waste generators as well as waste The Procedural
hazardous wastes as waste transporters and before start of transporters and TSD (Treatment, Storage, and Manual Title III of
TSD (Treatment, Storage, construction Disposal) facilities are to register with the DAO 92-29
and Disposal) facilities are to Department of Environment and Natural ‘Hazardous Waste
register with the Department Resources. For waste generators, a Hazardous Management’ &
of Environment and Natural Waste Generator’s ID should be acquired from DENR AO 2004-36,
Resources. For waste the department. Series of 20047
generators, a Hazardous should be followed.
Waste Generator’s For waste generators,
Identification (“ID”) should the document on
be acquired from the registration /
department. amendment / re-
registration of
hazardous waste
generator’s ID or
DENR ID8 should be
followed.
EPC Contractor Pending Appoint an Accredited PCO Prior to start of The appointment of an Accredited Pollution Procedures for the
prior to the start of construction Control Officer (“PCO”) is a legal requirement for application of an
Appointment of a DENR construction. certain industries in the Philippines. These Accredited PCO
EMB Accredited Pollution dedicated professionals play a crucial role in should be followed9.
Control Officer (“PCO”) ensuring environmental compliance, pollution
prevention, and risk management within
organisations.

6
NWRB | Home Page (tlcpay.ph)
7
Registration of hazardous waste generators | Philippine National Trade Repository (PNTR)
8
Complete-Guide-on-Online-HWG-ID-Registration.pdf (emb.gov.ph)
9
User manual for pco client APPLICATION.pdf (emb.gov.ph)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 250 of 277

Responsible Required Data

Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
Road right of way (“ROW”) EPC Contractor Pending All Regional and District 3 months To ensure proper and effective delineation of The Guidelines on
along national roads Engineering Offices are before start of road right-of-way limits of national roads, and to installation of road
hereby directed to strictly construction properly inform the public about national roads ROW Boundary
comply with the following and roads that fall within the jurisdiction of the Marker Kilometre Post
guidelines on the installation Department of Public Works and Highways and Street Name
of ROW markers, kilometre (DPWH), and to provide uniformity in design and along National
posts street names along features for kilometre posts and street names. Highways on Rural
national highways on rural and Urban Areas10
and urban areas. should be followed.
Safety plan and other pre- EPC Contractor Pending All relevant safety permits 3 months The document ensures the protection and Ensure adherence to
construction employee for contractors should be before start of welfare of all employed construction workers and the Construction
related permits procured before construction the general public that is within or around the Safety and Health
commencement of site of construction. Program (“CSHP”).
construction or any works.
Sanitary permit EPC Contractor Pending Obtain the necessary 3 months A sanitary permit is required for both types of Data required
Sanitary permits. before start of businesses: food establishments and non-food depends on the
construction companies as detailed in the Code on Sanitation nature of the
of the Philippines. establishment and
should follow the
Code on Sanitation of
the Philippines11.
Philippine Contractors EPC Contractor Pending Ensure that all contractors Before signing No contractor (including sub-contractor and Documentation
Accreditation Board are certified under the PCAB of contract specialty contractor) shall engage in the proving the Contractor
(“PCAB”) license license with any main business of contracting without first having has obtained the
or sub- secured a PCAB license to conduct business. PCAB license.
contractor. This ensures the safety of the public, that only
qualified and reliable contractors are allowed to
undertake construction in the country.
Fire safety inspection Project Pending Obtain the Fire Safety Prior to start of Fire safety inspections should be conducted as a Steps on the Official
certificate or an equivalent company / EPC Inspection Certificate. construction, pre-requisite to grants of permits and/or licenses Gazette for fire safety
Contractor for businesses and

10
Revised Guidelines on the Installation of Road Right-of-Way (RROW) Boundary Marker, Kilometer Post, and Street Name along National Highways on Rural and Urban Areas. |
Department of Public Works and Highways (dpwh.gov.ph)
11
Code on Sanitation of the Philippines | Republic Act

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 251 of 277

Responsible Required Data

Permit and License Status Required Action Due Date Remark
Party from Contractor
and renewed by local governments or other government other establishments12
annually agencies. should be followed.
Inspections should be done at least once a year
and every time the owner, administrator or
occupant shall renew his/her business permit or
permit to operate.

12
Fire safety for businesses and other establishments | Official Gazette of the Republic of the Philippines

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 252 of 277

Table 8.2: List of technical studies

Expected
Technical studies Status Remark
available date
Electrical technical studies
System Impact Study (“SIS”) Ongoing The SIS is being updated.

Facility Study (“FS”) Ongoing FS is being conducted as per the approved SIS.

Civil technical studies

Soil Investigation results Ongoing For EPC contractor to be able to start their engineering
work, soil results will be provided in batches. First
batch will be provided by 4W of May.

Soil interpretative report Ongoing

(water result)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 253 of 277

9 Interface and responsibility matrix

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 254 of 277

10 Key Project milestone

The Bidder’s project schedule shall be planned in accordance with the following key Project
milestones.

Milestone Indicative timeline

Bid submission 1 7 June 2024
Final submission (Bid Date) 5 July 2024
Selection of successful Bidder(s) First week of August 2024
Award of Contract Fourth week of August 2024
EPC Notice to Proceed First week of September 2024
Completion of HV connection and transmission asset Fourth week of November 2025
Phase 1 Commercial Operation Date 26 February 2026
Phase 2 Commercial Operation Date 26 February 2027

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 255 of 277

11 Meteorological data

The provided data is intended to serve as reference meteorological data for all parties involved.
The Global Horizontal Irradiation (“GHI”) and the ambient temperature considered as the
representative long-term meteorological data for the Project are therefore solely derived based
on the Solargis Typical Meteorological Year (“TMY”) satellite-derived data based on the period
from 2007 to 2024 Year-to-date – available at 5-minute resolution. The Solargis data is
extracted at the selected 3 locations due to the vast development areas of this Project.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 256 of 277

Appendices

A. Overall plot plan

B. Single Line Diagrams (“SLDs”)

C. Monitoring system architecture

D. Acronyms and definitions

E. Technical Standards and Regulations

F. Specifications for SCADA minimum monitored signals

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 257 of 277

A. Overall plot plan

Table A.1: List of overall plot plan drawings

Drawing number Drawing title
605100099-LAYOUT-01 INDICATIVE OVERALL 10 BLOCKS PLOT PLAN
605100099-LAYOUT-02 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK A
605100099-LAYOUT-03 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK B
605100099-LAYOUT-04 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK C
605100099-LAYOUT-05 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK D
605100099-LAYOUT-06 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK E
605100099-LAYOUT-07 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK F
605100099-LAYOUT-08 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK G
605100099-LAYOUT-09 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK H
605100099-LAYOUT-10 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK K
605100099-LAYOUT-11 INDICATIVE LAYOUT FOR BLOCK L
605100099-LAYOUT-12 INDICATIVE BATTERY STORAGE SYSTEM LAYOUT

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 258 of 277

B. Single Line Diagrams (“SLDs”)

Table B.2: List of SLDs drawings

Drawing number Drawing title
60510099-SLD-01 OVERALL SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
60510099-SLD-02 TYPICAL MV SYSTEM SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
(BLOCK A, F, L, G, H, K) AT SATELLITE COLLECTOR
SUBSTATION 1 & 2
60510099-SLD-03 TYPICAL MV SYSTEM SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
(BLOCK B, C, D, E) AT TSP GAPAN SUBSTATION
60510099-SLD-04 TYPICAL CONFIGURATION OF PV TRANSFORMER
AND PV MV FEEDER
60510099-SLD-05 TYPICAL CONFIGURATION OF BESS AND BESS MV
FEEDER
60510099-SLD-06 TYPICAL PV SYSTEM CONFIGURATION OF PV
MODULE AND INVERTER

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 259 of 277

C. Monitoring system architecture

Table C.3: List of monitoring system architecture drawing

Drawing number Drawing title
605100099-CI-01 PLANT MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM
ARCHITECHTURE

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 260 of 277

D. Acronyms and definitions

Item Description
AC Alternating Current
Applicable Laws, Permits and Codes Means all national legislation, statutes, ordinances
(including regional and local laws and by-laws),
regulations and any administrative measures applicable
to the Works as well as all consents, permits, licenses,
permissions, approvals and authorizations that have
been granted or that applicable or required for the
carrying out of or procuring the Works.
Authorities Official person or institution that has power, permission
or right to act.
BESS Battery Energy Storage System
BoM Bill of materials
CBR California Bearing Ratio
CCR Central Control Room
CCTV Closed-Circuit Television
CEC Clean Energy Council
COC Certificate of Compliance to be issued by ERC
Commencement Date Means the date on which the Contractor is to commence
the performance of the Works according to the
respective Notice to Proceed and the EPC Contract,
provided by the Owner and delivered to the Contractor.
Contract Means the executed version of EPC Contract.
Contractor Main EPC company to be engaged for the Works.
CPU Central Processing Unit
CV Curriculum Vitae
Date of Final Completion Date on which the Contractor is expected to achieve the
Final Completion according to the EPC Contract.
DC Direct Current
Defect Liability Period (DLP) Means the period to be stated within the EPC contract
starting on the Final Completion, when the Contractor is
liable to remedy any damage or defect on the Works.
Department Circular No. DC2021-06-0013 Adopting a generation framework governing the test and
commissioning of generation facilities for ensuring
readiness to deliver energy to grid or distribution network
according to Department of Energy (DOE), Republic of
the Philippines.
Design Lifetime Number of years or which the Project shall be able to
operate as set forth in the Design Basis Report
DOE Department of Energy
EIA Environment Impact Assessment
Owner Terra Solar Philippines Inc or its
Owner’s Documents Existing documentation related to permitting, preliminary
design and other relevant information for the Projects,
provided by the Owner to the Contractor.
EN European Standards
EPC Engineering, Procurement and Construction

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 261 of 277

Item Description
EPC Contract Means the terms and conditions, exhibits and written
amendments, modifications, supplement and change
orders for the EPC agreement between the Contractor
and the Owner for the Works.
EPIRA Electric Power Industry Reform Act
ERC Energy Regulatory Commission, Philippines
EYA Energy Yield Assessment
FAT Factory Acceptance Test
Final CATC Final Certificate of Approval to Connect refers to the
certificate issued by the TNP or DU to a Generation
Company attesting that its Generation Facility/ies is
ready to deliver energy to grid or distribution network in
accordance with PGC, PDC and other relevant
guidelines and specifications.
Final Completion Has the meaning set forth in the Invitation to Bid (ITB)
GHI Global Horizontal Irradiation (W/m2)
Good Industry Practice means the exercise of degree of skill, diligence,
prudence, efficiency, foresight and timeliness which
could be reasonably expected from a reputable and
experienced EPC company.
GPS Global Positioning System
Grid Codes means, as applicable, any code in respect of electricity
distribution or transmission system.
Guaranteed Availability Minimum level of availability required during the
contractual period defined according to the EPC
contract.
Guaranteed PR Minimum level of performance ratio required during the
contractual period defined according to the EPC
contract.
HAZOP Hazard and Operability study
HMI Human-Machine Interface
HSE Health, Safety and Environmental
HV High Voltage
HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
I&C Instrumentation and Control
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IFC International Finance Corporation
ITB Invitation to Bid
Inspection and Test Plans (ITP) Contractor plan that collects all the inspections and tests
to be carried out in the entire project for quality
assurance purposed.
International Standards Technical standard developed by one or more
international organizations outside of Philippines.
IP Ingress Protection
ISO International Organization for Standardization
LAN Local Area Network
LCOE Levelized cost of energy
LEMP Lightning Electromagnetic Impulses Protection
LV Low Voltage
LVRT Low Voltage Ride Through

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 262 of 277

Item Description
Main Equipment Means the PV modules, Inverters, Mounting Structures,
BESS and the MV stations (including transformers and
switchgears).
Mechanical Completion The Project has been completed mechanically and
structurally in accordance with the Contracts and is
ready for commissioning.
MFSs The Minimum Functional Specification (MFS) for EPC
works under this document, including O&M tasks, and
other technical specifications that are attached to the
ITB.
MPPT Maximum Power Point Tracking
MV Medium Voltage
National Regulations Regulations and laws that exist “within” the country of
Philippines.
National Standards Technical standard developed by one or more
Philippines organizations.
NEC Neutral Earthing Compensator
NER Neutral Earthing Resistor
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NGCP National Gird Corporation of the Philippines, which acts
Transmission Network Provider (TNP) and System
Operator
O&M Operation and Maintenance
O&M Contract Means the terms and conditions, exhibits and written
amendments, modifications, supplement and change
orders for the O&M agreement between the Contractor
and the Owner for the Works.
OATS Open Access Transmission Service
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OHL Over Head Line
PGC Philippine Grid Code
PID Potential Induced Degradation
PPC Power Plant Controller
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PR Performance Ratio
Project The PV and BESS power plant, associated grid
connection infrastructures to the point of interconnection
with transmission system, and the access and the site
facilities.
Provisional CATC Provisional Certificate of Approval to Connect refers the
certification issued to a Generation Company, allowing
the conduct of Test and Commissioning with respect to
its Generation Facilities
PV Photovoltaic
PVSyst Project Design-modelling tool to estimate PV plant
production
QA/QC Quality assurance / Quality control
RAID Redundant Arrays of Independent Disks

Risk Assessments Identification and analysis of potential events that may

negatively impact individuals, assets, and/or the
environment.

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 263 of 277

Item Description
RMU Ring Main Unit
RTU Remote Terminal Unit
SAT Site Acceptance Tests
SCADA Supervisory control and data acquisition
Scope of Works List of activities and responsibilities to be performed by
the Contractor under this document.
SI International System of Units
SIS System Impact Study
SLD Single Line Diagram
STC Standard Test Conditions
Subcontractors means a contractor executing works on site on behalf of
the Contractor
System Operator The entity that is in charge of the operation of the grid
Traffic Management Plan Project plan document that must include all aspects
related to traffic management procedures associated
with the transport routes to the Project and internal roads
and traffic management
UGL Under-ground Line
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply
UV Ultraviolet radiation
Warranty Period Period during which the Contractor shall remain liable for
repair or replacement of any defective part of the Works
performed under the EPC Contract.
Waste Management Plan Project plan document that must include all those
aspects related to the storage, production, transport and
treatment of waste produced in the work place.
WESM Wholesale Electricity Spot Market
Works Means the obligations, duties and responsibilities
required to be performed by the Contractor according to
the Contractor scope of works

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 264 of 277

E. Technical Standards and Regulations

The following standards and regulations shall be applied to this MFS. In case of discrepancies
between the standards or standard revisions, the prevailing requirements shall be at the sole
discretion of the Owner.

E.1 General
PS Philippine Standards
PSN Philippine National Standards
IEC TS 62738:2018 Ground-mounted photovoltaic power plants - Design guidelines and
recommendations
IEC 62548:2016 Photovoltaic (PV) arrays - Design requirements
IEC 60904:2020 SER Photovoltaic devices - All parts.
ISO 2859-2:2020 Sampling procedures for inspection by attributes - Part 2: Sampling plans
indexed by limiting quality (LQ) for isolated lot inspection

ASTM B117-19 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. Scope: 1.1
This practice covers the apparatus, procedure, and conditions required to
create and maintain the salt spray (fog) test environment.
ISO 7010: 2020 Graphical symbols. Safety colours and safety signs. Registered safety
signs.
ISO 9001:2015 Certificate for Quality management systems - Requirements
ISO 14001:2015 Certificate for Environmental management systems - Requirements with
guidance for use
ISO 45001:2018 Certificate for Occupational health and safety management systems -
Requirements with guidance for use
IEC 60529:1992+A2:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code)
IEC 60364 Electrical installations - all parts
EN 60721-1:1996 CLASSIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS. PART 1:
ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS AND THEIR SEVERITIES.
IEC 61882:2016 / EN 61882:2017 Hazard and operability studies (HAZOP studies) - Application guide
ISO 9000:2015 Quality management systems - Fundamentals and vocabulary
EN 1011-1:2010 Welding - Recommendations for welding of metallic materials - Part 1:
General guidance for arc welding
EN 1708-1:2011 Welding - Basic welded joint details in steel - Part 1: Pressurized
components
NFPA 10-2018 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 70-2023 National Electric Code
NFPA 72-2022 National Fire Alarm Code
NFPA 241-2019 Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition
Operations
NFPA 850-2020 Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electric Generating Projects
and High Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations
NFPA 855-2020 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Energy Storage Systems
NFPA 5000-2021 Building Construction and Safety Code

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 265 of 277

E.2 PV modules
ISO/IEC 17020:2012 Conformity assessment - Requirements for the operation of various types
of bodies performing inspection
ISO/IEC 17025:2017 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories
ISO 2859-1:1999+A1:2011 Sampling procedures for inspection by attributes -- Part 1: Sampling
schemes indexed by acceptance quality limit (AQL) for lot-by-lot inspection.
IEC 61215-1:2021 Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification and type
approval - Part 1: Test requirements
IEC 61215-1-1:2021 Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification and type
approval - Part 1-1: Special requirements for testing of crystalline silicon
photovoltaic (PV) modules
IEC 61215-2:2021 Terrestrial photovoltaic (PV) modules - Design qualification and type
approval - Part 2: Test procedures
IEC 62446-1:2016+A1:2018 Photovoltaic (PV) systems - Requirements for testing, documentation and
maintenance - Part 1: Grid connected systems - Documentation,
commissioning tests and inspection
IEC TS 62446-3:2017 Photovoltaic (PV) systems - Requirements for testing, documentation and
maintenance - Part 3: Photovoltaic modules and plants - Outdoor infrared
thermography
IEC 61730-1:2018 Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 1: Requirements for
construction
IEC 61730-2:2018 Photovoltaic (PV) module safety qualification - Part 2: Requirements for
testing
IEC 62759-1:2015 Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Transportation testing - Part 1: Transportation
and shipping of module package units
IEC 60904-1:2020 Photovoltaic devices - Part 1: Measurement of photovoltaic current-voltage
characteristics
IEC TS 60904-13:2018 Photovoltaic devices - Part 13: Electroluminescence of photovoltaic
modules
IEC TS 62782:2016 Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Cyclic (dynamic) mechanical load testing
IEC 61701 2020 Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Salt mist corrosion testing.
IEC 62716:2013 Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Ammonia corrosion testing
IEC 60068-2-68:2013 Environmental testing - Part 2-68: Tests - Test L: Dust and sand
IEC TS 62804-1:2015 Photovoltaic (PV) modules - Test methods for the detection of potential-
induced degradation - Part 1: Crystalline silicon
IEC 61853-1:2011 / EN 61853- Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing and energy rating - Part 1:
1:2011 Irradiance and temperature performance measurements and power rating
IEC 61853-2:2016 / EN 61853- Photovoltaic (PV) module performance testing and energy rating - Part 2:
2:2017 Spectral responsivity, incidence angle and module operating temperature
measurements
IEC 60904:2020 SER Photovoltaic devices.
IEC 60364-4-41:2005+A1:2017 Low voltage electrical installations - Part 4-41: Protection for safety -
Protection against electric shock
IEC 60364-4-42:2010+A1:2014 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-42: Protection for safety -
Protection against thermal effects
IEC 60364-4-43:2008 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-43: Protection for safety -
Protection against overcurrent
IEC 60364-4- Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-44: Protection for safety -
44:2007+A1:2015+A2:2018 Protection against voltage disturbances and electromagnetic disturbances

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 266 of 277

E.3 BESS
UL 1973 UL Standard for Safety Batteries for Use in Stationary and Motive Auxiliary
Power Applications
UL 9540 Standard for Energy Storage System and Equipment
UL 9540A Standard for Test Method for Evaluating Thermal Runaway Fire
Propagation in Battery Energy Storage Systems
IEC 62619:2017 Secondary cells and batteries containing alkaline or other non-acid
electrolytes - Safety requirements for secondary lithium cells and batteries,
for use in industrial applications (Endorsed by Asociación Española de
Normalización in June of 2017.)

E.4 Mounting structure

EN 10025:2019 Hot rolled products of structural steels - all parts
EN 10240:1997 Internal and/or external protective coatings for steel tubes. specification for
hot dip galvanized coatings applied in automatic plants.
ISO 1461:2009 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles -
Specifications and test methods
ISO 3549:1995 Zinc dust pigments for paints — Specifications and test methods
ISO 8501-1:2007 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related
products - Visual assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 1: Rust grades
and preparation grades of uncoated steel substrates and of steel substrates
after overall removal of previous coatings.
EN 10346:2015 Continuously hot-dip coated steel flat products for cold forming - Technical
delivery conditions
ISO 6892-1/2/3:2019/2018/2015 / Tensile Testing of Metallic Materials. It specifies the method for tensile
testing of metallic materials and defines the mechanical properties that can
be determined at ambient temperature.
ISO 898-1:2013 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel -
Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs with specified property classes - Coarse
thread and fine pitch thread
ISO 9227:2017 Corrosion tests in artificial atmospheres - Salt spray tests
ISO 17635:2016 Non-Destructive Testing of Welds - General Rules For Metallic Materials
ISO 14713-1:2017 Zinc coatings - Guidelines and recommendations for the protection against
corrosion of iron and steel in structures - Part 1: General principles of
design and corrosion resistance (ISO 14713-1:2017)
ISO 14713-2:2020 Zinc coatings - Guidelines and recommendations for the protection against
corrosion of iron and steel in structures - Part 2: Hot dip galvanizing (ISO
14713-2:2019)
DIN 65151:2002 Dynamic testing of the locking characteristics of fasteners under transverse
loading conditions (vibration test)
EN 1991-1-4:2005/A1:2010 Eurocode 1: Actions on structures - Part 1-4: General actions - Wind actions
(includes Amendment A1:2010 + Corrigendum AC:2010)
EN 1991-1-6:2005/AC:2013 Eurocode 1: Actions on structures - Part 1-6: General actions - Actions
during execution (includes Corrigendum AC:2008)
EN 1993-1-1:2005/A1:2014 Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules and rules
for buildings (includes Amendment 1:2014)
EN 1993-1-3:2006/AC:2009 Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-3: General rules -
Supplementary rules for cold-formed members and sheeting (includes
Corrigendum AC:2009)
EN 1993-1-5:2006/A2:2019 Eurocode 3 - Design of steel structures - Part 1-5: Plated structural
elements
EN 1993-1-8:2005/AC:2009 Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-8: Design of joints (includes
Corrigendum AC:2009)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 267 of 277

EN 1993-1-9:2005/AC:2009 Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-9: Fatigue (includes

Corrigendum AC:2009)
EN 1993-1-10:2005/AC:2009 Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-10: Material toughness and
through-thickness properties (includes Corrigendum AC:2009)
EN 1997-1:2004/A1:2013 Eurocode 7: Geotechnical design - Part 1: General rules.
EN 1997-2:2007 EUROCODE 7: GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN. PART 2: Geotechnical design
Ground investigation and testing
ISO 12944:2017 Paints and varnishes - Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective
paint systems - All parts
EN 13438:2013 Paints and varnishes - Powder organic coatings for hot dip galvanised or
sherardised steel products for construction purposes
EN 842:1996+A1:2008 Safety of machinery - Visual danger signals - General requirements, design
and testing
EN 756:2004 Welding consumables. Solid wires, solid wire-flux and tubular cored
electrode-flux combinations for submerged arc welding of non-alloy and fine
grain steels.
ISO 14171:2016 Welding consumables - Solid wire electrodes, tubular cored electrodes and
electrode/flux combinations for submerged arc welding of non-alloy and fine
grain steels - Classification (ISO 14171:2016)

E.5 Electrical
PEC Philippines Electrical Code
EN 50530 Overall efficiency of grid connected photovoltaic inverters
CISPR 11 Ed. 6 Industrial, scientific and medical equipment - Radio-frequency disturbance
characteristics - Limits and methods of measurement
IEC 61727 Photovoltaic (PV) systems - Characteristics of the utility interface
EN 50549 Requirements for generating plants to be connected in parallel with distribution
networks
IEC 62477-1 Safety requirements for power electronic converter systems and equipment –
General
IEC 61683 Photovoltaic systems - Power conditioners - Procedure for measuring
efficiency
EN 50618:2014 Electric cables for photovoltaic systems.
IEC 62930:2017 Electric cables for photovoltaic systems with a voltage rating of 1,5 kV DC.
Equivalent to EN 50618
IEC 60364-4-41:2005+AMD1:2017 Low voltage electrical installations - Part 4-41: Protection for safety -
Protection against electric shock
IEC 60364-4-42:2010+AMD1:2014 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-42: Protection for safety -
Protection against thermal effects
IEC 60364-4-43:2008 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-43: Protection for safety -
Protection against overcurrent
IEC 60364-4- Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 4-44: Protection for safety -
44:2007+A1:2015+A2:2018 Protection against voltage disturbances and electromagnetic disturbances
IEC 60364-6:2016/COR1:2017 Corrigendum 1 - Low voltage electrical installations - Part 6: Verification
IEC 60364-7-712:2017 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 7: Requirements for special
installations or locations - Section 712: Solar photovoltaic (PV) power supply
systems
IEC 60228:2004 Conductors of insulated cables
REBT ITC-BT 21 Protective tubes, electrical conduits and installation
EN 50395:2005/A1:2011 Electrical test methods for low voltage energy cables
IEC 60332:2018 Tests on electric and optical fibre cables under fire conditions - all parts

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 268 of 277

EN 61034-1/2:2005/A2:2020 Measurement of smoke density of cables burning under defined conditions -

Part 1: Test apparatus & Part 2: Test procedure and requirements
IEC 60754-1:2011/A1:2019 Test on gases evolved during combustion of materials from cables - Part 1:
Determination of the halogen acid gas content
IEC 60754-2:2011/A1:2019 Test on gases evolved during combustion of materials from cables - Part 2:
Determination of acidity (by pH measurement) and conductivity
EN 50399:2011/A1:2016 Common test methods for cables under fire conditions - Heat release and
smoke production measurement on cables during flame spread test - Test
apparatus, procedures, results. Equivalent to IEC 60332-3.
IEC 60811 all parts Insulating and sheathing materials of electric and optical cables - Common
test methods (all parts).
IEC 60811-504:2012 Electric and optical fibre cables - Test methods for non-metallic materials -
Part 504: Mechanical tests - Bending tests at low temperature for insulation
and sheaths
IEC 60068-2-78:2012 Environmental testing - Part 2-78: Tests - Test Cab: Damp heat, steady state
IEC 61386-1:2008+A1:2017 Conduit systems for cable management -- Part 1: General requirements.
IEC 61386-24:2004 Conduit systems for cable management -- Part 24: Particular requirements -
Conduit systems buried underground
EN 61643-11:2012 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 11: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Requirements and test methods
IEC 61643-12:2020 (modified) Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 12: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Selection and application principles
ITC-BT-19-2.9 Insulating resistance and dielectric withstand strength.
IEC 60287-3-2:1995 Electric cables - Calculation of the current rating - Part 3-2: Sections on
operating conditions - Economic optimization of power cable size
IEC 60423:2007 Conduit systems for cable management - Outside diameters of conduits for
electrical installations and threads for conduits and fittings
EN 1363-1:2020 Fire resistance tests - Part 1: General requirements
EN 1363-2:1999 Fire resistance tests - Part 2: Alternative and additional procedures
IEC 61084-1:2017 Cable trunking systems and cable ducting systems for electrical installations.
Part 1: General requirements. Equivalent to EN 50085-1.
EN 50085-1:2005+A1:2013 Cable trunking systems and cable ducting systems for electrical installations
General requirements. Equivalent to IEC 61084-1.
UL 6703 Connectors for use in Photovoltaic Systems
IEC 62852:2014+A1:2020 Connectors for DC-application in photovoltaic systems – Safety requirements
and tests
IEC 61140:2016 Protection against electric shock - Common aspects for installation and
equipment
IEC 60216-2:2005 Electrical insulating materials - Thermal endurance properties -- Part 2:
Determination of thermal endurance properties of electrical insulating
materials - Choice of test criteria (Endorsed by AENOR in December of 2005.)
IEC 60364-7-712:2017 Low-voltage electrical installations - Part 7: Requirements for special
installations or locations - Section 712: Solar photovoltaic (PV) power supply
systems
IEC 60269-1:2006+A2:2014 Low-voltage fuses - Part 1: General requirements
IEC 60269-2:2013+A1:2016 Low-voltage fuses - Part 2: Supplementary requirements for fuses for use by
authorized persons (fuses mainly for industrial application) - Examples of
standardized systems of fuses A to K
IEC 60269-6:2010/CORR1:2010 Low-voltage fuses - Part 6: Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the
protection of solar photovoltaic energy systems
IEC 61643-11:2011 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 11: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Requirements and test methods
IEC 61439-1:2021 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 1: General rules

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 269 of 277

IEC 61439-2:2021 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 2: Power

switchgear and controlgear assemblies
IEC 61439-3:2012 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Part 3: Distribution
boards intended to be operated by ordinary persons (DBO)
IEC 60947-1:2007/A2:2014 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear- Part 1: General rules
IEC 60947-5-1:2016/COR2:2020 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 5-1: Control circuit devices and
switching elements - Electromechanical control circuit devices
IEC 60947-5-3:2013 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 5-3: Control circuit devices and
switching elements - Requirements for proximity devices with defined
behaviour under fault conditions (PDDB)
IEC 60695-2-11:2014 Fire hazard testing - Part 2-11: Glowing/hot-wire based test methods - Glow-
wire flammability test method for end-products (GWEPT)
IEC 60695-2-12:2010/A1:2014 Fire hazard testing -- Part 2-12: Glowing/hot-wire based test methods - Glow-
wire flammability index (GWFI) test method for materials
ISO 9772:2020 (not identical) / Cellular plastics — Determination of horizontal burning characteristics of small
specimens subjected to a small flame
ISO 9773:1998+A1:2003 / EN ISO Plastics — Determination of burning behaviour of thin flexible vertical
9773/A1:2004 specimens in contact with a small-flame ignition source.
IEC 60695-11-20:2015 Fire hazard testing - Part 11-20: Test flames - 500 W flame test methods
IEC 60695-11-10:2013/COR1:2014 Corrigendum 1 - Fire hazard testing - Part 11-10: Test flames - 50 W
horizontal and vertical flame test methods
IEC 62444:2010 Cable glands for electrical installations
IEC EN 61000 all parts Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - all parts
UL 94 Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances
EN 13601:2013 Copper and copper alloys - Copper rod, bar and wire for general electrical
purposes
IEC 60947-2:2016/A1:2019 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 2: Circuit-breakers
IEC 60947-3:2020 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 3: Switches, disconnectors,
switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units
IEC 61810-2:2017 Electromechanical elementary relays - Part 2: Reliability
IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers - Part 1: General requirements
IEC 61869-2:2012 Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional requirements for current
transformers
IEC 60898-1:2015 Electrical accessories - Circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for
household and similar installations - Part 1: Circuit-breakers for a.c. operation
IEC 60898-2:2000+A1:2003 Electrical accessories - Circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for
household and similar installations -- Part 2: Circuit-breakers for a.c. and d.c.
operation (IEC 60898-2:2000 + A1:2003, modified)
IEC 60898-3:2019 Electrical accessories - Circuit-breakers for overcurrent protection for
household and similar installations - Part 3: Circuit-breakers for DC operation
IEC 60947-4-1:2018/COR2:2021 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 4-1: Contactors and motor-
starters - Electromechanical contactors and motor-starters
IEC 61643-11:2011 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 11: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Requirements and test methods
IEC 61643-12:2020 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 12: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Selection and application principles
IEC 62444:2010 Cable glands for electrical installations
IEC 60309-1:1999/A2:2012 Plugs, socket-outlets and couplers for industrial purposes - Part 1: General
requirements
IEC 60502-2:2014 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages
from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV) – Part 2: Cables for rated
voltages from 6 kV (Um = 7,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV)

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 270 of 277

IEC 60502-4:2010 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages
from 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um = 36 kV) - Part 4: Test requirements
on accessories for cables with rated voltages from 6 kV (Um = 7,2 kV) up to
30 kV (Um = 36 kV)
IEC 61442:2005 Test methods for accessories for power cables with rated voltages from 6 kV
(Um = 7,2 kV) up to 36 kV (Um = 42 kV)
EN 50393:2015 Test methods and requirements for accessories for use on distribution cables
of rated voltage 0,6/1,0 (1,2) kV
IEC 61238-1-1:2018 Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables - Part 1-1: Test
methods and requirements for compression and mechanical connectors for
power cables for rated voltages up to 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) tested on non-
insulated conductors
IEC 61238-1-2:2018 Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables - Part 1-2: Test
methods and requirements for insulation piercing connectors for power cables
for rated voltages up to 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) tested on insulated conductors
IEC 61238-1-3:2018 Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables - Part 1-3: Test
methods and requirements for compression and mechanical connectors for
power cables for rated voltages above 1 kV (Um = 1,2 kV) up to 36 kV (Um =
42 kV) tested on non-insulated conductors
IEC 61000-6-2:2016 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity
standard for industrial environments
IEC 61000-6-3:2020 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 6-3: Generic standards - Emission
standard for equipment in residential environments
IEC 61000-6-4:2018 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) -- Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission
standard for industrial environments
IEC 61000-3-12:2011 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Limits. Limits for harmonic currents
produced by equipment connected to public low-voltage systems with input
current > 16 A and ≤ 75 A per phase
EN 50178:1997 Electronic equipment for use in power installations.
IEC 62109-1:2010 Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power systems - Part 1:
General requirements
IEC 62109-2:2011 Safety of power converters for use in photovoltaic power systems - Part 2:
Particular requirements for inverters
IEC 62116:2014 Utility-interconnected photovoltaic inverters - Test procedure of islanding
prevention measures
IEC 62444:2010 Cable glands for electrical installations
IEC 61643-11:2011 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 11: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Requirements and test methods
IEC 61643-12:2020 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 12: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Selection and application principles
IEC 60076:2011 Power transformers – All parts
IEC 61643-11:2011 Low-voltage surge protective devices - Part 11: Surge protective devices
connected to low-voltage power systems - Requirements and test methods
IEC 60076-2:2011 Power transformers – Part 2: Temperature rise for liquid-immersed
transformers
IEC 60076-3:2013/A1:2018 Power transformers – Part 3: Insulation levels, dielectric tests and external
clearances in air
IEC 60076-5:2006 Power transformers – Part 5: Ability to withstand short circuit.
IEC 60076-10:2016 Power transformers - Part 10: Determination of sound levels
ISO 14001:2015 Environmental management systems - Requirements with guidance for use
IEC 60156:2018 Insulating liquids - Determination of the breakdown voltage at power
frequency - Test method
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical insulation. Thermal evaluation and designation

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 271 of 277

IEC 61869-2:2012 Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional requirements for current

transformers
IEC 61869-3:2011 Instrument transformers - Part 3: Additional requirements for inductive voltage
transformers
IEC 62271:2021 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - ALL PARTS
IEC 61936-1:2010/A1:2014 Power installations exceeding 1 kV a.c. - Part 1: Common rules
IEC 61243-5:1997 Live working - Voltage detectors - Part 5: Voltage detecting systems (VDS)
EN 50181:2010 Plug-in type bushings above 1 kV up to 52 kV and from 250 A to 2,50 kA for
equipment other than liquid filled transformers
ENA TS 50-19 issue 2 2017 Specification for standard numbering for small wiring for switchgear and
transformers together with their associated relay and control panels
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical insulation - Thermal evaluation and designation
IEC 61869-3:2011 Instrument transformers - Part 3: Additional requirements for inductive voltage
transformers
IEC 60255-27:2013 Measuring relays and protection equipment - Part 27: Product safety
requirements (Endorsed by AENOR in June of 2014.)
IEC 62271-102:2018 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 102: Alternating current
disconnectors and earthing switches
IEC 62271-202:2014/COR1:2015 Corrigendum 1 - High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 202: High-
voltage/low-voltage prefabricated substation
IEC 62271-200:2021 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 200: AC metal-enclosed
switchgear and controlgear for rated voltages above 1 kV and up to and
including 52 kV
IEC 61936-1:2010/A1:2014 Power installations exceeding 1 kV a.c. - Part 1: Common rules
IEC 60071-1:2019 Insulation co-ordination - Part 1: Definitions, principles and rules
IEC 60071-2:2018 Insulation co-ordination - Part 2: Application guidelines
IEC 60664 Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage supply systems - all
parts.
IEC 61557-8:2014 Electrical safety in low voltage distribution systems up to 1 000 V a.c. and 1
500 V d.c. - Equipment for testing, measuring or monitoring of protective
measures - Part 8: Insulation monitoring devices for IT systems
IEEE P81 IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth
Surface Potentials of a Grounding System
EN 50522:2010 Earthing of power installations exceeding 1 kV a.c.
IEC 62305:2020 SER Protection against lightning - All parts
IEC 62561-1:2017 Lightning Protection System Components (LPSC) - Part 1: Requirements for
connection components
IEC 62561-2:2018/COR1:2019 Lightning Protection System Components (LPSC) - Part 2: Requirements for
conductors and earth electrodes
ISO/IEC 17025:2017 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories
IEC 61869-1:2007 Instrument transformers - Part 1: General requirements
IEC 61869-2:2012 Instrument transformers - Part 2: Additional requirements for current
transformers
IEC 62053-21:2020 Electricity metering equipment - Particular requirements - Part 21: Static
meters for AC active energy (classes 0.5, 1 and 2)
IEC 60085:2007 Electrical insulation. Thermal evaluation and designation
IEC 62040-1:2017/COR1:2019 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 1: Safety requirements
IEC 62040-2:2016 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 2: Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) requirements

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 272 of 277

IEC 62040-3:2021 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 3: Method of specifying the
performance and test requirements
IEC 62040-4:2013 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 4: Environmental aspects -
Requirements and reporting
IEC 62040-5-3:2016 Uninterruptible power systems (UPS) - Part 5-3: DC output UPS -
Performance and test requirements
IEC 60270 High-voltage test techniques - Partial discharge measurements
IEC 60282-2 High-voltage fuses - Part 2: Expulsion fuses
IEC 60137 Insulated bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V
IEC 61000-3-6 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-6: Limits - Assessment of
emission limits for the connection of distorting installations to MV, HV and
EHV power systems
IEC 61000-3-7 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - Part 3-7: Limits - Assessment of
emission limits for the connection of fluctuating installations to MV, HV and
EHV power systems
SNI 04-6282.2-2002 Low Voltage Control and Cut -out Equipment – Circuit Breaker
SNI 03-6652-2002 Procedure For Planning Protection of Building and Equipment Against
Lightning Strikes
PUIL 2020 - Part 5-521 Distribution transformer - General Requirements

SNI 04-6267.605-2000 Electrical engineering terms – Chapter 605: Generation, transmission

and electricity distribution - Substation
SNI 04-6186-200 Electrical Relay Protection System

E.6 Civil
NBCP National Building Code of Philippines
NSCP National Structural Code of Philippines
EN 10025 Hot rolled products of structural steels - All parts
EN 10080:2005 Steel for the reinforcement of concrete - Weldable reinforcing steel - General
ISO 10240:2019 Internal and/or external protective coatings for steel tubes. specification for
hot dip galvanized coatings applied in automatic plants.
ISO 1461:2009 Hot dip galvanized coatings on fabricated iron and steel articles -
Specifications and test methods
EN 12350-1:2019 Testing fresh concrete - Part 1: Sampling and common apparatus
EN 12390-1/2/3:2012-2019 Testing hardened concrete - All parts
EN 12201-2:2011+A1:2013 Plastics piping systems for water supply, and for drainage and sewerage
under pressure - Polyethylene (PE) - Part 2: Pipes
EN 197-1:2011 Cement - Part 1: Composition, specifications and conformity criteria for
common cements
ASCE 07-10 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
ISO 15630-1:2019 Steel for the reinforcement and prestressing of concrete - Test methods -
Part 1: Reinforcing bars, rods and wire (ISO 15630-1:2019)

E.7 SCADA and Security system

IEC 61724-1:2021 / EN IEC 61724- Photovoltaic system performance - Part 1: Monitoring
1:2022
IEC 61850-7 Communication networks and systems for power utility automation - all parts
IEC 60870-5-101:2003/A1:2015 Telecontrol equipment and systems - Part 5-101: Transmission protocols -
Companion standard for basic telecontrol tasks

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 273 of 277

IEC 60870-5-104:2006/A1:2016 Telecontrol equipment and systems - Part 5-104: Transmission protocols -
Network access for IEC 60870-5-101 using standard transport profiles
ISO/IEC 27001:2013/Cor.2:2015 Information technology - Security techniques - Information security
management systems - Requirements
ISO/IEC 27002:2013/Cor.2:2015 Information technology - Security techniques - Code of practice for
information security controls
EN ISO/IEC 27019:2020 Information technology - Security techniques - Information security controls
for the energy utility industry
IEC 62443 Industrial communication networks - IT security for networks and systems -
All parts
IEC 61724-1:2017 Photovoltaic system performance - Part 1: Monitoring
ISO 9060:2018 Specification and classification of instruments for measuring hemispherical
solar and direct solar radiation
ISO/IEC 17025:2017 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories
IEC 60904:2020 SER / IEC Photovoltaic devices - All parts.
60904:2020 SER
IEC 60751:2008 Industrial platinum resistance thermometers and platinum temperature
sensors
IEC 62676-4:2014 Video surveillance systems for use in security applications - Part 4:
Application guidelines
EN 50518-1:2013 Monitoring and alarm receiving centre - Part 1: Location and construction
requirements
EN 50518-2:2013 Monitoring and alarm receiving centre - Part 2: Technical requirements
EN 50131-1:2006/A3:2020 Alarm systems - Intrusion and hold-up systems - Part 1: System
requirements
EN 50131-6:2017 Alarm systems - Intrusion and hold-up systems -Part 6: Power supplies
EN 50136-1:2012/A1:2018 Alarm transmission systems and equipment Part 1: General requirements for
alarm transmission systems

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 274 of 277

F. Specifications for SCADA minimum

monitored signals

Data shall be acquired and recorded at least with the following time step as minimum
requirement and the record time interval shall be adjustable and shall be decided during the
Project detailed engineering stage:

 The main AC meter data shall be recorded at one (1) minute intervals;
 DC meter data shall be recorded at one (1) minute intervals;
 Inverter data and fault codes shall be recorded at one (1) minute intervals; and
 Environmental data shall be recorded at one (1) minute intervals.
The parameters to be monitored shall be agreed at a later stage during the detail engineering
phase. As a minimum the signals included in the list below shall be gathered by the monitoring
system but not limited to:

 Electricity meters and accredited meters

- Active energy kWh
- Reactive energy kVArh
- Active Power kW
- Reactive Power kVAr
- Voltage L1, L2, L3 V
- Voltage L12, L23, L31 V
- Current phase L1, L2, L3 A
- Frequency Hz
- THD-R current L1, L2, L3 %
- THD-R voltage L1, L2, L3 %
- Power factor Lag/Lead
 Project protection and control system
- Active energy kWh
- Reactive energy kVArh
- Active Power kW
- Reactive Power kVAr
- Grid voltage L1, L2, L3 V
- Grid voltage L12, L23, L31 V
- Current phase L1, L2, L3 at the Grid Connection Point A
- Grid frequency Hz
- Over/Under Voltage trip
- Over/Under Frequency trip
- Voltage unbalance trip
- Vector shift protection trip
- Rate of change of frequency protection trip
- Trip due to directional overcurrent limit

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 275 of 277

- Neutral voltage displacement trip

- Earth fault current limit trip
- Ground surge time-overcurrent protection trip
- Overcurrent limit trip
- Time-overcurrent protection trip
- Current unbalance trip
- Capacitive/Inductive PF limit protection trip
- Trip due to reaching the No.AC Reclose limit
- Low Backup battery
- Over or undervoltage of the power supply
- Phase sequence is correct/opposite with antiphase
- Remote / manual opening of CB
 Inverters
- DC Current (total and per incoming input from combiner box) A
- DC Voltage V
- DC Power (total and per incoming input from combiner box) kW
- AC Current A
- AC Current L1, L2, L3 A
- AC Voltage V
- AC Voltage L1, L2, L3 V
- AC Voltage L12, L23, L31 V
- AC Power kW
- AC Power L1, L2, L3 kW
- AC Reactive Power kVAr
- AC Apparent Power kVAr
- AC Frequency Hz
- AC Power factor
- Operating hours h
- Insulation Resistance DC Ohm
- Inverter internal and main component temperature °C
- Inverter Status/ Alarms
- Temperature protection activation
- Inverters On/Off switch indication and activation
- DC/AC fuse status, if possible
- Inverter internal failure - error code
- Ground fault protection
- Humidity control
- Emergency stop
- General AC & DC protection & disconnection
- Module AC & DC protection & disconnection
- Overvoltage protection
- Lightning protection
 String / DC Combiner Boxes

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 276 of 277

- String Current (per string) A

- Total output current A
- Total output voltage V
- Total output power at the boxes kW
- Internal enclosure Temperature (if available) °C
- DC fuses status, if available
- SPD status, if available
 Weather Station
- Global horizontal Irradiance W/m2
- Plane of Array Irradiance W/m2
- Ambient temperature °C
- Photovoltaic module temperature °C
- Wind speed m/s
- Wind direction grades
- Humidity %
- Precipitation quantity mm
- Hailstorm sizes mm
- Ambient air pressure hPa
- Maximum power of soiled and cleaned reference module W
- Short-circuit of soiled and cleaned reference module A
- Temperatures of soiled and cleaned reference module, if available °C
 Transformers
- Winding temperature °C
- Oil temperature °C
- Internal enclosure temperature (above transformer), if available °C
- Buchholz relay status
- Over oil temperature (1st set)
- Trip max. oil temperature (2nd set)
- Oil level
- Winding temperature
- Gas pressure
- Pressure relief valve
 Switchgears / RMU
- Internal enclosure temperature, if available °C
- Circuit Breaker status – OPEN/CLOSED
- SF6 Gas level low alarm
- External trip signal from transformer
- Spring fail-to-charge alarms
 UPS system
- Battery level V / Ah
- Battery temperature °C
- Battery level status
- Battery temperature status

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties

MGreen | Terra Solar EPC Invitation to Bid for Solar + BESS Project
Volume 3 - Technical requirements Page 277 of 277

- Failure alarms
 Electrical components and other signals and parameters
- Emergency stop status
- Surge arrester status
- Circuit breaker status
- Switch status
- SPD status
- Enclosure dehumidifier station status
- Enclosure heater station status
- Enclosure fan station status

Issued subject to the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties